Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2026-107 - 6/23/2026 - Approved
kc CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 0 12 Levy Dykema CONFORMED SET 807 N. Upper Broadway, Suite 101 05/06/2026 This conformed set is issued for Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 �FtE�ARC convenience and incorporates � Llq�i''••;yi previously issued addenda. Refer (361) 882-8171 to original contract documents :o and addenda for complete a: record information. All pages within this set have been S'j;• ?418�.: py identified with the designation 9T� OF "Conformed Set" Record Drawing Number: PBG-981 02/23/2026 Signed and Sealed Submission CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000101 Seals Page 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement(Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev 6-2026) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Revs-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 03 10 00 Maintenance of Concrete 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry c r ee r m g 053100 Steel Decking 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Table of Contents 00 0100-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Division/ Title Section 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06 41 16 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 08 14 33 Stile and Wood Rail Doors 08 31 13 Access Doors and Panels 087100 Door Hardware 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 23 Glass Tiling 09 51 23 Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 83 22 Acoustical &Thermal Insulation 09 91 23 Interior Painting 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 10 21 13.17 Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 75 00 Storage Specialties 11 40 00 Food Service Equipment 12 56 00 Custom Furniture i 21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 21 13 14 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program 22 03 00 Commissioning of Plumbing Systems 22 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 22 14 00 Hangers,Supports and Anchors 22 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Marking 22 24 40 Vibration and Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 224100 Plumbing, Piping and Valves 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping Systems 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties Table of Contents 00 0100-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Division/ Title Section 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment 23 03 00 Commissioning of HVAC Systems 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 05 10 Starting of Systems 23 14 00 Supports and Anchors 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 23 57 60 HVAC Roof Curbs and Equipment Supports 23 86 00 Power Ventilators 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 99 00 Testing,Adjusting,& Balancing 260100 Electrical General Provisions 26 03 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire&Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 265100 Luminaires 26 74 00 Telephone/Data Systems(Rough-In) 26 75 00 Cable Television System (Rough-In) Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Environmental Inspection Report 2 Electrical COMcheck 3 Mechanical COMcheck 4 I v Q 5 Staging Area and Routes—Exhibits A, B, &C END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 0001 01 SEALS PAGE Eq qRC IIgNC Robert J. Garcia, AIA, NCARB m 0 Architect a; Levy Dykema d'�;•.•.. 418�•�G�'py q�E OF 02/23/2026 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- �pt...OF TF-4- 1 Diego Tamez, P.E. %.*i. . Structural EngineerC}fE . A' AD AMEZ j Lynn Engineering /,Il.o�, f 154652 i ito's .. ....�.0i IONAt 02/19/2026 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sean Rodriguez, P.E. 6����Ea°OFopTEq� Mechanical Engineer NR Engineerin oa..a.oa.o..oa.oaooa.oa.oa.o*o�/ � SEAN M. RODRIGUEZ Q �,p°°a° 96478 2/19/2026 ab'km ONAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- w vi4 John Rodriguez, P.E. Electrical Engineer * NRG Engineering K) I H R 01)R,GU d, 9 J 2/19/2026 ' - END OF SECTION 1 of 1 0001 01 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2022 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 00 01 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS 01_GENERAL 1. COVER SHEET..........................................................................................................................G-001 2. GENERAL NOTES&ABBREVIATIONS.......................................................................................G-002 3. CONCEPTUAL RENDERING ......................................................................................................G-003 4. LIFE SAFETY PLAN....................................................................................................................G-101 5. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES.....................................................................................................G-501 6. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES.....................................................................................................G-502 7. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES/SIGNAGE.....................................................................................G-503 02A_STRUCTURAL 8. GENERAL NOTES ........................................................................................................................S0.1 9. MEZZANINE PLATFORM KEY PLAN.............................................................................................S1.0 10. MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN & DETAILS....................................................................................S2.0 0213_STRUCTURAL 11. EXISTING FRAMING PLANS ...................................................................................................... S-1.1 12. FRAMING DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES ............................................................................... S-2.1 03_ARCHITECTURAL DEMO 13. DEMO FLOOR PLAN ..............................................................................................................AD-101 14. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS .....................................................................................................AD-102 15. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS......................................................................................................AD-103 16. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS......................................................................................................AD-104 17. DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS........................................................................................AD-111 18. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-112 19. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-113 20. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-114 04_ARCH ITECTU RAL 21. FLOOR PLAN ...........................................................................................................................A-101 22. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS .......................................................................................................A-102 23. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS........................................................................................................A-103 24. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS........................................................................................................A-104 25. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.......................................................................................................A-111 26. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-112 27. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-113 28. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-114 29. ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS.......................................................................................................A-121 30. FINISH SCHEDULE....................................................................................................................A-131 31. FINISH PLAN............................................................................................................................A-132 32. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-133 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 33. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-134 34. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-135 35. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-401 36. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATION....................................................................................................A-402 37. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-403 38. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-404 39. RESTROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS........................................................................................A-405 40. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-521 41. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-522 42. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-523 43. DOOR SCHEDULES...................................................................................................................A-611 05_MECHANICAL 44. OVERALL HVAC DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2 ..........................................................M-001 45. ENLARGED HVAC DEMOLITION PLANS..................................................................................M-002 46. ENLARGED HVAC DEMOLITION PLANS..................................................................................M-003 47. DEMOLITION HVAC ROOF PLAN ............................................................................................M-004 48. MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGENDS.................................................................................M-005 49. OVERALL HVAC FLOOR PLAN -LEVEL 2.................................................................................M-006 50. ENLARGED HVAC PLANS ........................................................................................................M-007 51. ENLARGED HVAC PLANS ........................................................................................................M-008 52. HVAC ROOF PLAN...................................................................................................................M-009 53. MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS...............................................................................M-010 06_PLUMBING 54. DEMOLITION PLUMBING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2................................................... P-001 55. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-002 56. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-003 57. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-004 58. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 1................................................................... P-005 59. PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES............................................................................................ P-006 60. PLUMBING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2......................................................................... P-007 61. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL2........................................................................................ P-008 62. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2....................................................................................... P-009 63. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2....................................................................................... P-010 64. PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 1......................................................................................... P-011 65. PLUMBING SCHEDULES........................................................................................................... P-012 66. PLUMBING DETAILS................................................................................................................ P-013 07_ELECTRICAL 67. ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS....................................................................................................E001 68. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS...............................................................................................................E002 69. DEMO ELECTRICAL OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2...............................................................E003 70. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................................E004 71. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS- LEVEL 2................................................................................E005 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 72. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2................................................................................E006 73. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E007 74. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E008 75. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E009 76. DEMO POWER ROOF PLAN.......................................................................................................E010 77. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLAN —LEVEL 1.....................................................................................E011 78. ELECTRICAL OVERALL FLOOR PLAN...........................................................................................E012 79. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E013 80. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E014 81. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E015 82. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E016 83. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E017 84. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E018 85. POWER ROOF PLAN ..................................................................................................................E019 86. POWER FLOOR PLAN—LEVEL 1 ................................................................................................E020 87. ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES............................................................................................................E021 88. ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM..............................................................................................E022 89. ELECTRICAL DETAILS .................................................................................................................E023 END OF SECTION LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 GJ STBPINC-01 MDELACERDA ACORO CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 6/30/2026 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Steward Risk PHONE FAX 500 N Shoreline Blvd.STE 1102 (A/C,No,EXt):(855)600-7475 (A/C,No): Corpus Christi,TX 78401 ADDAIL RESS:service@stewardrisk.com INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A:National Union Fire Insurance Company Of Pittsburgh,Pa. 19445 INSURED INSURER B:The Continental Insurance Company 35289 STBP Inc INSURER c:Underwriters At Lloyd's, london 601 Everhart Rd INSURER D: Corpus Christi,TX 78411-1903 INSURER E INSURERF: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE � OCCUR GL6077953 5/1/2026 9/1/2026 DAMAGE TO RENTED 300 000 PREMISES Ea occurrence $ MED EXP(Any oneperson) $ 10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 X POLICY JECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 4,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 2,000,000 Ea accident $ X ANY AUTO CA2705867 5/1/2026 9/1/2026 BODILY INJURY Perperson) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY Per accident $ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 9,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE 8038176559 5/1/2026 9/1/2026 AGGREGATE $ 9,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 10,000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER WC097087580 5/1/2026 9/1/2026 2,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ❑ E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 2,000,000 If yes,describe under 2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ C Contr.Pollution Liab ANE454473425 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 Each Claim/Aggregate 1,000,000 C Professional Liab. ANE454473425 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 Each Claim/Aggregate 2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) RFB/Contract No.7126/Project No.25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 1601 N.Shoreline Blvd. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE City of Corpus Christi-Procurement 1201 Leopard St.-City Hall,First Flood Corpus Christi TX 78469 � ACORD 25(2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID:STBPINC-01 MDELACERDA LOC#: 1 ACORO ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Steward Risk STBP Inc 601 Everhart Rd POLICY NUMBER Corpus Christi,TX 78411-1903 SEE PAGE 1 Nueces CARRIER NAIC CODE SEE PAGE 1 SEE P 1 EFFECTIVE DATE:SEE PAGE 1 ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: ACORD 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance Additional Remarks The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder when required by a written agreement. The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides waiver of subrogation status to the certificate holder when required by a written agreement. The General Liability policy includes an endorsement with primary and non-contributory wording. The General Liability policy includes an endorsement that provides a(60)day notice of cancellation to be furnished to the certificate holder on file with the company,and a(10)day notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. The Business Auto policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder when required by a written agreement. The Business Auto policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides waiver of subrogation status to the certificate holder when required by a written agreement. The Business Auto policy includes an endorsement with primary and non-contributory wording. The Business Auto policy includes an endorsement that provides a(60)day notice of cancellation to be furnished to the certificate holder on file with the company,and a(10)day notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. The Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides waiver of subrogation status to the certificate holder when required by a written agreement. The Business Auto policy includes an endorsement that provides a(30)day notice of cancellation to be furnished to the certificate holder on file with the company,and a(10)day notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. The Excess Liability policy referenced herein is Follow Form if all policy requirements have been met subject to policy terms, conditions&exclusions. Umbrella underlying schedule includes the General Liability, Business Automobile Liability,and Workers Compensation. ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD MDELACERDA EVIDENCE OF COMMERCIAL PROPERTY INSURANCE FDATE(M 6/301202YYY) 2026 THIS EVIDENCE OF COMMERCIAL PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW.THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST. PRODUCER NAME,CONTACT PERSON AND ADDRESS (A/C,PHONENo,Ext): 855 600-7475 COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS NAIC NO: Steward Risk Transguard Ins Co Of America Inc 500 N Shoreline Blvd.STE 1102 Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Contact name: FAX E-MAIL service(a)steward risk.com IF MULTIPLE COMPANIES,COMPLETE SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH (A/C,No): ADDRESS: CODE: SUB CODE: POLICY TYPE AGENCY STBPINC-01 Installation/Builders Risk CUSTOMER ID#: NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS LOAN NUMBER POLICY NUMBER STBP Inc IMP400147502 601 Everhart Rd EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE Corpus Christi,TX 78411-1903 7/20/2025 7/20/2026 CONTINUED UNTIL TERM NATED IF CHECKED ADDITIONAL NAMED INSURED(S) THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION (ACORD 101 may be attached if more space is required) X BUILDING OR ❑ BUSINESS PERSONAL PROPERTY LOCATION/DESCRIPTION THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. COVERAGE INFORMATION PERILS INSURED BASIC BROAD X SPECIAL COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE AMOUNT OF INSURANCE: $ 10,000,000 DED: 1,000 YES NO N/A ❑ BUSINESS INCOME ❑ RENTAL VALUE If YES,LIMIT: Actual Loss Sustained;#of months: BLANKET COVERAGE If YES,indicate value(s)reported on property identified above:$ TERRORISM COVERAGE X Attach Disclosure Notice/DEC IS THERE A TERRORISM-SPECIFIC EXCLUSION? X IS DOMESTIC TERRORISM EXCLUDED? X LIMITED FUNGUS COVERAGE X If YES,LIMIT: 25,000 DED: FUNGUS EXCLUSION(If"YES",specify organization's form used) X REPLACEMENT COST X AGREED VALUE X COINSURANCE X If YES, % EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN(If Applicable) X If YES,LIMIT: DED: ORDINANCE OR LAW -Coverage for loss to undamaged portion of bldg X If YES,LIMIT: 250,000 DED: Demolition Costs X If YES,LIMIT: 250,000 DED: I ncr.Cost of Construction X If YES,LIMIT: 250,000 DED: EARTH MOVEMENT(if Applicable) X If YES,LIMIT: DED: FLOOD(If Applicable) X If YES,LIMIT: 500,000 DED: 50,000 WIND/HAIL INCL ❑X YES ❑ NO Subject to Different Provisions: If YES,LIMIT: DED: NAMED STORM INCL ❑X YES ❑ NO Subject to Different Provisions: If YES,LIMIT: DED: PERMISSION TO WAIVE SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF MORTGAGE HOLDER PRIOR TO LOSS CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST CONTRACT OF SALE LENDER'S LOSS PAYABLE Ll LOSS PAYEE LENDER SERVICING AGENT NAME AND ADDRESS MORTGAGEE NAME AND ADDRESS City of Corpus Christi-Procurement 1201 Leopard St.- City Hall,First Floor AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi,TX 78469 ACORD 28(2016/03) ©2003-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID:STBPINC-01 MDELACERDA LOC#: ACORO ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Steward Risk STBP Inc 601 Everhart Rd POLICY NUMBER Corpus Christi,TX 78411-1903 I M P400147502 N ueces CARRIER NAIC CODE ransguard Ins Co Of America Inc EFFECTIVE DATE:0712012025 ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: ACORD 28 FORM TITLE: EVIDENCE OF COMMERCIAL PROPERTY INSURANCE Special Conditions: Limit of Insurance At Job Site: -New construction and non-structural renovations of Frame or Joisted Masonry structure located in Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $1,500,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Non-Combustible structures located in Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $5,000,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Masonry Non-Combustible, Modified Fire Resistive or Fire Resistive structures located in Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $5,000,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Frame or Joisted Masonry structures outside of Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zone: $2,500,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Joisted Masonry structures outside of Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $2,500,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Non-Combustible structures outside of Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $5,000,000 -New construction and non-structural renovations of Masonry Non-Combustible, Modified Fire Resistive or Fire Resistive structures outside of Tier 1 or 2 Windstorm Hazard Zones: $10,000,000 Windstorm or Hail Deductible: -Projects located in Tier 1 High Hazard Windstorm Zones: 5%; subject to$50,000 minimum deductible -Projects located in Tier 2 High Hazard Windstorm Zones: 3%; subject to$25,000 minimum deductible -Projects located outside of Tier 1 &2 High Hazard Windstorm Zones: 2%; subject to$10,000 minimum deductible Flood Coverage By National Flood Zones: -Flood Zone C -Flood Zone X(Unshaded) RFB/Contract No. 7126/Project No.25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 1601 N. Shoreline Blvd. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Janet Whitehead 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND No.4410051 Contractor as Principal Surety Name:STBP, Inc. Name: FCCI Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 601 Everhart Rd. 6300 University Parkway Corpus Christi, TX 78412 Sarasota, FL 34240-8424 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 6300 University Parkway Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Sarasota, FL 34240-8424 Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Florida Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone (main number):(800) 226-3224 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 Telephone(for notice of claim):(800) 226-3224 Local Agent for Surety Name: Cokinos Bond Agency, LLC Award Date of the Contract:June 23, 2026, Address: Contract Price: $4,055,702.00 1337 W.43rd St., Suite 105, Houston, TX 77018 Bond Telephone:(832)683-9193 Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the of the Contract) following toll free number:1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 00 61 13- 1 Rev 5/2025 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work through the Warranty Period required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. The Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor is incorporated by reference into this Statutory Performance Bond,pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code, as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Surety agrees to be bound by the mediation clause in Article 22 of the Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor,said Contract Documents are incorporated by reference in this Bond. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: N Signatu e: 4ft&4 Name: II Name: Heather Noles Title: �r-GS�e!e n t Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com 10, (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 00 61 13-2 Rev 5/2025 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 FCC I°GROUP Ncr: GROUP GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida(the"Corporation")does make, constitute and appoint: Taylor Mann; Kyle Cokinos; Heather Noles Each, its true and lawful Attorney-In-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of(not to exceed $30,000,000.00): $30,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That resolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. In witness whereof, the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 23rd day of July 2020. l '�vt �/ l�U �� ••� .PANG:(' ' 1. \_J Attest: `- ;••`. avort .o,•. -- ��— • :y,: Christina D.Welch, President :�: :z Christopher Shoucair, :LL SEAL ;<- FCCI Insurance Company ,,,,, - EVP, CFO,Treasurer, Secretary ��os�1o�.' FCCI Insurance Company State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christina D. Welch, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. My commission expires: 2/27/2027 ,p�;":. PEGGY SNOW a cott �oa�+wsss Notary Public a ti°a"o E*M Febau"Y7,2W State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christopher Shoucair, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. My commission expires: 2/27/2027 P�; PEWYd � 'Ar EvWsFokuW27.2W Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 27, 2020 Resolution of the Board of Directors, referenced in said Power of Attorney, is now in force. Dated this day of C Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company 1-IONA-3592-NA-04, 7/2021 Janet Whitehead 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND No.4410051 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: STBP, Inc. Name: FCCI Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 601 Everhart Rd. 6300 University Parkway Corpus Christi, TX 78412 Sarasota, FL 34240-8424 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 6300 University Parkway Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Sarasota, FL 34240-8424 Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Florida Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 (800)226-3224 Telephone(for notice of claim): (800) 226-3224 Local Agent for Surety Name: Cokinos Bond Agency, LLC Award Date of the Contract: June 23, 2026, Address: Contract Price:$4,055,702.00 1337 W. 43rd St., Suite 105, Houston, TX 77018 Bond Telephone:(832) 683-9193 Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number.1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 00 61 16-1 5/2024 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces Co nty, Texa or any legal CKio Contractor as P incipal Surety Signature: Signat e: poo" Name: Name: Heather Noles Title: �f�S1�r-nf Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: ✓}'1 G e (pp . Email Address: hnoles@cokinosbond.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16-2 5/2024 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 DiuWO R`Il'AN NO II WL To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call FCCI Insurance Group's(FCCI)*toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at 1-800-226-3224. You may also write to FCCI Insurance Group Compliance Department e-mail at StateComplaintspfcci-group.com. For Claims, you may write to FCCI Insurance Group Claim Department e-mail at newclaimPfcci-group.com. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: PO Box 149104 Austin TX 78714-9104 Fax: 1-512-490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: Con sumerProtections(o—)tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact FCCI first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached documents. *The FCCI Insurance Group includes the following insurance carriers: Brierfield Insurance Company, FCCI Advantage Insurance Company, FCCI Commercial Insurance Company, FCCI Insurance Company, Monroe Guaranty Insurance Company, and National Trust Insurance Company. 1-BD-TX-21690-NTP-07 15 Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2015 FCCI Insurance Group. F CC I GROUPvcL GROUP GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida(the"Corporation")does make, constitute and appoint: Taylor Mann; Kyle Cokinos; Heather Noles Each, its true and lawful Attorney-In-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of(not to exceed $30,000,000.00): $30,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That resolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. In witness whereof, the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 23rd day of July 2020. Attest: :`•�`'.5'oravon�r°�q:, !\ 7�Jy`7-- Christina D.Welch, President J.�:` ° vi Christopher Shoucair, LL' SCAL '� EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FOCI Insurance Company ,,,,,, - Y <oR1oP;` FCCI Insurance Company State of Florida ".. County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christina D. Welch, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. C�• My commission expires: 2/27/2027 ,e::"@ IEGGYSHow +a commw IHNs2M Notary Public !rde E*MF6ftW27.2W State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Christopher Shoucair, who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. PEGMy commission expires: 2/27/2027 ; �„� �d `rnc �V,Md.eEVh9FopnW2720?y Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 27, 2020 Resolution of the Board of Directors, referenced in said Power of Attorney, is now in force. Dated this day of O—r7on— Christopher Shoucair, EVP, CFO, Treasurer, Secretary FCCI Insurance Company 1-IONA-3592-NA-04, 712021 gYUS v �N�OgPORPtE� 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on June 23,2026, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and STBP, Inc (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Levy Dykema 807 N Upper Broadway Ste 101. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 rgarcia@levvdvkema.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson Assistant Director, Construction Management 4917 Holly Rd. Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 josephj2@corpuschristitx.,gov ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 150 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 180days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Agreement 00 52 23- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$785 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$785 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 4,055,702.00 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement 00 52 23-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Agreement 00 52 23-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts,vouchers,memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta(Jul 24,2026 17:17:49 CDT) Jeff Edmonds(Jul 20,2026 10:10:35 CDT) Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services M2026-061 AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL 6/23/2026 Francis Youngblood (Jul 20, 2026 08:52:00 CDT) R H/S B Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR W thew Emu Matthew Ezell(Jul 6,2026 09:23:19 CDT) (Seal Below) By: Matthew Ezell Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 601 Everhart Road Financial Officer Address Corpus Christi TX 78412 City State Zip 3612995462 Phone Fax mce@stbp.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM PROJECT: RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN. 25029 7126 BIDDER: STBP, Inc. TOTAL BID: $4,055,702.00 COMPLETION TIME: Not Required BIDDER INFO: PO Box 2461 Corpus Christi,TX 78403 P: 3612995462 F: CIVCAS, RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total PartA- GENERAL (per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $175,233.00 Part B- EXISTING CONDITIONS(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $72,250.00 Part C- CONCRETE(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $8,500.00 Part D-METAL(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $59,790.00 Part E-WOOD, PLASTICS&COMPOSITES(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR $239,200.00 PAYMENT) Part F-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS $20,875.00 FOR PAYMENT) Part G- OPENINGS(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $28,360.00 Part H-FINISHES(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $1,179,816.00 Part I-Specialties(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $184,032.00 Part)- Equipment(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $225,000.00 Part K- Furnishings(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $77,820.00 Part L- Plumbing(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $477,354.00 Part M- Electrical(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $390,400.00 Part N- Mechanical(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) $292,994.00 Part O-ALLOWANCES(per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) $549,078.00 Part P- MOBILIZATION AND BOND AND INSURANCE $75,000.00 Total $4,055,702.00 Part A-GENERAL (per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al General Requirements LS 1 $166,233.00 $166,233.00 A2 Windstorm Inspections and Certificates LS 1 $9,000.00 $9,000.00 Subtotal: $175,233.00 Part B- EXISTING CONDITIONS(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 Selective Demolition LS 1 $72,250.00 $72,250.00 CIVCAST RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM Subtotal: $72,250.00 Part C-CONCRETE(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 Cast-In-Place Concrete and LS 1 $8,500.00 $8,500.00 Reinforcements Subtotal:$8,500.00 Part D-METAL(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 Metal Railings LS 1 $27,000.00 $27,000.00 D2 Structural Steel Framing LS 1 $32,790.00 $32,790.00 Subtotal: $59,790.00 Part E-WOOD, PLASTICS&COMPOSITES(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E1 Cabinets LS 1 $207,700.00 $207,700.00 E2 Wood Wall Base LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 E3 Wood Door Casings LS 1 $6,500.00 $6,500.00 Subtotal: $239,200.00 Part F-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price F1 Roof Curbs LS 1 $20,875.00 $20,875.00 Subtotal: $20,875.00 Part G-OPENINGS(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price G1 Interior Wood Doors& Hardware LS 1 $27,360.00 $27,360.00 G2 Access Panels LS 1 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 Subtotal: $28,360.00 Part H-FINISHES(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) CIVCAST RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price H1 Gypsum Board LS 1 $111,000.00 $111,000.00 H2 Resilient Tile Flooring&Stair Nosings LS 1 $38,136.00 $38,136.00 H3 Epoxy-Marble Chip Flooring LS 1 $625,680.00 $625,680.00 H4 Acoustic Wall Covering LS 1 $10,500.00 $10,500.00 H5 Interior Paint LS 1 $134,500.00 $134,500.00 H6 Acoustic Tile Ceiling LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 H7 Interior Glass Tiling LS 1 $180,000.00 $180,000.00 H8 Countertops LS 1 $75,000.00 $75,000.00 Subtotal: $1,179,816.00 Part I-Specialties(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 11 Toilet Compartmenets LS 1 $105,208.00 $105,208.00 12 Toilet Accessories LS 1 $73,930.00 $73,930.00 13 Lockers LS 1 $4,894.00 $4,894.00 Subtotal: $184,032.00 Part J- Equipment(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price J1 Suite Food Service Equipment LS 1 $225,000.00 $225,000.00 Subtotal: $225,000.00 Part K- Furnishings(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price K1 Fixed Arena Seating LS 1 $77,820.00 $77,820.00 Subtotal: $77,820.00 Part L- Plumbing(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price L1 Plumbing Fixtures LS 1 $265,918.00 $265,918.00 L2 Boilers LS 1 $169,171.00 $169,171.00 CIVCAST RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM L3 Piping LS 1 $42,265.00 $42,265,00 Subtotal: $477,354.00 Part M- Electrical(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price M1 Light Fixtures and Controls LS 1 $390,400.00 $390,400.00 Subtotal: $390,400.00 Part N- Mechanical(per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price N1 Heating,Ventilating, and Air LS 1 $291,794.00 $291,794.00 Conditioning N2 Controls LS 1 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 Subtotal: $292,994.00 Part O-ALLOWANCES(per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 01 Unforeseen Conditions AL 1 $250,000.00 $250,000.00 02 FF&E AL 1 $289,078.00 $289,078.00 03 Signage AL 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 Subtotal: $549,078.00 Part P- MOBILIZATION AND BOND AND INSURANCE No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price P1 Mobilization (Not to exceed 5% max LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 multiplied by SUBTOTAL PROJECT BASE BID) P2 Bonds and Insurances (Not to exceed LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 2% max multiplied by SUBTOTAL PROJECT BASE BID) Subtotal: $75,000.00 CIVCAS i RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA NAME ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DATE Addendum No. 1 05/06/2026 17:07:46 PM Addendum#2 05/06/2026 17:07:47 PM Addendum No.3 05/06/2026 17:07:48 PM RFB 7126 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS PN.25029 Report Created On:5/6/2026 8:01:58 PM REQUIRED DOWNLOADS TYPE NAME DOWNLOAD DATE Plans Plans/Drawings 5/6/2026 8:06:31 AM Invitation To Bid ITB RFB 7126 5/6/2026 8:06:33 AM Other No Contact Period Statement:7126 5/6/2026 8:06:34 AM Other Site Visit Sign-in 5/6/2026 8:06:39 AM Other Site Visit Notification 5/6/2026 8:06:48 AM Addenda Addendum No. 1 4/14/2026 9:27:18 AM Addenda Addendum#2 5/6/2026 8:06:50 AM Addenda Addendum No.3 5/5/2026 11:01:34 AM BID FORM Project Name: Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Project Number: 25029 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Joseph Johnson-Assistant Director of Construction Designer: Levy Dykema By its signature below,Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: STBP, Inc. (full legal name of Bidder) Signature: (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Matt Ezell (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: President (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: —/,/yam._, (signature) State of Residency: Texas Federal Tx ID No. 90-0781206 Address for Notices: 601 Everhart Rd. Corpus Christi,TX 78412 Phone: (361)299-5462 Email: mce@slbp.com Note to Bidders: All bid items must include a bid amount to be considered a responsive bid otherwise the bids are considered "Unbalance Bid" "Unbalanced Bid"means a Bid that includes a bid that is based on unit prices that are significantly less than cost for some Bid items and significantly more than cost for others. This may be evidenced by the submission of unit price Bid items where the costs are significantly higher/lower than the cost of the same Bid items submitted by other Bidders on the project. Bid Form Project: Arena Rehabilitiation and Improvements Page 1 of Project#: 25029 Rev 2/2026 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 0 12 Levy Dykema CONFORMED SET 807 N. Upper Broadway, Suite 101 05/06/2026 This conformed set is issued for Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 �FtE�ARC convenience and incorporates � Llq�i''••;yi previously issued addenda. Refer (361) 882-8171 to original contract documents :o and addenda for complete a: record information. All pages within this set have been S'j;• ?418�.: py identified with the designation 9T� OF "Conformed Set" Record Drawing Number: PBG-981 02/23/2026 Signed and Sealed Submission CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000101 Seals Page 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement(Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev 6-2026) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Revs-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 03 10 00 Maintenance of Concrete 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry c r ee r m g 053100 Steel Decking 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Table of Contents 00 0100-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Division/ Title Section 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06 41 16 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 08 14 33 Stile and Wood Rail Doors 08 31 13 Access Doors and Panels 087100 Door Hardware 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 23 Glass Tiling 09 51 23 Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 83 22 Acoustical &Thermal Insulation 09 91 23 Interior Painting 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 10 21 13.17 Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 75 00 Storage Specialties 11 40 00 Food Service Equipment 12 56 00 Custom Furniture i 21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 21 13 14 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System, Corrosion Mitigation Program 22 03 00 Commissioning of Plumbing Systems 22 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 22 14 00 Hangers,Supports and Anchors 22 19 00 System Identification and Pipe Marking 22 24 40 Vibration and Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 224100 Plumbing, Piping and Valves 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping Systems 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties Table of Contents 00 0100-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Division/ Title Section 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment 23 03 00 Commissioning of HVAC Systems 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 05 10 Starting of Systems 23 14 00 Supports and Anchors 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 23 57 60 HVAC Roof Curbs and Equipment Supports 23 86 00 Power Ventilators 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 99 00 Testing,Adjusting,& Balancing 260100 Electrical General Provisions 26 03 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire&Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 265100 Luminaires 26 74 00 Telephone/Data Systems(Rough-In) 26 75 00 Cable Television System (Rough-In) Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Environmental Inspection Report 2 Electrical COMcheck 3 Mechanical COMcheck 4 I v Q 5 Staging Area and Routes—Exhibits A, B, &C END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2025 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 0001 01 SEALS PAGE Eq qRC IIgNC Robert J. Garcia, AIA, NCARB m 0 Architect a; Levy Dykema d'�;•.•.. 418�•�G�'py q�E OF 02/23/2026 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- �pt...OF TF-4- 1 Diego Tamez, P.E. %.*i. . Structural EngineerC}fE . A' AD AMEZ j Lynn Engineering /,Il.o�, f 154652 i ito's .. ....�.0i IONAt 02/19/2026 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sean Rodriguez, P.E. 6����Ea°OFopTEq� Mechanical Engineer NR Engineerin oa..a.oa.o..oa.oaooa.oa.oa.o*o�/ � SEAN M. RODRIGUEZ Q �,p°°a° 96478 2/19/2026 ab'km ONAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- w vi4 John Rodriguez, P.E. Electrical Engineer * NRG Engineering K) I H R 01)R,GU d, 9 J 2/19/2026 ' - END OF SECTION 1 of 1 0001 01 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 1/2022 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 00 01 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS 01_GENERAL 1. COVER SHEET..........................................................................................................................G-001 2. GENERAL NOTES&ABBREVIATIONS.......................................................................................G-002 3. CONCEPTUAL RENDERING ......................................................................................................G-003 4. LIFE SAFETY PLAN....................................................................................................................G-101 5. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES.....................................................................................................G-501 6. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES.....................................................................................................G-502 7. ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES/SIGNAGE.....................................................................................G-503 02A_STRUCTURAL 8. GENERAL NOTES ........................................................................................................................S0.1 9. MEZZANINE PLATFORM KEY PLAN.............................................................................................S1.0 10. MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN & DETAILS....................................................................................S2.0 0213_STRUCTURAL 11. EXISTING FRAMING PLANS ...................................................................................................... S-1.1 12. FRAMING DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES ............................................................................... S-2.1 03_ARCHITECTURAL DEMO 13. DEMO FLOOR PLAN ..............................................................................................................AD-101 14. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS .....................................................................................................AD-102 15. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS......................................................................................................AD-103 16. ENLARGED DEMO PLANS......................................................................................................AD-104 17. DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS........................................................................................AD-111 18. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-112 19. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-113 20. ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS .....................................................................AD-114 04_ARCH ITECTU RAL 21. FLOOR PLAN ...........................................................................................................................A-101 22. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS .......................................................................................................A-102 23. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS........................................................................................................A-103 24. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS........................................................................................................A-104 25. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.......................................................................................................A-111 26. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-112 27. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-113 28. ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS...................................................................................A-114 29. ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS.......................................................................................................A-121 30. FINISH SCHEDULE....................................................................................................................A-131 31. FINISH PLAN............................................................................................................................A-132 32. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-133 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 33. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-134 34. ENLARGED FINISH PLAN..........................................................................................................A-135 35. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-401 36. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATION....................................................................................................A-402 37. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-403 38. SUITE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS..................................................................................................A-404 39. RESTROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS........................................................................................A-405 40. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-521 41. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-522 42. MILLWORK DETAILS................................................................................................................A-523 43. DOOR SCHEDULES...................................................................................................................A-611 05_MECHANICAL 44. OVERALL HVAC DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2 ..........................................................M-001 45. ENLARGED HVAC DEMOLITION PLANS..................................................................................M-002 46. ENLARGED HVAC DEMOLITION PLANS..................................................................................M-003 47. DEMOLITION HVAC ROOF PLAN ............................................................................................M-004 48. MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGENDS.................................................................................M-005 49. OVERALL HVAC FLOOR PLAN -LEVEL 2.................................................................................M-006 50. ENLARGED HVAC PLANS ........................................................................................................M-007 51. ENLARGED HVAC PLANS ........................................................................................................M-008 52. HVAC ROOF PLAN...................................................................................................................M-009 53. MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS...............................................................................M-010 06_PLUMBING 54. DEMOLITION PLUMBING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2................................................... P-001 55. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-002 56. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-003 57. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................. P-004 58. DEMOLITION PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 1................................................................... P-005 59. PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES............................................................................................ P-006 60. PLUMBING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2......................................................................... P-007 61. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL2........................................................................................ P-008 62. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2....................................................................................... P-009 63. PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2....................................................................................... P-010 64. PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 1......................................................................................... P-011 65. PLUMBING SCHEDULES........................................................................................................... P-012 66. PLUMBING DETAILS................................................................................................................ P-013 07_ELECTRICAL 67. ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS....................................................................................................E001 68. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS...............................................................................................................E002 69. DEMO ELECTRICAL OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-LEVEL 2...............................................................E003 70. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS-LEVEL 2................................................................................E004 71. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS- LEVEL 2................................................................................E005 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 72. DEMO LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2................................................................................E006 73. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E007 74. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E008 75. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLANS— LEVEL 2 ...................................................................................E009 76. DEMO POWER ROOF PLAN.......................................................................................................E010 77. DEMO POWER FLOOR PLAN —LEVEL 1.....................................................................................E011 78. ELECTRICAL OVERALL FLOOR PLAN...........................................................................................E012 79. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E013 80. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E014 81. LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...........................................................................................E015 82. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E016 83. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E017 84. POWER FLOOR PLANS—LEVEL 2...............................................................................................E018 85. POWER ROOF PLAN ..................................................................................................................E019 86. POWER FLOOR PLAN—LEVEL 1 ................................................................................................E020 87. ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES............................................................................................................E021 88. ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM..............................................................................................E022 89. ELECTRICAL DETAILS .................................................................................................................E023 END OF SECTION LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 02-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 use CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 O v �h�DMRPtfQ 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements 25029 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Levy Dykema 807 N Upper Broadway Ste 101. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 rgarcia@levvdvkema.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson Assistant Director,Construction Management 4917 Holly Rd. Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 aosephj2@corpuschristitx.gov ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES Q 1 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 210 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$785 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$785 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement 00 52 23-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractorthat without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Agreement 00 52 23-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records,books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President Vice President Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 12/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology .....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 00 72 00-1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 00 72 00-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 00 72 00-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 00 72 00-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 00 72 00-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation .......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations .....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 00 72 00-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 00 72 00-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 00 72 00-12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 00 72 00-14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day' mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 00 72 00-15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 00 72 00-16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00-19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error,ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 00 72 00-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 00 72 00-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 00 72 00-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 00 72 00-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 00 72 00-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 00 72 00-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 00 72 00-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-Vill or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 00 72 00-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 00 72 00-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 00 72 00-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 00 72 00-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 00 72 00-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance bythe OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 00 72 00-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 00 72 00-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 00 72 00-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent,suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 00 72 00-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.E 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 00 72 00-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 00 72 00-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 00 72 00-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 00 72 00-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 00 72 00-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 00 72 00-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 00 72 00-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays,disruptions,and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 00 72 00-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS;CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 00 72 00-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 00 72 00-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 00 72 00-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 00 72 00-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 00 72 00-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 00 72 00-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 00 72 00-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)— Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.1D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 00 72 00-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at SO% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 00 72 00-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 forthe Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 00 72 00-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 00 72 00-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained bythe Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 00 72 00-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 00 72 00-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 00 72 00-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim,demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 00 72 00-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 00 72 00-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 00 72 00-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 00 72 00-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 00 72 00-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 00 72 00-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 00 72 00-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 00 72 00-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 00 72 00-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 00 72 00-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 00 72 00-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 00 72 00-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 00 72 00-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 00 72 00-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 00 72 00-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 00 72 00-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 00 72 00-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 00 72 00-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 00 72 00-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 00 72 00-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 00 72 00-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 00 72 00-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 00 72 00-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 00 72 00-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 00 72 00-101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit,either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 00 72 00-102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy,women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual:Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 00 72 00-103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 00 72 00-104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CID Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 00 72 00-105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 00 72 00-106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 00 72 00-107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 00 72 00-108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 00 72 00-109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00-110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 00 72 00-111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 00 72 00-112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 00 72 00-113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 00 72 00-114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 00 72 00-115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 00 72 00-116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 00 72 00-117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.0S Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00-118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00-119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 00 72 00-120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required,and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00-121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 00 72 00-122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 00 72 00-123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00-124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 00 72 00-125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 00 72 00-126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 00 72 00-127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract,then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 00 72 00-128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00-129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 00 72 00-130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year,the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments,is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 00 72 00-131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00-132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Levy Dykema, PLLC Lynn Engineering NRG Engineers B. Paragraph 1.01.A.54"Substantial Completion" is more specifically defined for this Project as: 1. The following items are fully functional and suitable for operation in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. RAS inspection has been completed DSD Inspections have passed. Fire Marshall inspection has passed and DSD certificate completion has been issued. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 25 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 25 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. Geotechnical Reports include the following: None "5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner." SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: a. 23173 Asbestos+ Lead Summary American Bank Center,Sitex,August 27,2025 - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) 23173 Asbestos+ Lead Summary American Bank Center b. 23173 Asbestos+ Lead Summary American Bank Center,Sitex, August 27,2025- The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) All information presented with regard to material type and general location. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Broad Form 2. Premises—Operations 3. Underground Hazard 4. Products/Completed Operations $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 5. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 6 Independent Contractors 7. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $500,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental 0 Required ❑ Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation > 5 ft or asbestos present Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Coverage limit shall be in the amount of the total cost of the project. Required for vertical structures and bridges 0 Required ❑ Not Required Installation/Equipment Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment or storing contractor equipment on city- 0 Required ❑ Not Required owned property Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of person or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise to sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. Contractor to maintain consistent coordination of construction activities with the City of Corpus Christi/Oak View Group to minimize/eliminate any disruption of events and performances for the duration of the project. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Juneteenth June 19 Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor's goal is to perform at least30percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX288 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 "General Decision Number: TX20260288 01/02/2026 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20250288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties: Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2026 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2025 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$ 33.17 24.92 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO278-002 08/25/2024 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$ 30.80 8.97 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1)Tower Crane.............$ 32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.....$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under..............$ 32.35 13.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- I RO N 0084-011 06/01/2024 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$ 28.26 8.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER.......................$ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER........................$ 15.21 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 0.00 INSULATOR- MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)...............$ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 12.27 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 22.16 5.26 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 LABORER: Common or General......$ 9.68 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Brick...$ 11.36 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete..................$ 10.58 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 12.49 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff...........$ 11.28 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 14.25 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 13.93 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer.............$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill.................$ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 14.83 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 13.37 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................$ 13.55 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete).........$ 16.03 0.00 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-7 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 OPERATOR: Roller................$ 12.70 0.00 PAINTER(Brush, Roller, and Spray)...........................$ 14.45 0.00 PIPEFITTER.......................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER..........................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER...........................$ 13.75 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METALWORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........$ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER....................$ 11.22 0.00 TILE SETTER......................$ 14.74 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 12.39 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.....$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck............................$ 12.50 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck.......$ 12.00 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-8 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Note: Executive Order 13658 generally applies to contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act that were awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and that have not been renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022. Executive Order 13658 does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts regardless of when they were awarded. If a contract is subject to Executive Order 13658, the contractor must pay all covered workers at least$13.30 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2025. The applicable Executive Order Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00-9 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under Executive Order 13658 is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classifications and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the type(s) of construction and geographic area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order under rate identifiers indicating whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate), a survey rate, a weighted union average rate, a state adopted rate, or a supplemental classification rate. Union Rate Identifiers A four-letter identifier beginning with characters other than ""SU"", ""UAVG"", ?SA?, or?SC?denotes that a union rate was prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2024. PLUM is an identifier of the union whose collectively bargained rate prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 10 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 processing the wage determination.The date, 07/01/2024 in the example, is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all changes over time that are reported to WHD in the rates in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing the classification. Union Average Rate Identifiers The UAVG identifier indicates that no single rate prevailed for those classifications, but that 100%of the data reported for the classifications reflected union rates. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 01/01/2024. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the State of Ohio. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.The date, 01/01/2024 in the example, indicates the date the wage determination was updated to reflect the most current union average rate. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January,to reflect a weighted average of the current rates in the collective bargaining agreements on which the rate is based. Survey Rate Identifiers The ""SU"" identifier indicates that either a single non-union rate prevailed (as defined in 29 CFR 1.2)for this classification in the survey or that the rate was derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As a weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 11 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 include both union and non-union rates. Example: SUFL2022-007 6/27/2024. SU indicates the rate is a single non-union prevailing rate or a weighted average of survey data for that classification. FL indicates the State of Florida. 2022 is the year of the survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.The date, 6/27/2024 in the example, indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. ?SU?wage rates typically remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. However,the Wage and Hour Division (WHD) has the discretion to update such rates under 29 CFR 1.6(c)(1). State Adopted Rate Identifiers The "SA" identifier indicates that the classifications and prevailing wage rates set by a state (or local) government were adopted under 29 C.F.R 1.3(g)-(h). Example: SAME2023-007 01/03/2024. SA reflects that the rates are state adopted. ME refers to the State of Maine. 2023 is the year during which the state completed the survey on which the listed classifications and rates are based.The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/03/2024 in the example, reflects the date on which the classifications and rates under the ?SA? identifier took effect under state law in the state from which the rates were adopted. ----------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 12 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: a) a survey underlying a wage determination b) an existing published wage determination c) an initial WHD letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter d) an initial conformance (additional classification and rate) determination On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be directed to the WHD Branch of Wage Surveys. Requests can be submitted via email to davisbaconinfo@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Wage Surveys Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Regarding any other wage determination matter such as conformance decisions, requests for initial decisions should be directed to the WHD Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Requests can be submitted via email to BCWD-Office@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 13 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2) If an initial decision has been issued, then any interested party (those affected by the action)that disagrees with the decision can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Requests for review and reconsideration can be submitted via email to dba.reconsideration@dol.gov or by mail to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 14 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 COUNTIES:ARANSAS, NUECES AND SAN PATRICIO COUNTIES IN TEXAS. ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Levy Dykema 361-882-8171 Robert Garcia 361-882-8171 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks& Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div.for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Centu ryl-i n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 15 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 053100 Steel Decking 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railing 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06 41 16 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 08 14 33 Stile and Wood Rail Doors 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 10 21 13.17 Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 75 00 Storage Specialties 11 40 00 Food Service Equipment 12 36 61.19 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 12 61 00 Fixed Audience Seating 21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 22 14 00 Hangers, Supports, and Anchors 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 23 57 60 HVAC Roof Curb and Equipment Supports 23 86 00 Power Ventilators 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 26 51 00 Luminaries SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 16 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: Position Hourly Rate President $375 Principal $300 Associate $250 Architect $200 Interiors $200 Creative $200 Project Manager $175 Designer $125 Intern $95 Administration $75 ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description Submit redlined plans to AE, for AE to provide as-builts to the City of Corpus Christi SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00- 17 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 3/2023 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. Selective demolition as required to accommodate new construction. 2. Concrete infill between existing beams over the main staircase to the second floor 3. Suites finish improvements including new paint, cabinets, countertops, backsplash and flooring 4. 2nd Floor Concourse restrooms finish improvements including new paint,flooring, plumbing fixture and accessories update. 5. 2nd Floor Concourse finish improvements including new paint and flooring. 6. Boiler,CO fan, HVAC duct update. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: None B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 01 11 00- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: None 1. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 01 1100-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. The Bid Items described as"Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES: NONE 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance 01 - Unforeseen Conditions: 1. The sum of $250,000 to be used for the purchase of unforeseen conditions. 2. Payment for this allowance will be only for work authorized in advance by the Owner. Reimbursement will be based on the contractor's actual, documented costs, not to Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 5/2020 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 exceed the allowance amount. The contractor must provide itemized receipts and supporting documentation for all expenditures. B. Allowance 02—FF&E 1. The sum of$289,078 is to be allocated for the purchase of FF&E in accordance with the FF&E package prepared by Levy Dykema. This amount is based on the estimate provided by the City's preferred vendor, Levy Dykema Purchasing, and reflects their discounted pricing. The contractor may coordinate the purchase, fabrication,freight, delivery, and installation of the FF&E with Levy Dykema Purchasing or may use a vendor of their choice; however,the FF&E allowance is capped at the stated estimate. 2. Payment will be based on the contractor's actual costs, and the City will only reimburse amounts supported by itemized receipts. All FF&E selections are subject to review by the Designer to confirm that they meet the design intent and align with the approved FF&E package. C. Allowance 03—Signage 1. The sum of$10,000 to be used for the purchase of Signage 2. Payment for this allowance will be made only for work authorized in advance by the Owner. Reimbursement will be based on the contractor's actual documented costs, and not to exceed the allowance amount. The contractor must provide itemized receipts and supporting documentation for all expenditures. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 5/2020 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1—Windstorm Inspections and Certificates: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above,the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect B. Bid Item B-1—Selective Demolition: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above,the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Bid Item C-1—Cast-In-Place Concrete and Reinforcements: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect D. Bid Item D-1—Metal Railings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect E. Bid Item D-2 -Structural Steel Framing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect F. Bid Item E-1 -Cabinets: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above,the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect G. Bid Item E-2—Wood Wall Base: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect H. Bid Item E-3-Wood Door Casings: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect I. Bid Item F-1—Roof Curbs: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect J. Bid Item G-1- Interior Wood Doors& Hardware: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect K. Bid Item G-2—Access Panels: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above,the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect L. Bid Item H-1—Gypsum Board: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect M. Bid Item H-2— Resilient Tile Flooring&Stair Nosing: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect N. Bid Item H-3— Epoxy-Marble Chip Flooring: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect O. Bid Item H-4—Acoustic Wall Covering: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect P. Bid Item H-5— Interior Paint: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect Q. Bid Item H-6—Acoustic Ceiling Tile: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 R. Bid Item H-7— Interior Glass Tiling: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect S. Bid Item H-8—Countertops: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect T. Bid Item 1-1—Toilet Compartments: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect U. Bid Item 1-2—Toilet Accessories: Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect V. Bid Item 1-3—Lockers 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above,the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect W. Bid Item J-1—Suite Food Service Equipment: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect X. Bid Item K-1—Fixed Arena Seating: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect Y. Bid Item L-1—Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect Z. Bid Item L-2—Boilers: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect AA. Bid Item L-3—Piping: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect BB. Bid Item M-1—Light Fixtures and Controls: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect CC. Bid Item N-1— Heating,Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect DD. Bid Item N-2 -Controls: 1. Upon acceptance of the Bid Items above, the basis of payment will be determined by the percentage of completion of the scope of the bid item. 2. The unit measure for the basis of payment for this bid item will be on a percentage basis of completion verified by the Architect EE. Bid Item P-1—Mobilization (Maximum 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; and e. Demobilization. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. All bid items included in the Contract Price other than Mobilization and Bonds and Insurance will be subtotaled and multiplied by 5 percent to determine if this requirement is met. 3. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon Substantial Completion of all work under the Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. FF. Bid Item P-2—Bonds and Insurance (Maximum 2%) 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Bonds and Insurance may not exceed 2 percent of the total Contract Price. All bid items included in the Contract Price other than Mobilization and Bonds and Insurance will be subtotaled and multiplied by 2 percent to determine if this requirement is met. GG. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5%of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 100%of the Bonds and Insurance lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. HH. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 6/2026 CONFORMED SET 0133 01 Submittal Register 05/06/2026 Specification Paragraph Types of Submittals Required Section Specification Description No. Product Sample or Operations Information Mockup Data 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 1.4 Record Data None None 03 30 00 Cast-in-place Concrete 1.4 Record Data None None 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 1.4 Shop Drawing None None 05 31 00 Steel Decking 1.2 Shop Drawing None None 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 1.2 Record Data None None 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry 1.3 Record Data Sample None 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample None 06 41 16 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Archiectural Cabinets 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample None 08 14 33 Stile and Wood Rail Doors 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 087100 Door Hardware 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 09 22 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 1.3 Record Data None None 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 1.2 Record Data Sample None 09 30 23 Glass Tiling 1.2 Record Data Sample None 095123 Acoustical Tile Ceilings 1.3 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 1.2 Record Data Sample 0&M Manual 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 1.3 Record Data Sample O&M Manual 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 1.2 Record Data Sample 0&M Manual 09 91 23 Interior Painting 1.3 Record Data Sample None 10 14 23.16 Room Identification Panel Signage 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 10 21 13.17 Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath,and Laundry Accessories 1.2 Record Data Sample 0&M Manual 10 75 00 Storage Specialties 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 11 40 00 Food Service Equipment 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample 0&M Manual 12 36 61.19 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 1.2 Shop Drawing Sample None 12 61 00 Fixed Audience Seating 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample 0&M Manual 21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 1.4 Shop Drawing None O&M Manual 22 14 00 Hangers,Supports,and Anchors 1.05 Shop Drawing None None 22 26 00 Piping Insulation 1.04 Record Data None None 22 41 00 Plumbing Piping&Valves 1.04 Record Data None O&M Manual 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping Systems Record Data None None 22 43 00 Plumbing Specialties 1.05 Record Data None O&M Manual 22 44 00 Plumbing Fixtures 1.04 Shop Drawing None O&M Manual 22 45 00 Plumbing Equipment 1.04 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 23 17 00 Motors and Motor Controllers 1.04 Shop Drawing None O&M Manual 23 29 00 Duct Insulation 1.04 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 23 57 60 HVAC Roof Curbs and Equipment Supports 1.3 Shop Drawing None None 23 86 00 Power Ventilators 1.04 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 23 88 10 Air Distribution Devices 1.04 Record Data None O&M Manual 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 1.05 Shop Drawing None None 23 99 00 Testing,Adjusting,&Balancing 1.06 Record Data None None 26 06 00 Grounding 1.03 Record Data None None 26 12 30 Wire And Cable 1.03 Record Data None None 26 13 60 Raceways 1.03 Record Data None None 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 1.03 Record Data None None 26 44 10 Disconnect Switches 1.04 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 26 51 00 Luminaires 1.04 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. Restroom Phasing Requirements: Throughout the duration of construction,the Contractor shall maintain a minimum of one (1)fully operational men's restroom, one (1)fully operational women's restroom, and one (1) fully operational family restroom available for building occupants at all times.This requirement applies to complete restroom rooms and not individual plumbing fixtures or stalls. Partial restroom availability shall not be considered acceptable compliance. Work shall be sequenced to ensure continuous restroom access.The Contractor shall coordinate demolition, construction, inspections, and turnover to prevent simultaneous closure of restrooms serving the same user group. 0 2. Suite Phasing Requirement: Upon receipt of an event calendar from the Owner,the Contractor shall develop and submit a construction schedule coordinated around all scheduled events. Suites shall be made accessible and usable for each scheduled event unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner. Existing fixed seating within the suites shall remain in place and fully functional for use by suite holders during scheduled events and shall not be removed until new seating has been delivered and is ready for installation, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. In preparation for each scheduled event, suites shall be maintained in a safe, clean, and occupiable condition suitable for public use, free of tripping hazards, construction debris, or other unsafe conditions that could pose a risk to occupants. The Contractor shall plan and sequence the Work to accommodate event schedules, including coordination of temporary shutdowns, phased work areas, and re- sequencing of activities as required. All required means of egress serving the suites shall remain fully functional and code- compliant during events. a. Schedule of events as of 04/28/2026 is as follows: 1) July 1", 2026—Journey 2) August 14t", 2026—Ella Langley 3) October 1", 2025—Gabriel Iglesias Note:This schedule is preliminary and subject to change. B. n t e s q en es, dura ion imita ions, an governing factors out ine in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. C. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. Special Procedures 0135 00-1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 1 month prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Liquidated Critical Operation Max.Time Hours Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) During hours of During hours of Based on total All Building Systems construction only. construction only. losses during Coordinate with Coordinate with shut down of Oak View Group. Oak View Group. operations. B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. Special Procedures 0135 00-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the operation of the existing distribution system. 2. Loss of operation of the existing distribution system can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will assist the Contractor with a schedule to help with hours of operation. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 0135 00-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 10/2018 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Prevent freezing of pipes,flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES—NOT REQUIRED A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor may use owner-assigned restrooms. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. Owner-assigned restrooms are to be cleaned daily. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor may use water from an Owner-designated source within the building for construction activities such as cleaning, mixing materials, and similar tasks. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating access with the Owner. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. Temporary partitions will have project identification and graphics, which are to be coordinated with the owner and Architect. Reference "TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION PARTITION" drawing in Consultant Sheet G-503 for additional information. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the restrooms on a daily basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 01 57 00-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 01 57 00-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS—NOT APPLICABLE A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 01 57 00-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream,the Corpus Christi Bay. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER: NOT APPLICABLE A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be US Ecology(USET)in Robstown,Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi,Texas. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for Temporary Controls 01 57 00-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 01 57 00-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 Rev 8/2019 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.3 PRE-DEMOLITION MEETINGS A. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building. B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity. D. Pre-demolition photographs or video. E. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory of items that have been removed and salvaged. Selective Demolition 024119 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. G. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. Selective Demolition 024119 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 3. if services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. C. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Selective Demolition 024119 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors,verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 24 hours after flame-cutting operations. 5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls,floors, or framing. 6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. Selective Demolition 024119 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 007200 "General Conditions"part 19.14. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 Selective Demolition 024119 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 03 01 00 MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Cleaning of existing concrete surfaces. B. Repair of exposed structural, shrinkage,and settlement cracks. C. Resurfacing of concrete surfaces having spalled areas and other damage. D. Repair of deteriorated concrete. E. Repair of internal concrete reinforcement. F. Restoration and patching of concrete surfaces. 1.02 Related Requirements A. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.03 Price and Payment Procedures A. Repair Surface: By the square foot. Includes surface preparation,repair, finishing. B. Preparation for Resurfacing: By the square foot. Includes surface preparation, cleaning. 1.04 Reference Standards A. ASTM A82/A82M-Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. B. ASTM A615/A615M- Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. C. ASTM A767/A767M- Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2009. D. ASTM A775/A775M- Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2007b (Reapproved 2014). E. ASTM A996/A996M- Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2014. F. ASTM A1064/A1064M-Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement,Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. G. ASTM C33/C33M- Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. H. ASTM C150/C150M- Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. I. ASTM C348 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars; 2014. J. ASTM C404- Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. K. ASTM C882- Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear; 2012. L. ASTM C928/C928M- Standard Specification for Packaged,Dry,Rapid-Hardening Cementitious Material for Concrete Repairs; 2013. M. ASTM C1059/C1059M- Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Maintenance of Concrete Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 030100 - 1 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Hardened Concrete; 2013. N. ASTM D3039/D3039M- Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Polymer Matrix Composite Materials; 2017. O. ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2010. P. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2010. Q. AWS D1.4/D1.4M- Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel;2011. R. ICC-ES AC178 -Acceptance Criteria for Inspection and Verification of Concrete and Reinforced and Unreinforced Masonry Strengthening Using Fiber-Reinforced Polymer(FRP) or Steel-Reinforced Polymer(SRP) Composite Systems; 2017,with Editorial Revision 2020. 1.05 Administrative Requirements A. Scheduling: Perform work during a time period allowed by authority having jurisdiction of road right-of-way. 1.06 Submittals A. Product Data: Indicate product standards,physical and chemical characteristics,technical specifications,limitations,maintenance instructions,and general recommendations regarding each material. B. Field quality control submittals. C. Field quality control submittals for CFRP. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that specified products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of structural reinforcement repairs and type of repair. 1.07 Quality Assurance A. Designer Qualifications: Design reinforcement splices under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section. C. Cleaner Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified. E. Perform welding work in accordance with AWS D1.4. 1.08 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Comply with manufacturers'instructions for storage, shelf-life limitations,and handling of products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Cleaning Materials A. Detergent: Non-ionic detergent. B. Blasting Medium: Sand. Maintenance of Concrete Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 030100 -2 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.02 Cementitious Patching and Repair Materials A. Cementitious Resurfacing Mortar: One-or two-component,factory-mixed,polymer-modified cementitious mortar designed for continuous thin-coat application. 1. In-place material resistant to freezing conditions. 2. Mixed with water or latex type bonding agent in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Integral corrosion inhibitor. 4. Recommended Thickness: Feather edge to 1/8 inch. 5. Color: Gray. B. Cementitious Repair Mortar, Trowel Grade: One-or two-component, factory-mixed,polymer- modified cementitious mortar. 1. In-place material is resistant to freezing conditions. 2. Mixed with water or latex type bonding agent in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Dry Material: Complies with ASTM C928/C928M. 4. Integral corrosion inhibitor. C. Cementitious Repair Mortar,Form and Pour/Pump Grade: Flowable,one- or two-component, factory-mixed,polymer-modified cementitious mortar; in-place material resistant to freezing conditions. 1. Mixed with water in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. D. Cementitious Pavement Repair Mortar: Fast hardening, flowable; composed of cement, sand, and additives; capable of setting in cold weather conditions without the aid of chloride-or gypsum-based accelerators; in-place material resistant to freezing conditions. 1. Dry Material: Complies with ASTM C928/C928M. 2. Integral corrosion inhibitor. 3. Time To Open To Traffic: 1 hour,maximum. 4. Time to Top-Coating: 4 hours,maximum. E. Cementitious Hydraulic Waterstop: Very fast setting,low slump,hand formable,and capable of stopping active water leaks; in-place material resistant to freezing conditions. F. Mix cementitious mortar and grout in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended. G. Include bonding agent as additive to mix. 2.03 Epoxy Patching and Repair Materials A. Epoxy Repair Mortar: Epoxy resin mixed with aggregate and other materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended; comply with pot life and workability limits. B. Mix epoxy mortars in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended. C. Mix components in clean equipment or containers. Conform to pot life and workability limits. D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: Non-sag,two-component, 100 percent solids;recommended by manufacturer for purpose and conditions under which used. 1. Bond Strength(ASTM C882): 1,500 psi,minimum. 2. Tensile Strength(ASTM D638): 6,600 psi,minimum. 3. Percent Elongation(ASTM D638): 3.3 percent at 7 days at 70 degrees F,maximum. Maintenance of Concrete Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 030100 -3 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Compressive Strength(ASTM D695): 10,000 psi,minimum. 2.04 Accessories A. Anchoring Adhesive: Self-leveling or non-sag as applicable. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, 11, or Ill; gray or white. C. Sand: ASTM C33/C33M or ASTM C404; uniformly graded, clean. D. Water: Clean and potable. E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 40(40,000 psi) billet-steel deformed bars,unfinished. F. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed bars,ASTM A996/A996M Grade 40 (280), Type A. 1. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I or II. G. Stirrup Steel: ASTM A1064/A1064M. H. Splicing Sleeves: Per shop drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 Cleaning Existing Concrete A. Provide enclosures,barricades, and other temporary construction as required to protect adjacent work from damage. B. Clean concrete surfaces of dirt or other contamination using the gentlest method that is effective. 1. Try the gentlest method first,then,if not clean enough,use a less gentle method taking care to watch for impending damage. 2. Clean out cracks and voids using same methods. C. The following are acceptable cleaning methods,in order from gentlest to less gentle: 1. Water washing using low-pressure,maximum of 100 psi, and,if necessary,brushes with natural or synthetic bristles. 2. Increasing the water washing pressure to maximum of 400 psi. 3. Adding detergent to washing water;with final water rinse to remove residual detergent. 4. Steam-generated low-pressure hot-water washing. 5. Abrasive blasting: Use sand. 3.03 Concrete Structural Member Repair A. See drawings for specific areas to be repaired. B. Remove broken and soft concrete at least 1/4 inch deep. C. Mechanically cut away damaged portions of reinforcement. D. Remove corrosion from steel and clean mechanically. E. Blast clean remaining exposed reinforcement surfaces. F. Repair by welding new bar reinforcement to existing reinforcement using sleeve splices. 1. Perform welding work in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M. Maintenance of Concrete Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 030100 -4 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Make welded sleeve splices to achieve strength to exceed strength of new reinforcement. G. Cover exposed steel reinforcement with epoxy mortar. H. Work epoxy mortar into broken surface and build up patch to match original. I. Feather edges of repairs flush to sound surface and trowel surface to match surrounding area. 3.04 Crack Repair Using Epoxy Adhesive Injection A. Repair exposed cracks. B. Provide temporary entry ports spaced to accomplish movement of fluids between ports;no deeper than the depth of the crack to be filled or port size diameter no greater than the thickness of the crack. Provide temporary seal at concrete surface to prevent leakage of adhesive. C. Inject adhesive into ports under pressure using equipment appropriate for particular application. D. Begin injection at lower entry port and continue until adhesive appears in adjacent entry port. Continue from port to port until entire crack is filled. E. Remove temporary seal and excess adhesive. F. Clean surfaces adjacent to repair and blend finish. 3.05 Concrete Surface Repair Using Cementitious Materials A. Clean concrete surfaces, cracks,and joints of dirt,laitance, corrosion,and other contamination using method(s) specified above and allow to dry. B. Apply coating of bonding agent to entire concrete surface to be repaired. C. Fill voids with cementitious mortar flush with surface. D. Apply repair mortar by steel trowel to a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch over entire surface, terminating at a vertical change in plane on all sides. E. Trowel finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. F. Damp cure for four days. 3.06 Field Quality Control A. See Section 00 72 00—General Conditions for additional requirements. B. An independent testing agency will perform field inspection and testing. 1. Test concrete for calcium chloride content during the execution of the Work. 2. Field Quality Control for CFRP: a. Inspect installation and test for compliance with ICC-ES AC178. b. Inspect for voids,bubbles,and delamination's by performing a visual and acoustic tap test of layered surface after 24 hours of initial resin saturant cure. c. Test for material properties of CFRP in accordance with ASTM D3039/D3039M. d. Nonconforming Work: Repair defective work after minimum cure time for CFRP laminates. END OF SECTION Maintenance of Concrete Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 030100 -5 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 03 30 00 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including form work,reinforcement,concrete materials,mix design,placement procedures, and finishes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates 2. Form materials and form-release agents 3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories 4. Admixtures 5. Curing materials 6. Adhesives. 7. Epoxy joint filler 8. Joint-filler strips CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Materials testing will be performed by a qualified testing laboratory secured by the Owner. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field-Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-I or an equivalent certification program. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. D. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1.7 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous,true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood,metal, or other approved panel materials. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood,lumber,metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC, or rubber strips, of size and at locations called for on plans. D. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain,or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. E. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 -2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that,when removed,will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 1.8 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60, deformed. 1.9 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. B. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain-steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 1.10 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1/11. B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded, and as follows: 1. Class: Severe weathering region, but not less than 3S. 2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches. 3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve, except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50. C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 1.11 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 -3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 1.12 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 1.13 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. 1.14 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi. 2. Minimum 5 sacks of cement per C.Y.; max 20% fly-ash. 3. Maximum Slump: 4 inches. D. Slab-on-Grade: Proportion nonnal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi. 2. Minimum 5 sacks per C.Y.;maximum 20% fly-ash. 3. Maximum Slump: 4 inches. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 -4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.40 for corrosion protection of steel reinforcement in concrete exposed to chlorides from salt, saltwater, brackish water, seawater, or spray from these sources. F. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 2 to 4 percent, unless otherwise indicated. G. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent. H. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. I. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required,for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight,and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 1.15 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 1.16 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information. PART 2-EXECUTION 2.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain form work, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct form work so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or piying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways,reglets,recesses, and the like,for easy removal. 1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of concrete where called for on plans. 1. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood,sawdust,dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent,according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 2.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings,templates, diagrams,instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located,to elevations required. 2.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F(10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave form work,for beam soffits,joists,slabs,and other structural elements,that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following: CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 -6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. At least 70 percent of 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Detennine compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing representative field- or laboratory-cured test specimens according to ACI 301. 3. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,delaminated,or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. D. When forms are reused,clean surfaces,remove fins and laitance,and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 2.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth,ice, and other foreign materials. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 2.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. 3. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs,beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 4. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 5. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 7 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants," are indicated. 2. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required,lace or clip sections together. E. Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. 1. Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt-coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 2.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete,verify that installation of formwork,reinforcement,and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by Engineer. C. Before placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mix. D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. E. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic,to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 8 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. G. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F,uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators,unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. H. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows,when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 2.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 -9 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp proofing, veneer plaster, or painting. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished concrete: 1. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens,rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for sxreeding, re-straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and re-straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view. 2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot-long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed 1/8 inch. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 10 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures,unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix,place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 2.10 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces,by one or a combination of the following methods: I. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water b. Continuous water-fog spray C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 11 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments C. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 2.11 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt,debris,saw cuttings,curing compounds,and sealers from joints;leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. 2.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve,using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean,dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Engineer. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs,for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 12 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,honeycombs,rock pockets,crazing and cracks in excess of 0.10 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare,mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare,mix,and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter,by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete,subject to Engineers approval,using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. 2.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample (three cylinders) for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd.,plus one set for each additional 50 cu.yd. or fraction thereof. CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 13 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mix, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231,pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;test one field-cured specimen at 7 days and two at 28 days. a. Should either specimen fail to meet the required strength of concrete when tested,the fourth specimen shall be tested to verify the failed test. C. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Project Manager 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. E. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Engineer. PART 3 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 3.1 No separate payment shall be allocated for cast-in-place concrete. Payment for concrete shall be included in the prices bid for items of which this work is a component part in accordance with these specifications. END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 14 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 Q05/06/2026 1 SECTION 04 22 00-CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Steel reinforcing bars. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending, lap lengths, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For each type and size of product. For masonry units, include data on material properties. B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test in accordance with ASTM C109/C109M for compressive strength, ASTM C1506 for water retention, and ASTM C91/C91M for air content. 2. Include test reports, in accordance with ASTM C1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00- 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects are exposed in the completed Work. C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. 1. Where fire-resistance-rated construction is indicated, units are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for exposed units. C. CMUs: ASTM C90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Reference Structural sheets. 2. Density Classification: As indicated by Structural. D. Concrete Building Brick: ASTM C55. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 2.3 CONCRETE LINTELS A. Concrete Lintels: ASTM C1623, matching CMUs in color, texture, and density classification; and with reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net-area compressive strength not less than that of CMUs. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I or 11, except Type III may be used for cold- weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Masonry Cement:ASTM C91/C91M. 1. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix 2. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 3. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. E. Aggregate for Grout:ASTM C404. F. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C494/C494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. G. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMUs containing integral water repellent from same manufacturer. H. Water: Potable. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M or ASTM A996/A996M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). B. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch (3.77-mm) steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. C. Masonry-Joint Reinforcement, General:ASTM A951/A951M. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 1. Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Stainless steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 5. Spacing of Cross Rods: Not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c. 6. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m)with prefabricated corner and tee units. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A82/A82M, with ASTM A153/A153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A153/A153M, Class B coating. 3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- (6.35-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.187-inch- (4.76-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire. C. Partition Top Anchors: 0.105-inch- (2.66-mm-) thick metal plate with a 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter metal rod 6 inches (152 mm) long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) thick by 24 inches (610 mm) long, with ends turned up 2 inches (51 mm) or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated. 1. Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A153/A153M. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated felt complying with ASTM D226/D226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.8 MASONRY-CELL FILL A. Loose-Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C549, Type II (surface treated for water repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surface treated for water repellency and to limit dust generation). B. Lightweight-Aggregate Fill:ASTM C331/C331M. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. For exterior masonry, use portland cement-lime mortar. 4. For reinforced masonry, use Portland cement-lime mortar. 5. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type N. 3. For mortar parge coats, use Type N. 4. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 5. For interior nonload-bearing partitions,Type O may be used instead of Type N. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C476. 1. Use fine grout that will comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C476 for specified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa). 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured in accordance with ASTM C143/C143M. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 2.10 POST INSTALLED DOWELS AND ADHESIVE A. Adhesive Anchors: ICC-ES approved epoxy anchoring system suitable for use in concrete and masonry. B. Anchoring Adhesive:Two-component structural epoxy; comply with ASTM C881. C. Installation: 1. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Drill holes using rotary drill; clean holes using brush and compressed air prior to adhesive placement. 3. Minimum embedment: 8 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise. 4. Bars: Match existing reinforcing size and grade unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.2 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch (12 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch (12 mm). 3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) in a story height or 1/2 inch (12 mm) total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2-inch (12-mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2-inch (12-mm) maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2-inch (12-mm) maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2-inch (12-mm) maximum. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2-inch (12-mm) maximum. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm). 2. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch (9 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, match existing bond pattern; do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. E. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below, and rod mortar or grout into core. F. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow CMUs as follows: 1. Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid CMUs with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-7 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, match existing joints. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR COATINGS A. Prepare CMU surfaces to receive coatings. B. Fill voids and irregularities to provide a smooth, uniform substrate. C. Tool joints to a smooth profile where exposed to wash-down conditions. 3.6 MASONRY-JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches (305 mm) beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. 3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete,to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.vertically and inches (915 mm) o.c. horizontally. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-8 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 3.8 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and that of other loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches (1520 mm). 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements is done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Special inspections in accordance with Level [C] in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site- prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout. C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests. D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. (464 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, in accordance with ASTM C140 for compressive strength. F. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, in accordance with ASTM C780. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-9 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 G. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, in accordance with ASTM C780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. H. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, in accordance with ASTM C1019. I. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, in accordance with ASTM C1314 at seven days and at 28 days. 3.10 REPAIRING, POINTING,AND CLEANING A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning:After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. 2. Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A. 3.11 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil- contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade. B. Masonry Waste Recycling: Return broken CMUs not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. 3.12 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND PREPARATION A. General: 1. Remove existing CMU as required to accommodate new plumbing fixture layouts. 2. Sawcut masonry to neat, straight lines prior to removal. 3. Do not damage adjacent CMU scheduled to remain. B. Preparation of existing work: 1. Remove loose mortar, grout, and debris from existing masonry surfaces. 2. Clean existing cells to receive new grout and reinforcing. 3. Expose existing reinforcing where required for doweling. C. Protection: 1. Protect adjacent finishes,fixtures, and construction from damage during demolition. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00- 10 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short FormCONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 2. Maintain integrity of existing wall construction to remain. 3.13 RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING CMU A. General: 1. Align coursing with existing masonry. B. Installation: 1. Match existing CMU in size, type,texture, color, and finish. 2. Match existing mortar color and joint profile. 3. Provide full mortar bedding at all contact surfaces. 4. Stagger joints to maintain structural continuity. 3.14 DOWELING AND REINFORCEMENT AT EXISTING WALLS A. General: 1. Provide dowels to connect new CMU to existing masonry construction. B. Installation: 1. Drill and epoxy-set reinforcing bars into existing CMU or concrete as required. 2. Locate dowels at each course or as required to match existing reinforcement pattern. 3. Lap new reinforcing with dowels in accordance with TMS 602 requirements. C. Coordination: 1. Field verify existing reinforcing size and spacing prior to installation. 2. Notify Architect of discrepancies prior to proceeding. 3.15 GROUTING OF MODIFIED CMU WALLS A. General: 1. Provide grout in CMU cells as required for reinforcing, doweling, and plumbing fixture support. B. Installation: 1. Consolidate grout by rodding or vibration to eliminate voids. 2. Ensure full encapsulation of reinforcing and dowels. 3. Provide cleanouts where required for full-height grouting. 3.16 COORDINATION WITH PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: 1. Coordinate CMU layout with plumbing fixture locations and supports. B. Installation: 1. Fully grout cells at wall-mounted fixture locations. 2. Provide solid backing and reinforcement at plumbing fixture anchor points. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00- 11 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 Copyright 2021 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONFORMED SET 03/21 05/06/2026 3. Coordinate installation with plumbing fixture carriers and supports. 3.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR MEP WORK A. General: 1. Provide cutting of CMU as required for routing of plumbing, systems. B. Installation: 1. Core drill openings; do not use impact methods that may damage masonry. 2. Patch all penetrations solid with grout or mortar to match adjacent construction. 3.18 TEMPORARY SUPPORT A. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required to maintain structural stability of existing masonry during demolition and reconstruction. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND VERIFICATION A. Field Verification: 1. Verify existing wall thickness, reinforcing, and conditions prior to construction. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect prior to proceeding. B. Tolerances: 1. Maintain alignment with existing construction. 2. Ensure flush transitions between new and existing masonry. END OF SECTION 04 22 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00- 12 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Field-installed shear connectors. 4. Grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051213 "Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing" for additional requirements for architecturally exposed structural steel. 2. Section 053100 "Steel Decking" for field installation of shear connectors through deck. 3. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for other steel items not defined as structural steel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." B. Seismic-Load-Resisting System: Elements of structural-steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections. C. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. Shapes included in ASTM A 6/A 6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches. 2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches. 3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches. D. Protected Zone: Structural members or portions of structural members indicated as "Protected Zone" on Drawings. Connections of structural and nonstructural elements to protected zones are limited. E. Demand Critical Welds: Those welds, the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the Seismic-Load-Resisting System and which are indicated as "Demand Critical" or"Seismic Critical" on Drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment Drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections. 5. Identify members and connections of the Seismic-Load-Resisting System. 6. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 7. Identify demand critical welds. C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing,including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade naive, for demand critical welds. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator, shop-painting applicators, professional engineer, testing agency. B. Welding certificates. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 -2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts,nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength,bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. 5. Shop primers. 6. Nonshrink grout. F. Survey of existing conditions. G. Source quality-control reports. H. Field quality-control and special inspection reports. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD, or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel(AC 172). B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE. C. Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P1 or to SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom-flange, demand-critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303. 2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1. 3. AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 -3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, to withstand loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360. 2. Use Load and Resistance Factor Design; data are given at factored-load level. 2.2 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M Grade 50. B. Channels, Angles,M, S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50, ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50,ASTM A 913/A 913M, Grade 50. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50, ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50. D. Corrosion-Resisting Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588/A 588M, Grade 50. E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade C, structural tubing. F. Corrosion-Resisting, Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847/A 847M, structural tubing. G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or Type S, Grade B. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 -4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Finish: Per Architectural Plans. H. Steel Castings: ASTM A 216/A 216M, Grade WCB with supplementary requirement S11. I. Steel Forgings: ASTM A 668/A 668M. J. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.3 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1,hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with plain finish. B. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers with plain finish. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490, compressible-washer type with plain finish. C. Zinc-Coated High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip or mechanically deposited zinc coating. 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating,baked epoxy-coated finish. D. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy- hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon- steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating. E. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B. F. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Configuration: Straight. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1,hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. G. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1,hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. H. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. 1. Clevises and Turnbuckles: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1035. J. Eye Bolts and Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars,ASTM A 108, Grade 1030. K. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars,ASTM A 108, Grade 1018. L. Structural Slide Bearings: Low-friction assemblies, of configuration indicated, that provide vertical transfer of loads and allow horizontal movement perpendicular to plane of expansion joint while resisting movement within plane of expansion joint. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Amscot Structural Products Corp. b. Fluorocarbon Company Limited. C. R.J. Watson Bridge & Structural Engineered Systems. d. Seismic Energy Products,L.P. 3. Mating Surfaces: PTFE and PTFE . 4. Coefficient of Friction: As noted on drawings. 5. Design Load: Not less than 5,000 psi 6. Total Movement Capability: 2 inches 2.4 PRIMER A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Primer: Comply with Section 099123 "Interior Painting." Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings." C. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25,Type I or Type 11,zinc oxide, alkyd,linseed oil primer. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 -6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25 BCS, Type I or Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd,linseed oil primer. E. Primer: SSPC-Paint 23, latex primer. F. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with MPI479 and compatible with topcoat. G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI#18, MPI919, or SSPC-Paint 20 ASTM A 780/A 780M. 2.5 GROUT A. Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-packaged, metallic aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," and to AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC- SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning." SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 7 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall- opening framing to be attached to structural-steel frame. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. Build up welded framing, weld exposed joints continuously, and grind smooth. H. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural-steel frame. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 1. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.7 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.1/Dl.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material. 2.8 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Prefabricated building columns consisting of load-bearing structural-steel members protected by concrete fireproofing encased in an outer non-load-bearing steel shell. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Black Rock Column,Inc. b. Dean Lally L. P.; Fire-Trol Division. C. Dean, George H., Inc. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 8 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide prefabricated building column listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for ratings indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 119. 1. Fire-Resistance Rating: As indicated on drawings. 2.9 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. 6. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." 5. SSPC-SP 14/NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning." 6. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 7. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2, "Near-White Blast Cleaning." 8. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning." 9. SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts,welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. D. Painting: Prepare steel and apply a one-coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC- PS Guide 7.00, "Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.10 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 -9 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes,by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize, lintels, shelf angles, and welded door frames attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior walls. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test shop-bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop-welded connections according to AWS DI.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect shop-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.IM on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify,with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 10 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in- place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Baseplates, Bearing Plates and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/DLIM. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 11 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs,back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," for mill material. 3.5 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with AISC 360, manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements of testing and inspecting agency that apply to the fire- resistance rating indicated. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Bolted Connections: Inspect bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 12 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. E. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS DI.1/D1.IM on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." D. Touchup Priming: Cleaning and touchup priming are specified in Section 099600 "High- Performance Coatings." END OF SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00 - 13 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 05 31 00 - STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section pertains to steel deck for floors and roofs. B. Requirements for field painting, fireproofing, roof sumps, roof flashings, drains, collars, gutters, downspouts,insulation, and other miscellaneous items are specified elsewhere. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: I. For each type of steel deck specified including dimensions and finishes. B. Approval Drawings: I. Include layout and types of deck panels, deck attachment details, accessories specified on the contract documents and other information required for a thorough review. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates: If field welding is performed, welder certificates signed by the Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under"Quality Assurance"Article 1.4. B. Test and Evaluation Reports: 1. Steel Deck: Product Evaluation Reports from IAPMO showing compliance with the specified requirements. 2. Product Test Reports or Evaluation Reports: Reports from a qualified testing or evaluation agency, indicating that each of the following complies with specified requirements: a. Mechanical fasteners: If mechanical fasteners are used, independent test reports or evaluation reports shall be provided by the fastener manufacturer. b. Acoustical deck performance. C. Approval reports by Factory Mutual demonstrating that the products provided meet the loss-prevention requirements if specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications: STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 - 1 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. ANSI/AISI S 100-16 w/S2-20,North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members 2. ANSI/AISI S310-20, North America Standard for the Design of Profiled Steel Diaphragm Panels 3. ANSUSDI RD-2017 Standard for Roof Deck 4. ANSI/SDI C-2017 Standard for Composite Steel Floor Deck-Slabs 5. ANSUSDI NC-2017 Standard for Non-Composite Steel Floor Deck B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with and the following welding codes: 1. AWS D1.3/D1.3M:2018, Structural Welding Code—Sheet Steel. C. Mechanical Fasteners: If required by the fastener manufacturer, certify that each mechanical fastener installer has satisfactorily passed certification tests as required by the fastener manufacturer. D. Fire Resistance Assemblies: Provide steel deck units classified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in the "Fire Resistance Directory" if a fire rated assembly is required. Identify steel deck bundles with labels bearing the UL mark. 1.5 Sustainability A. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD): Submit steel floor or roof deck manufacturer's EPD per the following: 1. All EPDs are to be third-party verified in accordance with the current version of ISO 14025 (validated by a date that has not yet expired) and indicate the following Impact Categories: a. Global Warming Potential (GWP): All GWP information submitted shall be in the form of kgCO2eq/kg. b. Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP): All ODP information shall be in the form of kgCFC-11/kg. C. Acidification Potential (AP): All AP information shall be submitted in the form of kgS02/kg. d. Eutrophication Potential (EP): All EP information submitted shall be in the form of kgN/kg. e. Smog Formation Potential(SFP): All SFP information shall be submitted in the form of kg03/kg. £ Energy Consumption: All energy consumption information shall be submitted in the form of MJ. 2. Manufacturer-specific GWP information will be one of the decision criteria when awarding this scope. The manufacturer EPD must indicate GWP information from the specific mill or STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 -2 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 plant facility from which the material is procured. EPDs including GWP information for more than one facility are acceptable as long as each facility's GWP information is reported separately. EPDs reporting GWP values as averages from multiple facilities only or industry-wide EPDs are not acceptable. 3. EPDs must clearly indicate the Product Flow Diagram disclosing if product fabrication is included within the"cradle-to-gate"life cycle scope(product stages Al-A3) of the EPD. B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide documentation in accordance with the current version of ISO 14021 from the manufacturer of steel floor and roof decking products.For each product,both the post-consumer and preconsumer recycled content percentage by weight must be indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Store products in accordance with SDI Manual of Construction (MOC). Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1. Protect acoustical roof deck batt insulation to maintain insulation free of moisture. 2. Protect and ventilate acoustical cellular roof deck with factory-installed insulation to maintain insulation free of moisture. C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL DECKS D. A manufacturer offering deck products to be incorporated into the work must have an evaluation report from an accredited 3rd party evaluation agency such as IAPMO and be a member of the Steel Deck Institute. E. A manufacturer offering deck products to be incorporated into the work must have product EPDs in accordance with the sustainability requirement listed in this specification. F. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. Verco Decking 2. Vulcraft G. Fabrication: 1. Steel Deck Panels: Fabricate panels to comply with ANSI/SDI RD-2017, C-2017, or NC- 2017. Deck profile, design uncoated-steel thickness, steel grade and finish, and side-lap configuration as indicated on the structural drawings: STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 -3 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Acoustical Steel Deck: a. Provide deck units with manufacturer's standard perforations. b. Non-cellular steel deck: Provide manufacturer's standard glass or mineral fiber sound-absorbing insulation.Provide pre-molded strips or rolls for field installation by the roofing installer. C. Cellular steel deck: Provide factory installed acoustical insulation and optional spacers(if indicated in structural drawings). 3. Composite Steel Deck: Fabricate composite deck panels with integral embossments or configurations to comply with ANSI/SDI C-2017. H. Materials 1. Sheet Steel: a. Uncoated Steel Sheet Shop Primed: ASTM A1008, Structural Steel(SS), Grade 40, 50, or 80 as indicated on structural drawings. b. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel(SS),Grade 40, 50,or 80, and G30, G60, or G90 zinc coating as indicated on structural drawings. 1. Finishes 1. Shop applied primer: Apply manufacturer's standard baked-on,rust-inhibitive primer to top and/or bottom side(s)as indicated on structural drawings. Do not prime top side of composite decks. a. Color: Manufacturer's standard gray or white as indicated. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated. B. Mechanical Support Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity,power-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon-steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws. Size and fastening pattern as indicated. C. Screws for Side-Lap Fastening: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon- steel screws, diameter and spacing or quantity as indicated on structural drawings. D. Flexible Closure Strips: synthetic rubber. E. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, Cover Plates, and other Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Galvanized steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less than 0.0358-inch(20 gage) design uncoated thickness of profile indicated or required for application. F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Galvanized Steel sheet,minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi,and of thickness and profile recommended by SDI for overhang and slab depth. STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 -4 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Weld Washers: Uncoated steel sheet, shaped to fit deck rib, 0.0598 inch (16 gauge) thick, with factory-punched hole of 3/8-inch minimum diameter. H. Sump Pans: Single-piece steel sheet,0.0747 inch(14 gauge)thick galvanized steel sheet. For drains, cut holes in the field. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF DECKS A. Install deck panels and accessories in accordance with ANSI/SDI RD-2017, C-2017, or NC-2017, SDI MOC, structural drawings,installation drawings marked for field use, and requirements in this section. B. Place deck panels on structural supports and adjust to final position with ends aligned. Bring deck into contact with the bearing surface as required by the fastening system and attach firmly to the supports immediately after placement to form a safe working platform. C. Install temporary shoring before pouring concrete if required to meet strength or deflection limitations. D. Fasten deck panels to steel supporting members, side-laps between supports, and at perimeter edges by the means indicated. 1. Locate welds as indicated and comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal are welding,appearance and quality of welds,and methods used for correcting welding work. 2. Locate mechanical fasteners as indicated and install in accordance with fastener manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Install PunchLok H side-lap connections using the PunchLok 11 tool as indicated. E. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supports with a minimum end bearing of 2 inches, or as indicated on the approved installation drawings with end joints as follows: F. End Joints: Lapped or butted per the approved installation drawings. Laps shall be 3 inches minimum at open-web steel joists or 2" at other structural supports. G. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck. H. Install additional reinforcement and closure pieces as specified on the structural drawings. STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 - 5 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Deck Accessories:Install and fasten steel sheet accessories in accordance with ANSI/SDI RD-2017, C-2017, NC-2017, or SDI MOC the approved installation drawings. B. Roof Sump Pans: Install where indicated in architectural details in openings cut in roof deck and mechanically fasten flanges to top of deck. Space mechanical fasteners not more than 12 inches apart with at least one fastener at each corner. C. Install reinforcing members as indicated to span between supports and weld or mechanically fasten. D. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions,walls,where indicated. Install with adhesive in accordance with closure manufacturer's written instructions to ensure complete closure. E. Sound-Absorbing Insulation for non-cellular acoustical decks: Install into topside ribs of deck before roofing insulation is applied. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Special inspections and qualification of welding special inspectors for cold-formed steel floor and roof deck in accordance with quality-assurance inspection requirements of ANSI/SDI QA/QC. a. Perform inspection of field welds and other inspections as indicated on structural drawings. b. Perform inspection of PunchLok II connections to ensure that the sidelap material has been sheared and offset so the sheared surface of the male leg is visible in the cut. C. Perform inspection of the sidelap screw connections to ensure that the proper size and number of screw attachments per span have been installed between supports. d. Perform inspection of the support connections to ensure that the proper size and number of attachments per deck sheet have been installed. Ensure that the fasteners are installed per the manufacturer's instructions and quality assurance requirements. e. Inspect other attachments of deck and accessories according to manufacturer's instructions and quality assurance requirements, or per industry standards. END OF SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 -6 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Miscellaneous steel trim. 3. Metal foot rail system B. Products furnished,but not installed,under this Section include the following: 1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Nonslip aggregates and nonslip-aggregate surface finishes. 2. Fasteners. 3. Shop primers. 4. Shrinkage-resisting grout. 5. Prefabricated building columns. 6. Slotted channel framing. 7. Manufactured metal ladders. 8. Ladder safety cages. 9. Metal bollards. 10. Vehicular barrier cable systems. 11. Pipe guards. 12. Abrasive metal nosings treads and thresholds. 13. Railings 14. Pre-fabricated bar foot rail kit B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Samples: For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For ladders, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Metal Fabrications 055000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 316L. 2.2 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 2. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329/F2329M. C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless steel bolts,ASTM F593, and nuts,ASTM F594. D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. Metal Fabrications 055000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Forin exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk)fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches O.C. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. B. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated. 1. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill or punch holes at 24 inches o.c. C. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. Metal Fabrications 055000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim. D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc-rich primer. 2.6 METAL FOOT RAIL SYSTEM A. Basis of Design: Kegworks B. Color: Matte black C. Size: 1.5"outside diameter D. Bracket: Contemporary foot rail bracket E. End cap: Flush flat end cap F. Pattern/Installation: As indicated in drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. Metal Fabrications 055000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through bolts,lag screws,wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers'written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for ceiling hung toilet partitions operable partitions overhead doors and overhead grilles securely to, and rigidly brace from,building structure. C. Anchor shelf angles securely to existing construction with anchor bolts. D. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 3.3 REPAIRS A. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 055000 Metal Fabrications 055000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 057300 -DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum decorative railings. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of decorative metal railings assembled from standard components. 2. Stainless steel cable and cable fittings. 3. Handrail brackets. 4. Shop primer. 5. Intermediate coats and topcoats. 6. Anchoring cement. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Delegated Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For delegated design professional engineer or testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Product Test Reports: For tests on railings performed by a qualified testing agency, in accordance with ASTM E894 and ASTM E935. D. Preconstruction test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code-Aluminum." Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code- Stainless Steel." 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on laboratory mockups. 1. Build laboratory mockups at testing agency facility; use personnel, materials, and methods of construction that will be used at Project site. 2. Test railings in accordance with ASTM E894 and ASTM E935. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times when laboratory mockups will be tested. PART 2-PRODUCTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer to design railings, including attachment to building construction. Reference existing cable wire railing for matching sizing and finishes. B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, are to withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: I. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf(0.89 kN) applied in any direction. C. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf(0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of I sq. ft. (0.093 sq. m). b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks,rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 ALUMINUM DECORATIVE RAILINGS A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with strength and durability properties for each aluminum form required not less than that of alloy and temper designated below. Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Extruded Bars and Shapes,Including Extruded Tubing: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), Alloy 6063-T5/T52. C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Round Tubing: ASTM 13429/13429M,Alloy 6063-T6. 1. Provide Standard Weight(Schedule 40)pipe unless otherwise indicated. D. Drawn Seamless Tubing: ASTM 13210/13210M,Alloy 6063-T832. E. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M),Alloy 5005-H32 Alloy 6061-T6. F. Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B247 (ASTM B247M),Alloy 6061-T6. G. Stainless Steel Cable and Cable Fittings: 1. Cable: Wire cable made from wire complying with ASTM A492, Type 316 2. Cable Diameter: match existing. 3. Cable Fittings: Connectors of types indicated, fabricated from stainless steel, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of cable with which they are used. 4. Intermediate Cable Supports: Stainless steel flat bar, 1/4 by 1 inch (6.4 by 25.4 mm), predrilled. H. Castings: ASTM 1326/1326M,Alloy A356.0-T6. 2.4 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: 1. Aluminum Railing Components: Stainless steel fasteners. B. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, in accordance with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,based on ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5,unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Handrail Brackets: Cast-aluminum B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI420 and compatible with topcoat. Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Intermediate Coats and Topcoats: Provide products that comply with Section 099123 "Interior Painting." F. Epoxy Intermediate Coat: Complying with MPI#77 and compatible with primer and topcoat. G. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI#72 and compatible with undercoat. H. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/131187M. 1. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. J. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring,patching, and grouting compound. 1. Water-Resistant Product: where indicated on Drawings, provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage,but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated. C. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections,including at fittings. 1. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Finish#1 welds; ornamental quality with no evidence of a welded j oint. D. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fittings. E. Brazed Connections: Connect copper and copper-alloy railings by brazing. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Braze corners and seams continuously. 1. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended, so no roughness shows after finishing and brazed surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. F. Mechanical Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. H. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated cap and end fittings of same metal and finish as railings. 1. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns,unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch(6 mm) or less. J. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, handrail brackets, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other Work unless otherwise indicated. K. Stainless Steel Cable Guard Infill: Fabricate cable guard infill assemblies in the shop to field- measured dimensions with fittings machine swaged. 1. Minimize amount of turnbuckle take-up used for dimensional adjustment, so maximum amount is available for tensioning cable. 2. Tag cable assemblies and fittings to identify installation locations and orientations for coordinated installation. L. Expanded-Metal Infill Panels: Fabricate infill panels from aluminum expanded-metal sheet unless otherwise indicated. 1. Edge panels with U-shaped channels made from same metal as infill; not less than 0.043 inch(1.1 min)thick. M. Toe Boards: Where indicated on Drawings, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms.Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611 or thicker. B. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611 or thicker. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities. C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Siliconized Polyester Finish: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-enamel topcoat; with a dry film thickness of not less than 0.2 mil(0.005 iron) for primer and 0.8 mil (0.02 mm) for topcoat. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. 1. Fit exposed connections together to form tight,hairline joints. 2. Install railings level,plumb, square, true to line; without distortion,warp, or rack. 3. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels. 4. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 5. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet(2 mm in 1 m). 6. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (6 min in 3 m). B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry,wood, or dissimilar metals,with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 ANCHORING POSTS A. Use stainless steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. B. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch(20 mm) larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. C. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows: D. Install removable railing sections, where indicated on Drawings, in slip-fit metal sockets cast in concrete. 3.3 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Attach handrails to walls with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Provide brackets with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 2. For hollow masonry anchorage,use toggle bolts. 3. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into studs or wood backing between studs. Coordinate with carpentry work to locate backing members. 4. For steel-framed partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into fire-retardant-treated wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installation to locate backing members. 5. For steel-framed partitions, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed steel reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 6. For steel-framed partitions, fasten brackets with toggle bolts installed through flanges of steel framing or through concealed steel reinforcements. C. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, rinsing with clean water, and wiping dry. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 057300 Decorative Metal Railings 057300 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with engineered wood products. 3. Shear wall panels. 4. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 5. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 6. Wood furring and grounds. 7. Wood sleepers. 8. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review. B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 3. Engineered wood products. 4. Shear panels. 5. Power-driven fasteners. 6. Post-installed anchors. 7. Metal framing anchors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Dress lumber, S4S,unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less; 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. C. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, shall meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron(SBX) for sill plates. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing,vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire- Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 1. Framing for raised platforms. 2. Framing for stages. 3. Concealed blocking. 4. Framing for non-load-bearing partitions. 5. Framing for non-load-bearing exterior walls. 6. Roof construction. 7. Plywood backing panels. 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING A. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade. 1. Application: All interior partitions. 2. Species: a. Southern pine or mixed southern pine; SPIB. b. Northern species;NLGA. C. Eastern softwoods;NeLMA. d. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA. B. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade. 1. Application: Framing other than interior partitions. 2. Species: a. Hem-fir(north); NLGA. Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Southern pine; SPIB. C. Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB or WWPA. d. Southern pine or mixed southern pine; SPIB. e. Spruce-pine-fir;NLGA. f. Douglas fir-south; WWPA. g. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA. h. Douglas fir-larch(north);NLGA. i. Spruce-pine-fir(south);NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA. C. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Any species and grade with a modulus of elasticity of at least 1,500,000 psi and an extreme fiber stress in bending of at least 1000 psi for 2-inch nominal thickness and 12-inch nominal width for single-member use. 1. Application: Framing other than interior partitions. D. Exposed Framing: Hand-select material for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces and edges, that would impair finish appearance, including decay,honeycomb,knot-holes, shake, splits,torn grain, and wane. I. Species and Grade: As indicated above for load-bearing construction of same type. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring. 6. Grounds. B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of any species. C. Concealed Boards: 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine or southern pine;No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Eastern softwoods; No. 2 Common grade; NeLMA. 3. Northern species;No. 2 Common grade;NLGA. 4. Western woods; Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA. 2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exterior, C-C Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch nominal thickness. Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.7 FASTENERS A. General: Fasteners shall be of size and type indicated and shall comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M. B. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,based on ICC-ES AC70. C. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES ACO1 or ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1-inch nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. C. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. D. Adhesives for Gluing Furring and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. D. Install shear wall panels to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole. Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. G. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. H. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. 1. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code(IBC). 2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two- Family Dwellings. 3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA- registered label. END OF SECTION 061000 Rough Carpentry 061000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 062023 -INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior trim,including non-fire-rated interior door and sidelight frames. 2. Interior plywood paneling. 3. Shelving and clothes rods. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. MDF: Medium-density fiberboard. B. MDO: Plywood with a medium-density overlay on the face. C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber,mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4. D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. Interior Finish Carpentry 062023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue. F. Melamine-Faced Particleboard: Particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, finished on both faces with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for Test Methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 INTERIOR TRIM A. Softwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish(Stain or Clear Finish): 1. Species and Grade: Knotty Alder. Grade A 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 9 percent. 3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 4. Gluing for Width: Allowed. 5. Veneered Material: Not allowed. 6. Face Surface: Surfaced(smooth). 7. Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color. B. Hardwood Moldings for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): MMPA WM 4, N-grade wood moldings made to patterns included in MMPA's "HWM/Series Hardwood Molding Patterns." 1. Species: Knotty Alder 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 9 percent. 3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 4. Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color. 5. Optional Material: Kiln-dried softwood or MDF, with exposed surfaces veneered with species indicated,may be used in lieu of solid wood. 6. Base Pattern: 6-by-l-inch flat trim molding. 7. Base Pattern: 6-by-5/8-inch L Aberdeen baseboard molding. 8. Corner Mold Pattern: WM93, 3/4-by-3/4-inch inside corner molding. 9. Crown Pattern: MLD12X07X14, 12-1/8-by-8-1/8-inch crown fascia molding 2.3 SHELVING AND CLOTHES RODS A. Exposed Shelving: Made from one of the following materials, 3/4 inch thick: 1. Particleboard with radiused and filled or solid-wood front edge. 2. MDF with radiused or solid-wood front edge. 3. MDO softwood plywood with solid-wood edge. 4. Melamine-faced particleboard with radiused and filled front edge. 5. Wood boards as specified above for hardwood lumber trim for transparent finish. 6. Softwood Boards: Kiln-dried eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or sugar pine; NeLMA, NLGA, or WWPA Premium or 2 Common(Sterling). 7. Softwood Boards: Kiln-dried Douglas fir-larch, Douglas fir south, or hem-fir; SPIB Superior or C&Btr finish;NLGA,WCLIB, or WWPA; or southern pine; B &B finish. Interior Finish Carpentry 062023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Shelf Cleats: 3/4-by-3-1/2-inch boards, as specified above for hardwood lumber trim for transparent finish. C. Shelf Brackets without Rod Support: BHMA A156.16,B04041;prime-painted formed steel. D. Standards for Adjustable Shelf Brackets: BHMA A156.9, B04102; powder-coat-finished steel. E. Adjustable Shelf Brackets: BHMA A156.9,B04112;powder-coat-finished steel. F. Standards for Adjustable Shelf Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071;powder-coat-finished steel. G. Adjustable Shelf Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04081 or B04091; powder-coat-finished steel. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. B. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall comply with testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Glue: Aliphatic-resin,polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use. D. Paneling Adhesive: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written instructions for adhesives. E. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation, complying with ASTM D3498, that is recommended for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install interior finish carpentry level,plumb,true, and aligned with adjacent materials. 1. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 2. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. Interior Finish Carpentry 062023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated. 4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 5. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish carpentry. 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install trim with minimum number of joints as is practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. 1. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. 2. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. 3. Miter at returns, miter at outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight- fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. 4. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 5. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where necessary for alignment. 6. Match color and grain pattern of trim for transparent finish (stain or clear finish) across joints. 7. Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed. 8. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent splitting. 9. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. 10. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3.4 SHELVING AND CLOTHES ROD INSTALLATION A. Cut shelf cleats at ends of shelves about 1/2 inch less than width of shelves and sand exposed ends smooth. 1. Install shelf cleats by fastening to framing or backing with finish nails or trim screws, set below face and filled. 2. Space fasteners not more than 16 inches o.c. Use two fasteners at each framing member or fastener location for cleats 4 inches nominal in width and wider. 3. Apply a bead of multipurpose construction adhesive to back of shelf cleats before installing. 4. Remove adhesive that is squeezed out after fastening shelf cleats in place. B. Install shelf brackets according to manufacturer's written instructions, spaced not more than 36 inches o.c. Fasten to framing members, blocking, or metal backing, or use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors. C. Install standards for adjustable shelf supports according to manufacturer's written instructions. Fasten to framing members, blocking, or metal backing, or use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors. Space fasteners not more than 12 inches o.c. Interior Finish Carpentry 062023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Install standards for adjustable shelf brackets according to manufacturer's written instructions, spaced not more than 36 inches o.c. and within 6 inches of ends of shelves. Fasten to framing members,blocking, or metal backing, or use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors. E. Cut shelves to neatly fit openings with only enough gap to allow shelves to be removed and reinstalled. 1. Install shelves,fully seated on cleats,brackets, and supports. 2. Fasten shelves to cleats with finish nails or trim screws, set flush. 3. Fasten shelves to brackets to comply with bracket manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install rod flanges for rods as indicated. 1. Fasten to shelf cleats, framing members, blocking, or metal backing, or use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors. 2. Install rods in rod flanges. END OF SECTION 062023 Interior Finish Carpentry 062023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 064023 -INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing interior architectural woodwork items that are not concealed within other construction. 3. Shop priming of interior architectural woodwork. 4. Shop finishing of interior architectural woodwork. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Anchors. 2. Adhesives. 3. Shop finishing materials. 4. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Include data and warranty information from chemical- treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include the following: a. Dimensioned plans, elevations, and sections. b. Attachment details. 2. Show large-scale details. 3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including blocking and reinforcement concealed by construction and specified in other Sections. 4. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each shop-applied color and finish specified. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For architectural woodwork manufacturer and Installer. Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Product Certificates: For the following: 1. Composite wood and AgriFiber products. 2. Adhesives. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. 1. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer of products and Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups of typical interior architectural woodwork as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations by Change Order. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior architectural woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels designed for building occupants for the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior architectural woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the remainder of the construction period. Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS 2.2 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that woodwork and installation complies with requirements of grades specified. 2.3 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium. B. Hardwood Lumber: 1. Wood Species and Cut: Match species and cut indicated for other types of transparent- finished architectural woodwork located in same area of building unless otherwise indicated. 2. Species: Knotty Alder 3. Cut: Rift cut/rift sawn. 4. Wood Moisture Content: 4 to 9 percent. 5. Provide split species on trim that faces areas with different wood species, matching each face of woodwork to species and cut of finish wood surfaces in areas finished. 6. For trim items other than base wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. a. For veneered base,use hardwood lumber core, glued for width. 7. For base wider than available lumber,glue for width. Do not use veneered construction. 8. For rails thicker than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for thickness. 2.4 AND RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium. 1. Wood Species: Any closed-grain hardwood. 2. Wood Moisture Content: 4 to 9 percent. Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.5 HARDWOOD SHEET MATERIALS A. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Standards for each type of interior architectural woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium-Density Fiberboard(MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1,medium-density overlay. 3. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Nailers: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. 1. Preservative Treatment: Provide softwood lumber treated by pressure process, AWPA UI; Use Category UC3b. a. Provide where in contact with concrete or masonry. b. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. C. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. d. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSO)Board of Review. 2. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Complying with requirements;provide where indicated. B. Provide self-drilling screws for metal-framing supports, as recommended by metal-framing manufacturer. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. 1. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. 2. Use nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. D. Installation Adhesive: Product recommended by fabricator for each substrate for secure anchorage. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. B. Fabricate interior architectural woodwork to dimensions,profiles, and details indicated. 1. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: a. Edges of Solid-Wood(Lumber)Members: 1/16 inch unless otherwise indicated. b. Edges of Rails and Similar Members More Than 3/4 Inch Thick: 1/8 inch. Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. 1. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 2. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing,trimming, and fitting. 3. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. a. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. b. Verify that parts fit as intended, and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. 2.8 SHOP PRIMING A. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing interior architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. B. Interior Architectural Woodwork for Opaque Finish: Shop prime with one coat of wood primer as specified in Section 099123 "interior Painting." 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces. C. interior Architectural Woodwork for Transparent Finish: Shop-seal concealed surfaces with required pretreatments and first coat of finish. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces. 2.9 SHOP FINISHING A. Finish interior architectural woodwork with transparent finish at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Standards, Section 5 for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing interior architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of interior architectural woodwork. Apply two coats to end-grain surfaces. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium. Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Opaque Finish: 1. Architectural Woodworking Standards Grade: Premium. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition interior architectural woodwork to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours prior to beginning of installation. B. Before installing interior architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and back priming of concealed surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install interior architectural woodwork to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble interior architectural woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed during shop fabrication. C. Install interior architectural woodwork level, plumb, true in line, and without distortion. 1. Shim as required with concealed shims. 2. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut interior architectural woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Preservative-Treated Wood: Where cut or drilled in field, treat cut ends and drilled holes according to AWPA M4. F. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Install fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. G. Anchor interior architectural woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. 1. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. 2. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with interior architectural woodwork. 3. For shop-finished items,use filler matching finish of items being installed. H. Standing and Running Trim: Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available)to greatest extent possible. 2. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches long, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. 3. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. 4. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler; sand smooth; and finish same as wood base if finished. 5. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Provide inspection of installed Work through AWI's Quality Certification Program certifying that woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Standards for the specified grade. l. Inspection entity shall prepare and submit report of inspection. END OF SECTION 064023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 064116 -PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic-laminate-clad architectural cabinets. 2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-clad architectural cabinets that are not concealed within other construction. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer. B. Research reports. C. Field quality control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Installer Qualifications: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.2 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.2 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards for grades of cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. B. Manufacturer: FENIX C. Finish and Color: Standard, J0718 Grigio Londra D. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium. E. Type of Construction: Frameless. F. Door and Drawer-Front Style: Flush overlay. 1. Reveal Dimension: As indicated. G. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by quality standard. H. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGL. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS. 4. Edges: Grade HGS. 5. Pattern Direction: As indicated. I. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic-Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate,NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL. J. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued rabbeted joints supplemented by mechanical fasteners or glued dovetail joints. K. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations. 2. Match Architect's sample. 3. As selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range in the following categories: a. Solid colors,matte finish. b. Solid colors with core same color as surface,matte finish. C. Wood grains,matte finish. d. Patterns,matte finish. 2.3 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 4 to 9 percent. B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium-Density Fiberboard(MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1,medium-density overlay. 3. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or MDF finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for Test Methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10. 2.4 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials, General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as determined by testing performed on identical products by a qualified testing agency. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Use treated materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard. Do not use materials that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials. 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency in the form of removable paper label or imprint on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. 2.5 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." Section 087111 'Door Hardware(Descriptive Specification)." 1. Emtek B. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, five-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch-thick metal, and as follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: ANSUBHMA A156.9, B01361, 2. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: ANSUBHMA A156.9,B01521. C. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): ANSUBHMA A156.9, BO1602, 100 degrees of opening, self-closing. D. Catches: Magnetic catches,ANSUBHMA A156.9, B03141. E. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: ANSUBHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081. F. Shelf Rests: ANSUBHMA A156.9, B04013;metal. G. Drawer Slides: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 1. Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer. a. Type: Full extension. b. Material: Epoxy-coated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200: Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated- steel ball-bearing slides. 3. For drawers not more than 3 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1. 4. For drawers more than 3 inches high, but not more than 6 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide,provide Grade 1HD-100. 5. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1 HD- 200. 6. For computer keyboard shelves,provide Grade 1 HD-100. 7. For trash bins not more than 20 inches high and 16 inches wide,provide Grade 1HD-200. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Door Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07121. 1. Drawer Locks: ANSUBHMA Al56.11, E07041. J. Door and Drawer Silencers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16,L03011. K. Grommets for Cable Passage: 2-inch OD, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Color: Black. L. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSUBHMA A156.18 for ANSUBHMA finish number indicated. 1. Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed: ANSI/BHMA 613 for bronze base; ANSUBHMA 640 for steel base; match Architect's sample. 2. Bright Brass, Clear Coated: ANSUBHMA 605 for brass base; ANSUBHMA 632 for steel base. 3. Bright Brass, Vacuum Coated: ANSUBHMA 723 for brass base; ANSUBHMA 729 for zinc-coated-steel base. 4. Satin Brass, Blackened, Bright Relieved, Clear Coated: ANSI/BHMA 610 for brass base; ANSUBHMA 636 for steel base. 5. Satin Chromium Plated: ANSUBHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; ANSUBHMA 652 for steel base. 6. Bright Chromium Plated: ANSI/BHMA 625 for brass or bronze base; ANSI/BHMA 651 for steel base. 7. Satin Stainless Steel: ANSI/BHMA 630. M. For concealed hardware,provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln- dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material,type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous- metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln- dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material,type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous- metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing,trimming, and fitting. B. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. C. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." 1. For glass in frames, secure glass with removable stops. 2. For exposed glass edges,polish and grind smooth. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours. B. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Install cabinets to comply with quality standard grade of item to be installed. C. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with wafer-head cabinet installation screws. D. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches using concealed shims. 1. Scribe and cut cabinets to Et adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. 2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration into wood framing,blocking, or hanging strips. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Provide inspection of installed Work through AWI's Quality Certification Program certifying that woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Standards for the specified grade. 1. Inspection entity shall prepare and submit report of inspection. END OF SECTION 064116 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets 064116 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Interior stile and rail wood doors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including the following: 1. Details of construction 2. Door frame construction. 3. Factory-machining criteria. 4. Factory-priming& finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each type of door; construction details not covered in Product Data, including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); and other pertinent data, including the following: I. Door schedule indicating door and frame location, type, size, fire protection rating, and swing. 2. Door elevations, dimensions and location of hardware, lite locations, and glazing thickness. 3. Details of frame for each frame type,including dimensions and profile. 4. Details of electrical raceway and preparation for electrified hardware, access control systems, and security systems. 5. Clearances and undercuts. 6. Requirements for veneer matching. 7. Apply AWI Quality Certification & WI Certified Compliance Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For factory-finished doors and factory-finished door frames. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For door inspector. 1. Egress Door Inspector: Submit documentation of compliance with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15.4. 2. Submit copy of DHI Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector(FDAI) certificate. B. Field quality control reports. Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWl Quality Certification WI Certified Compliance Program certificates. B. Record Documents: For fire-rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program WI's Certified Compliance Program. B. Egress Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspections of egress door assemblies must meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15.4 and the following: PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use only materials that comply with referenced standards and other requirements specified. 1. Assemble interior doors, including components, with either dry-use or wet-use adhesives complying with ASTM D5572 for finger joints and with ASTM D5751 for joints other than finger joints. B. Panel Products: Any of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 2. Medium-density fiberboard(MDF), complying with ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 3. Hardboard complying with ANSI Al35.4. 4. Veneer-core plywood. C. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201, for Category 11 materials,unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted. 2.2 INTERIOR STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS A. Interior Stile and Rail Wood Doors: Interior stock doors complying with AWl, AWMAC, and Wl's Architectural Woodwork Standards & WDMA I.S. 6A and with other requirements specified. 1. Performance Grade: a. WDMA 1.S. 6A: As indicated on Drawings. b. Architectural Woodwork Standards &WDMA I.S. 6A: Custom. Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Panel Designs: Indicated on Drawings. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. if modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 3. Finish: Matte 4. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Knotty Alder,plain sawed/sliced. 5. Door Construction for Transparent Finish: a. Stile and Rail Construction: 1) Clear lumber; may be edge glued for width. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 2) Veneered, structural composite lumber or veneered, edge- and end-glued clear lumber. Select veneers for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. Use veneers not less than 1/16 inch(1.6 mm)thick. b. Raised-Panel Construction: 1) Clear lumber; edge glued for width. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 2) Edge-glued, clear lumber; glued to both sides of a wood-based panel product. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 3) Veneered, wood-based panel product with mitered, raised rims made from matching clear lumber. 4) Veneered, shaped, wood-based panel product with veneer conforming to raised-panel shape. C. Flat-Panel Construction: Veneered,wood-based panel product. 6. Door Construction for Opaque Finish: a. Stile and Rail Construction: 1) Clear softwood; may be edge glued for width and finger jointed. 2) Veneered, structural composite lumber or veneered edge- and end-glued lumber. b. Raised-Panel Construction: Shaped,medium-density fiberboard. C. Flat-Panel Construction: Medium-density fiberboard. 7. Stile and Rail Widths: As indicated. 8. Raised-Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard,but not less than 3/4 inch(19 mm). 9. Flat-Panel Thickness: 1/4 inch(6.4 mm). 10. Mark, label, or otherwise identify stile and rail wood doors as complying with WDMA I.S. 6A and grade specified. Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOOR FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels unless otherwise indicated: 1. Clearances: a. Provide 1/8 inch(3 mm) at heads,jambs, and between pairs of doors. b. Provide 1/2 inch (13 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. C. Where threshold is shown on Drawings or scheduled, provide not more than 3/8 inch(10 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. B. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors in sizes indicated for field fitting. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 1. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. 2. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, BHMA-156.115-W, and hardware templates. 3. For doors scheduled to receive electrified locksets,provide factory-installed raceway and wiring to accommodate specified hardware. 4. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2.4 FACTORY PRIMING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises with one coat of wood primer specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING A. Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. 1. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 2. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. 3. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Factory finish doors where indicated in schedules or on Drawings. Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 EXECUTION 2.6 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware.", Section 087111 "Door Hardware(Descriptive Specification)." B. Install doors and frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated door frames in accordance with NFPA 80. a. Install frames level,plumb, true, and straight. 1) Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches(3.2 mm in 2400 min). b. Anchor frames to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. 1) Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. 2) Use fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. C. For shop-finished items,use filler matching finish of items being installed. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 2.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection Agency: Engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and to furnish reports to Architect. B. Inspections: 1. Provide inspection of installed Work through AWI's Quality Certification Program & WI's Certified Compliance Program, certifying that woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Standards for the specified grade. 2. Egress Door inspections: Inspect each door equipped with panic hardware, each door equipped with fire exit hardware, each door located in an exit enclosure, each electrically controlled egress door, and each door equipped with special locking arrangements in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15. C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door installations comply with specified requirements. 2.8 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 081433 Stile and Rail Wood Doors 081433 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work Results: 1. Installation of access panels in walls and ceilings. B. Principal Products: 1. Drywall access panels. C. Section Includes. 1. Wall and ceiling access doors and panels. D. Related Requirements. 1. Section 054000 "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for metal framing of interior partitions and ceilings. 2. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing of interior partitions and ceilings. 3. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry:"for wood blocking in interior framing. 4. Section 092900"Gypsum Board" for gypsum board inlay materials. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination Procedures: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations with controls,valves,traps,dampers, cleanouts, and similar items requiring operation that are located behind finished surfaces. Size to meet prevailing code to ensure that maintenance personnel can safely and effectively extract and replace equipment. B. Pre-Installation Meeting Attendees and Procedures: 1. Conduct meeting two weeks,minimum,before starting Work of this Section. 2. Additional Agenda Items: a. Agenda items: 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Sizes,types,finishes,hardware, scheduled locations,fire resistance listings, and details of adjoining Work. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Locations and sizes of wall and ceiling access doors. C. Samples: 12 by 12 inch unit with required frame, anchors,and finish. 1. Samples will be returned to Contractor for installation in Project. Access Doors and Panels Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 083113 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and sizes of access doors and panels. B. Maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Fire Rated Door Inspector:NFPA 80, Section 5.2.3.1. B. Field Samples: Install access doors for each type in locations acceptable to Architect. 1. Approved Samples establish Work results standard. C. Mockups: Provide access doors in mockup specified in Section 014000"Quality Requirements." 1. Approved mockups establish Work results standard. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. Non-Fire-Rated Rear-Mounted Access Doors,Tag AP-xx: Recessed Non-fire-rated access panel for gypsum board. 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. BAUCO .Access Panel Solutions Inc. BAUCO Plus 11 Rectangular and Square Access Panel. 2. Substitutions: submit in accordance with 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 3. Locations: See Drawings. 4. Size: 48"x 48" 5. Door Infill Thickness: See Drawings. 6. Infill Materials: Manufacturer's standard moisture and mold-resistant gypsum board. 7. Infill Material: See Section 092900 "Gypsum Board" for specified gypsum board. 8. Frame Material:Aluminum;ASTM A209,Alloy 6063,Temper T6 frames, supports and bracing. 9. Hinges: Free pivot hinge allowing for easy door removal and full access. 10. Latches: [Manufacturer's standard touch latch] [Screwdriver operated cam lock] [Torx tamper resistant cam lock] [Keyed cylinder cam lock] a. To be selected by Architect during construction. 11. Accessories: a. EPDM gasket. b. Nylon coated wire braid safety cable test rated to 135 pounds with crimp connections and spring snap aluminum carabineer. 12. Finish: Unfinished moisture and mold resistant gypsum board. Factory primed with BAUCO Paint-Ready option. 13. Color: White; to match adjacent ceiling tiles. Access Doors and Panels Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 083113 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.2 PERFORMANCE A. Fire Rated Access Door Construction: 1. Wall Access Doors: NFPA252 or UL lOB,CAN/ULC S104 2. Ceiling Access Doors:ASTM E119,CAN/ULC S101 B. Installed Fire-Rated Access Door Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for rating shown on Drawings. C. Attach label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fire rated access door. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet:ASTM A653, Structural Quality. B. Insulation: Mineral wool board,2 inches(50mm)thick. C. Finish Board: Magnesium Oxide, 5/8 inches(18mm)thick. 2.4 FINISHES A. Powder Coating: Thermoset polyester,AAMA 2603,0.03 inches(0.7 mm)thick. 1. Color: Manufacturer's standard white. B. Powder Coating: One cost fluoropolymer finish,AAMA 2604. 1. Color: Manufacturer's standard white. C. Powder Coating: One coat fluoropolymer finish,AAMA 2605. 1. Color: Manufacturer's standard white. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Welded Units: Fabricate units of continuous welded construction; weld, fill, and grind exposed joints flush and smooth. B. Size Variations: Obtain acceptance of manufacturers standard size units which vary slightly from sizes shown or scheduled. C. Provide manufacturers recommended anchorage fasteners for Project applications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough openings for access doors and panels are correctly sized and located. Access Doors and Panels Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 083113 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Secure frames rigidly in place,plumb and level in opening,with plane of door and panel face parallel to adjacent finished surface. 1. Set concealed frame type units flush with adjacent finished surfaces. B. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed Work requiring access. C. Install fire-rated units in accordance with NFPA 80 and requirements for fire listing. D. Install manufacturer's proprietary ventilation grille in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. See Section 233700 "Air Outlets and Inlets." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections: inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to Work areas. 1. Retesting of Failed Tests: Performed at Contractor expense. B. Fire-Rated Access Panels:Inspect per NFPA 80,Section 5.2. C. Non-Conforming Work: Remove and replace non-conforming work. Retest corrected or new work. END OF SECTION Access Doors and Panels Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 083113 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 08 7100- DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to,the following: 1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Electromechanical door hardware. 3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "General Conditions". 2. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry". 3. Division 26 Section "Electrical" D. Codes and References: Comply with the version adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC- International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80- Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards as applicable. Any undated reference to a standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that standard: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards-A156 Series. 2. UL10C- Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100- 1 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. ANSI/UL 294-Access Control System Units. 4. UL 305 - Panic Hardware. 5. ANSI/UL 437- Key Locks. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing, fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style,function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. C. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following: DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-2 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings. b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams. C. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein. 2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings. D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. E. Informational Submittals: 1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Provide record documentation of as-built door hardware sets in digital format (.pdf, .docx, .xIsx, .csv) and as required in Division 01, Project Record Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. B. Certified Products: Where specified, products must maintain a current listing in the Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) Certified Products Directory(CPD). C. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-3 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted. 2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. F. Each unit to bear third party permanent label indicating compliance with the referenced testing standards. G. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document: 1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. H. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting,testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures I. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-4 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference". 1.7 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to source power junction boxes, low voltage power supplies, detection and monitoring hardware, and fire and detection alarm systems. C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-5 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Warranty Period: Unless otherwise indicated, warranty shall be one year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hardware shall not have any visible manufacturer names on exposed materials, except cylinders,when the door is in a closed position. 2.2 POWER TRANSFER DEVICES A. Electric Door Wire Harnesses: Provide electric/data transfer wiring harnesses with standardized plug connectors to accommodate up to twelve (12) wires. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Provide sufficient number and type of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Provide a connector for through-door electronic locking devices and from hinge to junction box above the opening. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. Determine the length required for each electrified hardware component for the door type, size and construction, minimum of two per electrified opening. 1. Provide one each of the following tools as part of the base bid contract: a. McKinney(MK) - Electrical Connecting Kit: QC-R001. b. McKinney(MK) - Connector Hand Tool: QC-R003. 2. Manufacturers: a. McKinney(MK) - QC-C Series. 2.3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. B. Cylinder Types: Original manufacturer cylinders able to supply the following cylinder formats and types: 1. Threaded mortise cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 2. Rim cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Bored or cylindrical lock cylinders with tailpieces as required to suit locks. 4. Tubular deadlocks and other auxiliary locks. 5. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 6. Keyway: Match Facility Standard. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-6 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. 1. Supplier shall conduct a "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. 2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. 3. Existing System: Field verify and key cylinders to match Owner's existing system. D. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 1. Change Keys per Cylinder:Two (2) 2. Master Keys(per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5). 3. Construction Keys (where required):Ten (10). E. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders. F. Key Registration List (Bitting List): 1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner. 2.4 KEY CONTROL A. Key Control Cabinet: Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, and tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet shall have expansion capacity of 150%of the number of locks required for the project. 1. Manufacturers: a. Lund Equipment (LU). b. MMF Industries (MM). C. Telkee (TK). 2.5 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-7 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware applications. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 2.6 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL-10C. 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated. E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Manufacturers: 1. Pemko (PE). 2.7 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.8 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. DHI TDH-007-20: Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100-9 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Push Plates and Door Pulls: When through-bolt fasteners are in the same location as a push plate, countersink the fasteners flush with the door face allowing the push plate to sit flat against the door. E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection (Punch Report): Reference Division 01 Sections "Closeout Procedures". Produce project punch report for each installed door opening indicating compliance with approved submittals and verification hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. Include list of items to be completed and corrected, indicating the reasons or deficiencies causing the Work to be incomplete or rejected. 1. Organization of List: Include separate Door Opening and Deficiencies and Corrective Action Lists organized by Mark, Opening Remarks and Comments, and related Opening Images and Video Recordings. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100- 10 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. 1. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door. 2. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products. 3. Where multiple options for a piece of hardware are given in a single line item, the supplier shall provide the appropriate application for the opening. 4. At existing openings with new hardware the supplier shall field inspect existing conditions prior to the submittal stage to verify the specified hardware will work as required. Provide alternate solutions and proposals as needed. DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100- 11 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Manufacturer's Abbreviations: 1. SA-SARGENT 2. OT-Other 3. MK- McKinney Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 Doors: 101A, 101B, 102, 103A, 103B, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109 Description: New SN200 locks, balance of hardware to remain 1 Fail Secure Lock RX 8271-12/24V LNMI US26D SA 087100 1 Cylinder match facility standard OT 1 Door Harness QC-Cxxx MK 087100 1 Frame Harness QC-C1500P MK 087100 1 Card Reader existing to remain OT 1 Balance of Hardware existing to remain OT Notes: Field verify existing hardware and power supply to ensure electric lock properly functions. END OF SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 08 7100- 12 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 09 22 16 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board assemblies. 2. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings, soffits, and grid systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DESCRIPTION A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non- load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. C. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre- consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. B. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use steel studs and runners. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated,provide one of the following: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- (51-mm-) deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- (51-imn-) deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. D. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak System. b. Grace Construction Products; F1ameSafe F1owTrak System. C. Metal-Lite, Inc.; The System. E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. F. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch (1.34-mm) minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-(13-mm-)wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings, or 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)minimum. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 by 38 mm), 0.068-inch- (1.72-mm-) thick, galvanized steel. G. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch(1.34-mm) uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-(13-mm-)wide flanges. 1. Depth: 3/4 inch(19 mm). 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum uncoated-steel thickness of 0.033 inch(0.8 mm.). 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- (1.59- mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire. H. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or non-slotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (31.8 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22 mm), minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.018 inch (0.45 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch (4.12 mm) in diameter. C. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, in size indicated on Drawings, or 1 by 3/16 inch (25 by 5 mm) minimum by length indicated. D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.053 inch(1.34 mm) and minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-)wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings, or 2-1/2 inches (64 mm)minimum. E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.053-inch (1.34-mm) uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-(13-mm-)wide flanges, 3/4 inch(19 mm) deep. 2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings, or 0.033 inch (0.84 mm)minimum. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings, or 2-1/2 inches (64 mm)minimum. F. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Grid System. C. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type,material, size, corrosion resistance,holding power and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Acoustical Isolation Hangers for Suspended Gypsum Ceilings: Provide"KSCH Low Profile Deck-Suspended Ceiling Hangers" as manufactured Kinetics Noise Control. C. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), non- perforated. Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including aluminum and welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials (if required): 1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. 2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire- resistive materials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply to framing installation. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation. 3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844 that apply to framing installation. 4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services,heavy trim, grab bars,toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at tenninations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. 1. Space studs as follows: a. Single-Layer Application: 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. unless otherwise indicated. b. Multilayer Application: 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. unless otherwise indicated. C. Tile Backing Panels: 16 inches (406 mm) 400 mm o.c. unless otherwise indicated. C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section(for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch (13-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. C. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance- rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches (150 iron) o.c. D. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. 2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. E. Z-Furring Members: I. Erect insulation (specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation") vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches(610 mm) o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches(610 mm) o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches(305 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch(3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.5 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components in sizes and spacing indicated on Drawings, but not less than those required by referenced installation standards for assembly types and other assembly components indicated. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Install acoustical isolation hangers in suspended gypsum ceilings at locations noted on plans. Install hangers per manufacturer's requirements and Industry Standards. D. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members,by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts,pipes, or conduit. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. F. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. G. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. H. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet(3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION 092216 Non-Structural Metal Framing 092216 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements—25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Gypsum wallboard. 2. Gypsum ceiling board. 3. Glass-mat,water-resistant backing board. 4. Cementitious backer units. 5. Interior trim. 6. Exterior trim. 7. Joint treatment materials. 8. Laminating adhesive. 9. Acoustical sealant. 10. Textured finishes. B. Samples: For each texture finish indicated on same backing indicated for Work. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. Gypsum Board 092900 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M. a. G-P Gypsum. b. National Gypsum Company C. Temple d. USG Corporation 2. Thickness: As indicated in drawings. 3. Long Edges: Tapered and featured(rounded or beveled) for prefilling. B. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. a. G-P Gypsum. b. National Gypsum Company C. Temple d. USG Corporation 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C1178/C1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. a. G-P Gypsum. b. National Gypsum Company C. Temple d. USG Corporation 2. Core: 5/8 inch,Type X. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. B. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C1288 or ASTM C1325, with manufacturer's standard edges. a. G-P Gypsum. b. National Gypsum Company C. Temple d. USG Corporation 2. Thickness: As indicated. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc,plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. C. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. Gypsum Board 092900 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 f. Expansion(control)joint. g. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. 3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints,rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges,use setting-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat,use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat,use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use high-build interior coating product designed for application by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. Gypsum Board 092900 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants." F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." G. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072600 "Vapor Retarders." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS A. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. B. Comply with ASTM C840. C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. D. For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Prefill open joints,rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. F. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. G. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Where indicated on Drawings. 3. Level 3: Where indicated on Drawings. 4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 5. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." Gypsum Board 092900 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. 1. Glass-Mat Faced Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes.Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet,moisture damaged, and mold damaged. END OF SECTION 092900 Gypsum Board 092900 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 093023 -GLASS TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass tile. 2. Waterproof membrane. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: 1. Each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra Stock Material: Furnish extra materials, from same production run, to Owner that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color,pattern, and size indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for project. Glass Tiling 093023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. ANSI Glass Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade glass tile that complies with ANSI A137.2 for types and other characteristics indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI Al08.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. The manufactures listed in section "2.2 TILE PRODUCTS" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. D. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.2 TILE PRODUCTS A. Large-Format Glass-Tile Type 1. Carvart 2. Face Size: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Tile Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Pattern: S20/0619/7T5 5. View: T(TRANSPARENT) 6. Thickness: NOMINAL 7/16" 7. Backing: MIRRORED BACKER 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Mirrored Backer Units 2.4 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet: Nonplasticized, chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sides with nonwoven polyester fabric. C. PVC Sheet: PVC heat-fused on both sides to facings of nonwoven polyester. D. Polyethylene Sheet: Polyethylene faced on both sides with fleece webbing; 0.008-inch (0.203- mm)nominal thickness. Glass Tiling 093023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous Sheet: Self-adhering, SBS-modified-bituminous sheet with fabric reinforcement facing; 0.040-inch(1-mm) nominal thickness. F. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and continuous fabric reinforcement. G. Fluid-Applied Membrane: Liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer. H. Latex-Portland Cement Waterproof Mortar: Flexible, waterproof mortar consisting of cement- based mix and latex additive. I. Waterproofing and Tile-Setting Adhesive: One-part, fluid-applied product intended for use as both waterproofing and tile-setting adhesive in a two-step process. 2.5 SETTING MATERIALS. A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI Al08.02; use white cement unless otherwise indicated. B. Standard Dry-Set Mortar(Thinset): ANSI A118.1;white,unless otherwise indicated. 1. For wall applications,provide nonsagging mortar. C. Modified Dry-Set Mortar(Thinset): ANSI Al 18.4; white,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix to which only water must be added at Project site. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with liquid-latex additive at Project site. 3. For wall applications,provide nonsagging mortar. D. Improved Modified Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI Al 18.15; white, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix to which only water must be added at Project site. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with liquid-latex additive at Project site. 3. For wall applications,provide nonsagging mortar. E. Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting Epoxy: ANSI Al 18.3. F. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, Type I. 2.6 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated. B. Standard Cement Grout: ANSI Al18.6. C. High-Performance Tile Grout: ANSI Al18.7. 1. Polymer Type: a. Dry,redispersible form,prepackaged with other dry ingredients. b. Liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix. D. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI Al 18.3,with a VOC content of 65 g/L. Glass Tiling 093023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness; ASTM A666, 300 Series exposed-edge material and trim finish to be selected from manufacturer's full list of finishes. C. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproof membrane by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains. B. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. Glass Tiling 093023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting bed thickness so that tiles are flush. E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. F. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated,install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Large-Format Glass Tile: [1/16 inch(1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch(3.2 mm)]. 2. Factory-Mounted Mosaic Glass Tile: [1/16 inch(1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)]. 3. Factory-Mounted Miniature Mosaic Glass Tile: [1/16 inch (1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)]. G. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. H. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials,mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. L Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated. J. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints in accordance with grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. K. Install tile backing panels and treat joints in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. Use modified dry-set mortar for bonding material unless otherwise directed in manufacturer's written instructions. L. Install waterproof membrane to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. END OF SECTION 093023 Glass Tiling 093023 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 095123 -ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical tiles. 2. Metal suspension system. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 095113 "Acoustical Panel Ceilings" for ceilings consisting of mineral-base and glass-fiber-base acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. 2. Section 095133 "Acoustical Metal Pan Ceilings" for ceilings consisting of metal-pan units with exposed and concealed suspension systems. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. C. Delegated Design Submittals: For seismic restraints for ceiling systems. 1. Include design calculations for seismic restraints including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, and coordinated with each other,using input from installers of the items involved. B. Product test reports. C. Research reports. D. Field quality-control reports. Acoustical Tile Ceilings 095123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements,"to design seismic restraints for ceiling systems. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A in accordance with ASTM E1264. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES A. Rockfon 1. Material: Stone Wool 2. ASTM E1264 Classification: a. ASTM E1264 (2022) : Type IV,Form 3,Pattern E b. ASTM E1264 (2023): Type A,Form A2.3,Pattern E B. Panel Size: [24 by 24 inches] C. Edge/Joint Detail: [Square Lay In SQ] D. Thickness: [3/4 inch] E. Color: White F. Light Reflectance (LR): .83 G. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) : [0.90] H. ISO: Class 5 1. Fire Class: Class A in accordance with [CAN/ULC S102] [UL 723 ASTM E84]: Acoustical Tile Ceilings 095123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Flame Spread Index: [zero] 2. Smoke Developed Index: [5] J. Sag and warp resistant in 100%relative humidity and tested to ASTM C367. K. Thermal Resistance: R 2.60 hr.ftl.°F/Btu per 3/4 inch 1. R 0.46 m�.K/W per 19.0 min (SI) 2.4 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install ceiling panels using the appropriate Chicago Metallic Brand Ceiling Suspension System, based upon the panel edge type 1. Square Lay-In(SQ): a. Products (15/16"): Chicago Metallic® 15/16" [200], [1200], [250], [260/280], [1260/1280], [G90], [830 All Aluminum], [730 Stainless Steel], [Barrier Grid] b. Products (9/16"): Chicago Metallic®9/16"Tempra [4000] series. B. Structural Class: ASTM C635 Heavy Duty, Intermediate Duty, or Light Duty C. Material: G30 HDG Steel with baked enamel finish(Unless otherwise noted) D. Color: White E. Perimeter Trim: Angles, shadow moldings, and channels by Chicago Metallic®. Rockfon InfinityTM PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width tiles at borders unless otherwise indicated. B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS A. Install suspended acoustical tile ceilings in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M[, seismic design requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners,including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. Acoustical Tile Ceilings 095123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical tiles as indicated on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform inspections: 1. Periodic inspection during the installation of suspended ceiling grids in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. END OF SECTION 095123 Acoustical Tile Ceilings 095123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 096519 -RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid vinyl floor tile. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and pattern specified. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient floor tile, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class 1,not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE A. Interface Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET B. Tile Standard: ASTM F1700. 05/06/2026 1. Class: Class Ill Printed Vinyl Plank. 2. Type: B,Embossed Surface. C. Thickness: 4.5 mm D. Size: 25cm by lm E. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range 2.4 TRANSITION STRIP A. Manufacturer: Schluter B. Profile: Schluter-Schiene C. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Refer to manufacturers for installation instructions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. Start of flooring installation indicates acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work. B. Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depressions in subfloors. C. Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete slabs to determine that concrete surfaces are sufficiently cured, dried and ready to receive flooring. D. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's directions. 3.2 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. 2. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking device. 3. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET B. Tile Floors 05/06/2026 1. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 the at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. 2. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. 3. Lay tile in a pattern to be provided by the Architect consisting of not more than 3 different colors of tile. 4. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. C. Accessories 1. Apply wall base to walls, columns,pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 2. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 3. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. END OF SECTION 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 096723 -RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resinous flooring. 2. Resinous flooring cove base. 3. Resinous flooring cove base metal cove strip. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each resinous floor system required and for each color and texture specified. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Tensile Strength ................................. 1200 psi(ASTM C-307) B. Hardness ............................................................................ 85 (ASTM D-2240, Shore A) Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Percent Elongation ........................................................ 150% (ASTM D-638) D. Impact Resistance ................................................... 60 in./lbs. (ASTM D-2794) E. Static Load Limit .................................... Pass (<0.005 inches) (ASTMF-970) ......................................... (250 lb./114 kg. load) F. Resistance to Heat ................................................. Delta E<8 (ASTM F-1514) ................................... (7 days @ 158'F/70°C) G. Residual Indentation ....................................... 2.4%thickness (ASTM F-1914) ......... (1401b./64 kg. load, 0.178 in2 diameter) H. Abrasion Resistance .................................................. 0.03 gm (ASTM D-4060 CS-17) 1. Thermal Coefficient of ................................ 3.3 x 10-5in./in.°F J. Linear Expansion (ASTM C-531) K. Flammability ........................................ Class 1 (ASTM E-648) L. Noise Reduction Coefficient ............................................ 0.05 (ASTM C-423) M. VOC Content ............................................ RTZ Mortar- 13 g/1 (ASTM D-2369,Method E) .... Stonres Flex Groutcoat-90 g/l .............................. Stonseal CF7- 47 g/l(Method C) Cure Rate ........................................... 12 hours for foot traffic (@77F°/25°C) ........................ 48 hours for normal operations 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 RESINOUS FLOORING" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 RESINOUS FLOORING A. STONHARD - STONRES® RTZ-2 - Resinous Flooring System: nominal 3/16 in./5 min resilient urethane flooring system. 1. Stonres RTZ Mortar - A three-component, UV-resistant, resilient, urethane mortar consisting of urethane resin, curing agent, and pigmented, translucent aggregate. B. System Characteristics: 1. Color and Pattern: RTZ-2 Stonehenge Marble 2. Overall System Thickness: 3/16 in./5 min C. Primer: Type recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. 1. Standard Primer/SL Primer priming system is required for all applications of RTZ over concrete or wood. Metal substrates must be primed immediately following preparation with HT primer. 2. The substrate must be free of voids and pinholes after priming and prior to the start of the mortar application and the primer layer must not be cured for longer than 24 hours to ensure proper intercoat adhesion. D. Waterproofing Membrane: Type recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. E. Reinforcing Membrane: Flexible resin formulation that is recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated and that inhibits substrate cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring. a. Provide fiberglass scrim embedded in reinforcing membrane. F. Patching and Fill Material: Resinous product of or approved by resinous flooring manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for installation indicated. G. Body Coats: 1. Products: a. STONRES®RTZ-2 1) Resin: Urethane H. Grout Coat: 1. Type recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. 1. Topcoats: Sealing or finish coats. Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Type recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. 2. Resinous flooring cove base metal cove strip. J. System Physical Properties: Provide resinous flooring system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to test methods indicated: 1. Tensile Strength: 1,200 psi per ASTM D 412 2. Elongation: 200%per ASTM D 412. 3. Water Absorption: 0.1%per ASTM C 413. 4. Abrasion Resistance: 0.06 gm maximum weight loss per ASTM D 4060. 5. Flammability: Self-extinguishing per ASTM D 635. 6. Hardness: 70, Shore D per ASTM D 2240. 7. Bond Strength: 400 psi, 100 percent concrete failure per ACI 503R. 2.4 RESINOUS FLOORING COVE BASE A. Integral Cove Base: 4 inches high. 1. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and details including those for taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and top-coating of cove base. Round internal and external corners. 2.5 RESINOUS FLOORING COVE BASE METAL COVE STRIP A. Color: Selected from manufacturer's full list of colors. B. Profile: Per manufacturer's details and recommendations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 STORAGE CONDITIONS A. Store all components of Stonres RTZ-2 from 65 to 85°F/18 to 30'C in a dry area. Avoid excessive heat and do not freeze. The shelf life of the Mortar is 3 years, all other components are one year in the original, unopened container. Do not store outdoors, in boiler rooms, compressor rooms, refrigerators, or near radiators, steam pipes, etc. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare and clean substrates in accordance with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated to ensure adhesion. Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Concrete Substrates: Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with resinous flooring. 1. Roughen concrete substrates as follows: a. Shot-blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the dispensed shot within the apparatus, and recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup. b. Comply with requirements in SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6, with a Concrete Surface Profile of 3 or greater in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No. 310.2R, unless manufacturer's written instructions are more stringent. 2. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete in accordance with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed [200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m)] [1000 sq. ft. (304.8 sq.in)] and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of [3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq.m)] [5 lb of water/1000 sq.ft. (2.27 kg of water/92.9 sq.m)] in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in-situ probes, ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum [75] percent relative humidity level measurement. 4. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity is not less than [6] or more than [8] pH unless otherwise recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer, C. Patching and Filling: Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Control Joint Treatment: Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials in accordance with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply components of resinous flooring system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform,monolithic wearing surface of thickness specified. B. Primer: Apply primer over prepared substrate at spreading rate recommended in writing by manufacturer. Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Waterproofing Membrane: Apply waterproofing membrane where indicated on Drawings over entire substrate surface in thickness recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Apply waterproofing membrane to integral cove base substrates. D. Reinforcing Membrane: Apply reinforcing membrane to substrate cracks entire substrate surface. E. Field-Formed Integral Cove Base: Apply cove base mix to wall surfaces before applying flooring coats. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and details, including those for taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and top coating of cove base. Round internal and external corners. 1. Integral Cove Base: 4 inches (100 mm)high. F. Self-Leveling Body Coats: Apply self-leveling slurry body coats in thickness specified for flooring system. 1. Aggregates: Broadcast aggregates at rate recommended in writing by manufacturer. After resin is cured,remove excess aggregates to provide surface texture indicated. G. Troweled or Screeded Body Coats: Apply troweled or screeded body coats in thickness specified for flooring system. Hand or power trowel and grout to fill voids. When body coats are cured, remove trowel marks and roughness using method recommended in writing by manufacturer. H. Grout Coat: Apply grout coat to fill voids in surface of final body coat. 1. Topcoats: Apply topcoats in number indicated for flooring system specified, at spreading rates recommended in writing by manufacturer, and to produce wearing surface specified. J. Protect resinous flooring from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. END OF SECTION 096723 Resinous Flooring 096723 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 097200 -WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustic wall covering 2. Rigid vinyl wall covering 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each type of wall covering and for each color, pattern, texture, and finish specified,full width by 36-inch- long in size. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical wall coverings applied with identical adhesives to substrates according to test method indicated below by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. 2. Fire-Growth Contribution: No flashover and heat and smoke release according to NFPA 265. Wall Coverings 097200 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 ACOUSTIC WALL COVERING" and "2.4 RIGID VINYL WALL COVERING" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's perforinance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 ACOUSTIC WALL COVERING A. Momentum B. Description: Acoustical C. Weight: 25 oz. D. Width: 63 inches. E. Thickness: 1/8" F. Backing: Fused Polyester G. Installation: Non-reverse hang, random match H. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.4 RIGID VINYL WALL COVERING A. Inpro B. Description: Rigid Sheet Wall Protection C. Size: 4' x 8' D. Thickness: .040" E. Installation: Adhere to substrate with roll on bond F. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. Wall Coverings 097200 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complying with requirements in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer/sealer and wall-covering manufacturers for intended substrate. C. Metal Primer: Interior ferrous metal primer complying with Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer and wall-covering manufacturers for intended substrate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease,mold,mildew, and incompatible primers. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Plaster: Allow new plaster to cure. Neutralize areas of high alkalinity. Prime with primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 3. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 4. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 5. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.2 WALL-COVERING INSTALLATION A. Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Cut wall-covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. D. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. Wall Coverings 097200 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 3 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. Horizontal seams are not permitted. G. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity,pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips. H. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles,wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. L Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. J. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION 097200 Wall Coverings 097200 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 098322—ACOUSTICAL& THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acoustical and thermal blanket insulation and accessories for installation. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C423: Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 2. ASTM E84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E90: Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 4. ASTM E795: Standard Practices for Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests B. International Code Council(1CC) 1. 1CC IBC: International Building Code 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheet and installation instructions. B. Samples: Submit, at minimum, a 4"x 4" sample for each type of specified acoustical blanket. C. Test Reports: Upon request, submit certified test reports to verify specified product performance. D. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: I. Installers: Utilize an installer having demonstrated experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Acoustical blankets to perform as specified when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Acoustical blanket surface burning Acoustical&Thermal Insulation 098322 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 performance should comply with the International Building Code and other local building code requirements. 2. Acoustical Characteristics: Acoustical blankets to perform as specified when tested in accordance with ASTM C423. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Handle blankets carefully to avoid any damage. Store blankets indoors in a clean, cool, dry place, and out of direct sunlight. 2. Store blankets in a space where the ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for the project when occupied for its intended use. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Maintain ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels indicated for the project when occupied for its intended use. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. B. Existing Conditions: Do not install blankets until space is enclosed and weather proofed, and wet work is completely dry. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written product warranty. B. Provide 2-year contractor's labor and material warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.2 MANUFACTURERS" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustical Insulation: Acoustical Surfaces, Inc., 123 Columbia Court N, Chaska,MN 55318. Phone: 952-448-5300. Fax: 952-448-2613. Website: www.acousticalsurfaces.com. Acoustical&Thermal Insulation 098322 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Thermal Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturer: Certain Teed, Johns Manville, Knauf, Owners Corning or approved equal. Provide thickness as required to achieve noted R-value on drawings. C. Comparable manufactures and materials may be submitted per Section 007200. 2.3 DESCRIPTION A. Acoustical Product: Insul-Quilt acoustic blanket by Acoustical Surfaces, Inc.:blanket Composition: Fiberglass core, faced with flame-proof foil and fiberglass cloth. Thickness: 2". Size: 4' width x(Custom length up to 16')roll.Finish: White or Black as selected by Architect. Mounting method: Grommets and Mechanical Fasteners,Acoustical performance: Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC)per ASTM C423: 1.00. Surface Burning Performance: Fire Rating per ASTM E84: Class A. B. Thermal Product: Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; w/max. flame-spread/smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,respectively,per ASTM E 84;passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Attachment hardware for blankets as specified by manufacturer for installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: All wet work in the installation area must be complete, cured, and dry prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of blankets and with industry standards. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces of blankets per manufacturer's instructions or recommendations. B. Remove and replace damaged or discolored material and material that cannot be properly cleaned. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed work from damage due to subsequent construction activity, including temperature and humidity limitations and dust control, so that the work will be without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance by the owner. END OF SECTION Acoustical&Thermal Insulation 098322 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 099123 -INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 3. Steel and iron. 4. Gypsum board. 5. Spray-textured ceilings. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified,with the proposed product highlighted. B. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.2 MANUFACTURERS" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Shennin Williams B. Scuffmaster C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated. 2.3 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1. Ten percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Fiber-Cement Board: 12 percent. 3. Masonry(Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. 4. Wood: 15 percent. 5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 6. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers,plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates,Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Latex System MPI INT 3.1A: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant,water based,MPI#3. b. Prime Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. C. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior,matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#53. e. Topcoat: Latex,interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. i. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. j. Prime Coat: Textured coating, latex, flat,MPI#42. k. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior,matching topcoat. 1. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#53. in. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. n. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. o. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. p. Topcoat: Latex,interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#54. q. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI 4114. 2. Latex Aggregate System MPI IN 3.IN: a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. C. Topcoat: Textured coating,latex,nonflat,MPI#41. d. Topcoat: Textured coating,latex,flat,MPI#42. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 3.1M: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI#149. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior, institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 4143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI 4144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#147. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI 4148. 4. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 3.1 C: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant,water based,MPI#3. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4139. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#140. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI 4141. 5. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 3.1L: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant,water based,MPI#3. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4151. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#153. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#154. 6. Alkyd System MPI INT 3.1D: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant,water based,MPI 43. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#49. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#47. f. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. B. Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces: 1. Latex Floor Enamel System MPI INT 3.2A: a. Prime Coat: Floor paint,latex,matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Floor paint,latex,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Floor paint,latex,low gloss(maximum MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 460. 2. Alkyd Floor Enamel System MPI INT 3.213: a. Prime Coat: Floor enamel, alkyd,matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Floor enamel, alkyd,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Floor enamel, alkyd, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6), MPI#27. 3. Concrete Stain System MPI INT 3.2E: a. First Coat: Stain, interior, for concrete floors, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Stain, interior, for concrete floors,MPI 458. 4. Water-Based Concrete Floor Sealer System MPI INT 3.2G: a. First Coat: Sealer,water based, for concrete floors,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Sealer, water based,for concrete floors,MPI#99. 5. Solvent-Based Concrete Floor Sealer System MPI INT 3.217: a. First Coat: Sealer, solvent based,for concrete floors,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Sealer, solvent based,for concrete floors,MPI#104. C. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System MPI INT 4.2A: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI#4. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior,matching topcoat. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 453. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MP1 Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MP1 Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 2. Latex Aggregate System MPI INT 4.213: a. Prime Coat: Primer for textured coating, latex, flat, as recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: Intermediate coat for textured coating, latex, flat, as recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. C. Topcoat: Textured coating,latex,nonflat,MPI#41. d. Topcoat: Textured coating,latex,flat,MPI#42. 3. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 4.2E: a. Block Filler: Block filler,latex, interior/exterior, MPI#4. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MP1 Gloss Level 5),MPI#147. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#148. 4. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 4.21): a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI#4. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant,water based,MPI#3. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI 4138. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#139. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4140. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#141. 5. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 4.2K: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex,interior/exterior, MPI#4. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#151. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI 4153. e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#154. 6. Alkyd System MPI 1NT 4.2C: a. Block Filler: Block filler,latex, interior/exterior, MPI#4. b. Sealer Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior,MPI#50. C. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior,matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 449. e. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. f. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#47. g. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI 448. D. Steel Substrates: 1. Latex System,Alkyd Primer MP11NT 5.IQ: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal,MPI 476. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal,MPI 479. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#53. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. i. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. j. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 2. Latex over Shop-Applied Quick-Drying Shop Primer System MPI INT 5.1X: a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for shop application,MPI 4275. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#53. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 3. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.1 S: a. Prime Coat: Primer,rust inhibitive,water based MPI 4107. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 4143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI 4147. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#148. 4. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.1R: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry,for metal,MPI 476. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive,for metal,MPI 479. C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#138. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#139. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4140. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#141. 5. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 5.1B: a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inbibitive,water based MPI#107. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4151. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI 4153. e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#154. 6. Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.1C: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal,MPI 476. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive,for metal,MPI#79. C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Topcoat: Dry fall, latex, flat,MPI#118. e. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#133. f. Topcoat: Dry fall, latex (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI 4155. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 g. Topcoat: Dry fall, latex(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI 4226. 7. Alkyd System MPI INT 5.1E: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry,for metal,MPI#76. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive,for metal,MPI 479. C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd,interior,matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 449. f. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. g. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#47. h. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. 8. Alkyd over Surface-Tolerant Primer System MPI INT 5.1 T: a. Prime Coat: Primer,metal, surface tolerant MPI#23. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd,interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 449. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPl#47. f. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. 9. Quick-Dry Enamel System MPI INT 5.1 A: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal,MPI#76. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, quick dry,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Alkyd, quick dry, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#81. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, quick dry,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 7),MPI#96. 10. Alkyd Dry-Fall System MPI IN 5.1D: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal,MPI 476. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal,MPI 479. C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd,flat,MPI#55. e. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd(MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI 489. f. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#225. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 11. Aluminum Paint System MPI INT 5.1M: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry,for metal,MPI#76. b. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive,for metal,MPI#79. C. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. d. Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint, matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Aluminum paint,MPI#1. E. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. Latex System MPI INT 5.3A: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized,water based,MPI#134. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex,interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 453. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MP1 Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 2. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.3N: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized,water based,MPI#134. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 4143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI 4144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#147. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI 4148. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.3M: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized,water based,MPI#134. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#138. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4139. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#140. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#141. 4. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 5.313: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized,water based,MPI#134. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4151. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#153. e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI 4154. 5. Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.311: a. Prime Coat: Dry fall,water based,for galvanized steel, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#133. 6. Alkyd over Cementitious Primer System MPI INT 5.3C: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, cementitious,MPI 426. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd,interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#49. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI 447. f. Topcoat: Alkyd,interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 7. Alkyd Dry-Fall System(Cementitious Primer)MPI INT 5.317: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, cementitious,MPI#26. b. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd, flat,MPI#55. C. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd(MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI 489. d. Topcoat: Dry fall, alkyd, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI 4225. 8. Aluminum Paint System(Cementitious Primer)MPI INT 5.3G: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, cementitious,MPI 426. b. Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Aluminum paint,MPI#1. F. Gypsum Board and Plaster Substrates: 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System MPI INT 9.2A: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI#50. b. Prime Coat: Latex, interior,matching topcoat. C. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 453. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. i. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI 4114. 2. Latex over Alkyd Primer System(for Plaster Only)MPI INT 9.2K: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,alkyd, interior,MPI#45. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MP1 Gloss Level 1),MPI 453. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MP1 Gloss Level 2),MPI#44. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MP1 Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#54. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 3. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI 1NT 9.2M: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI#149. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior,institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 4143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level),MPI 4145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI 4147. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#148. 4. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 9.213: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI#50. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#138. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level),MPI 4139. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4140. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#141. 5. Alkyd over Latex Sealer System MPI 1NT 9.2C: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI 450. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI#49. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI 447. f. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. G. Cotton or Canvas and ASJ Insulation-Covering Substrates: Including pipe and duct coverings. 1. Latex System MPI INT 10.1A: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI 450. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex,interior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 453. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI 444. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#52. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI#43. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MP1 954. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 degrees), MPI#114. 2. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 10.1D: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI 450. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 4143. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 2),MPI#144. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI 4145. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4),MPI 4146. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5),MPI#147. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MP1 Gloss Level 6),MPI 4148. 3. Alkyd System MPI INT 10.1B: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI#50. b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior,matching topcoat. Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, flat(MPI Gloss Level 1),MPI 449. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, (MPI Gloss Level 3),MPI#51. e. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss(MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI#47. f. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior,gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6),MPI#48. 4. Aluminum Paint System MPI INT 10.1C: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex,interior, MPI#50. b. Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Aluminum paint,MPI#1. END OF SECTION 099123 Interior Painting 099123 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 101423.16 -ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes room-identification signs that are directly attached to the building. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For room-identification signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: [Five] years from date of Substantial Completion.PRODUCTS 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design",the ABA standards of the Federal agency having jurisdiction, and ICC A117.1. Room-Identification Panel Signage 101423.16 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.7 ROOM-IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Room-Identification Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Laminated-Sheet Sign: <Insert material> face sheet with raised graphics laminated to backing sheet to produce composite sheet. a. Composite-Sheet Thickness: As indicated on Drawings b. Surface-Applied Graphics: <Insert requirement>. C. Subsurface Graphics: <Insert requirement>. d. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range 2. Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. a. Edge Condition: As indicated on Drawings. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard method for substrates indicated Surface mounted to wall with concealed anchors 1.8 SIGN MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). B. Vinyl Film: UV-resistant vinyl film with pressure-sensitive, permanent adhesive; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings. 1.9 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. 2. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General: a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened sign unless otherwise indicated. 3. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly unless otherwise indicated. b. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes. B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. C. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-bond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch (1.14 mm) thick,with adhesive on both sides. Room-Identification Panel Signage 101423.16 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.10 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 2. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 3. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. B. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges. C. Subsurface-Etched Graphics: Reverse etch back face of clear face-sheet material. Fill resulting copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background color coating over enamel-filled copy. PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 3. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of Room-Identification Panel Signage 101423.16 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 4. Two-Face Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. END OF SECTION 101423.16 Room-Identification Panel Signage 101423.16 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 102113.17- PHENOLIC-CORE TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Compact Laminate (CL/Solid Phenolic), Moisture Resistant Substrate: (Bobrick DuraLineSeries) a. Toilet Partitions. b. Urinal Privacy Screens 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details. C. Samples for each type of toilet compartment material indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and ICC A117.1 for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufacturers listed in section "2.3 COMPACT LAMINATE (SOLID PHENOLIC) SUBSTRATE" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 COMPACT LAMINATE (SOLID PHENOLIC), MOISTURE RESISTANT SUBSTRATE (DuraLineSeries) A. Bobrick B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: 1081G.67P Floor mounted. C. Entrance-Screen Style: 1081G.67P Floor mounted. D. Urinal-Screen Style: 1085 Wall hung. E. Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid Phenolic, Bobrick Duraline Series. Maximum Height. Gap free Doors &Stiles. Heavy Duty full height stainless steel brackets. F. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Formed from stainless steel sheet, not less than 0.031-inch nominal thickness and 3 inches high,finished to match hardware. G. Urinal-Screen Post: Manufacturer's standard post design of material matching the thickness and construction of pilasters or 1-3/4-inch-square, aluminum tube with satin finish; with shoe and sleeve (cap) matching that on the pilaster. H. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets, clear-anodized aluminum. 2. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; aluminum. I. Phenolic-Panel Finish: 1. Wilsonart Series Compact Grade Laminate—Refer to drawings 2. Facing Sheet Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Solid "through-color" phenolic panels described by second option in "Color and Pattern" Subparagraph below are available from several manufacturers; verify availability with manufacturers. Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range, with manufacturer's standard. 5. Edge Color: Through-color matching facing sheet color. 2.4 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's heavy-duty stainless steel operating hardware and accessories. 1. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with anti-grip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex- type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Floor-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage. D. Ceiling-Hung Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for connection to structural support above finished ceiling. Provide assemblies that support pilasters from structure without transmitting load to finished ceiling. Provide sleeves (caps) at tops of pilasters to conceal anchorage. E. Floor-and-Ceiling-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at tops and bottoms of pilasters. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at pilasters to conceal anchorage. F. Urinal-Screen Posts: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at tops and bottoms of posts. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at posts to conceal anchorage. Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch-wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch-wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch. b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch. 2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 3. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full- height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and doors in entrance screens to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 102113.17 Phenolic-Core Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 102800 -TOILET, BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Private-use bathroom accessories. 3. Childcare accessories. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified, full size. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For grab bars and shower seats. 1. Include structural design calculations indicating compliance with specified structural- performance requirements. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or work-manship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Hand Dryers: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace hand dryers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. I. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 102800 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Structural Performance: Design accessories and fasteners to comply with the following requirements: 1. Grab Bars: Installed units are able to resist 250 lbf concentrated load applied in any direction and at any point. 2. Shower Seats: Installed units are able to resist 360 lbf applied in any direction and at any point. 2.2 PRODUCTS GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES" and "2.4 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.3 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Tissue(Roll)Dispenser: 1. Bobrick 2. Description: B-3588 Trimline Series Surface Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispenser 3. Mounting: Surface 4. Operation: Unit holds two standard-core tissue rolls up to 5-1/8" diameter. To service toilet tissue dispenser,unlock door with key provided and slide spindle out on any direction. 5. Capacity: Designed for 5 1/8-inch- diameter tissue rolls. 6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, satin finish with plastic spindle. Roll towel dispensers extend farther from the wall than folded towel dispensers. B. Combination Towel(Folded) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle: 1. Bobrick 2. Description: B-380349 Surface-mounted paper towel dispenser/waste receptacle 3. Mounting: Surface 4. Minimum Towel-Dispenser Capacity: 600 C-fold or 800 multifold paper towels. 5. Minimum Waste-Receptacle Capacity: 3.8ga1 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 102800 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel,ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish(satin). 7. Liner: Reusable,vinyl waste-receptacle liner. 8. Lockset: Tumbler type for towel-dispenser compartment and waste receptacle. C. Automatic Soap Dispenser: 1. Bobrick 2. Description: B-2012 Automatic wall-mounted soap dispenser 3. Mounting: Wall Mounted 4. Refill Indicator: LED indicator. 5. Low-Battery Indicator: LED indicator. D. Grab Bar: 1. Bobrick 2. Mounting: B-5806 Flanges with concealed fasteners. 3. Material: Stainless steel a. Finish: Smooth, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip- resistant texture in grip area. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inches. 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. E. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit: 1. Bobrick 2. Mounting: B-35139 Surface 3. Door or Cover: Disposal-opening cover with magnet catch. 4. Receptacle: Removable. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel,ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish(satin). F. Lighted Mirror Unit: 1. Seura 2. Frame: Frameless backlit mirror 3. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Hangers: Manufacturer's standard rigid,tamper and theft resistant. G. Framed Mirror Unit: 1. Sloan 2. Frame: 1/4"thin frame 3. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Hangers: Manufacturer's standard rigid,tamper and theft resistant. Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 102800 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Hook: 1. Bobrick 2. Description: B-542 Combination hat and coat hook. 3. Mounting: Concealed. 4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel,ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish(satin). 2.4 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. Diaper-Changing Station: 1. Bobrick 2. Description: KB310 Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child-protection strap. a. Engineered to support minimuin of 250-lb static load when opened. 3. Mounting: Surface Mount 4. Operation: By pneumatic shock-absorbing mechanism. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin), with replaceable insulated polystyrene tray liner and rounded plastic corners. 6. Liner Dispenser: Provide built-in dispenser for disposable sanitary liners. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. B. Grab Bars: Install to comply with specified structural-performance requirements. C. Shower Seats: Install to comply with specified structural-performance requirements. D. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 102800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 102800 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 10 75 00 - STORAGE SPECIALTIES PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Heavy-duty, all-welded steel combination storage cabinets. 2. Cabinets consisting of hinged doors with enclosing adjustable shelves and integral drawer units within a single welded assembly. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 05 —Metal Fabrications:Anchorage devices. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/BIFMA—Performance requirements and test procedures for storage units. B. ASTM A1008— Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon. C. ASTM A653 — Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Construction details, materials, dimensions, and configuration. 2. Shelf and drawer load ratings 3. Hardware and locking system. 4. Finish data and color selection. 5. Shop Drawings: a. Cabinet layout and installation details. b. Anchorage requirements. B. Samples for Initial Selections: Manufacturer's standard color samples for powder-coat finish. C. Samples for Verification: standard manufacturer samples sizes of specified finish color. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. B. Warranty: Sample of manufacturer's standard warranty. Storage Specialties 107500 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements - 25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years' experience producing welded steel industrial storage cabinets. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Products shall comply with applicable ANSI/BIFMA standards for strength and durability. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver cabinets fully assembled. B. Protect from damage during shipment and storage. C. Store in a clean, dry location until installation. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's standard limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Republic Storage Products B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by a manufacturer specializing in welded steel industrial storage cabinets. C. Substitutions: refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12.04. D. Proposed substitutions must meet or exceed specified materials, construction, and performance requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel: 1. Cabinet body: Minimum 14-gauge or 16-gauge cold-rolled steel. 2. Shelves: Formed steel with reinforced front and rear flanges. 3. Drawers: Formed steel construction. B. Finish: 1. Surface preparation: Manufacturer's standard phosphate or equivalent pre-treatment. Storage Specialties 107500 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements - 25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Finish: Electrostatic powder coat. 3. Color: Dove Gray. 4. Finish shall be corrosion-resistant and suitable for industrial environments. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Cabinet Construction: 1. All-welded steel construction; knock-down construction is not permitted. 2. Fully welded seams for structural rigidity. 3. Reinforced base with formed steel channel supports. B. Doors: 1. Double hinged doors. 2. Reinforced with full-height stiffeners. 3. Heavy-duty welded hinges. 4. Three-point locking mechanism with keyed lock; provide two keys per lock. C. Shelving: 1. Adjustable on 2-inch vertical increments. 2. Shelf load capacity: Minimum 1,000 lbs. evenly distributed unless noted otherwise. D. Drawers: 1. Heavy-duty slides (ball-bearing or manufacturer's standard equal). 2. Drawer load rating: Minimum 400 lbs. evenly distributed. 3. Full-width drawer pulls with provision for labeling. E. Capacity: 1. Cabinet overall load capacity: Minimum 3,000 lbs., model dependent. 2.4 DIMENSIONS A. Height: 72 inches unless otherwise indicated on drawings. B. Width: 36 inches or 48 inches as indicated on drawings. C. Depth: 24 inches or 30 inches as indicated on drawings. Storage Specialties 107500 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements - 25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Provide configurations as shown on Drawings. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A.Additional adjustable shelves. B. Drawer dividers and partitions. C. Bin inserts. D. Caster base where indicated. E. Padlock hasp where required. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions are acceptable and capable of supporting imposed loads. B. Do not install damaged or defective units. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets level and plumb in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B.Anchor cabinets where indicated on drawings or where required for safety and code compliance. C.Adjust doors and drawers for proper alignment and smooth operation. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.Adjust hardware and locking mechanisms for proper operation. B. Clean exposed surfaces promptly after installation. C. Remove protective coverings and debris from project site. END OF SECTION 10 75 00 Storage Specialties 107500 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements - 25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 114000 -FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes equipment for foodservice facilities. B. Owner-Furnished Equipment: Where indicated, Owner will furnish equipment for installation by Contractor. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fabricated equipment. Include plans, elevations, sections, roughing-in dimensions, fabrication details, utility service requirements, and attachments to other work. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For foodservice facilities. 1. Indicate locations of foodservice equipment and connections to utilities. 2. Key equipment using same designations as indicated on Drawings. 3. Include plans and elevations; clearance requirements for equipment access and maintenance; details of equipment supports; and utility service characteristics. 4. Include details of seismic bracing for equipment. B. Sample warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Refrigeration Compressor Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace compressors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Foodservice Equipment 114000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NSF Standards: Provide equipment that bears NSF Certification Mark or UL Classification Mark certifying compliance with applicable NSF standards. B. BISSC Standards: Provide bakery equipment that complies with BISSC/Z50.2. 1. Provide BISSC-certified equipment,with certification verified by a third-party agency. C. UL Certification: Provide electric and fuel-burning equipment and components that are evaluated by UL for fire, electric shock, and casualty hazards according to applicable safety standards, and that are UL certified for compliance and labeled for intended use. D. Steam Equipment: Provide steam-generating and direct-steam heating equipment that is fabricated and labeled to comply with 2013 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. E. Regulatory Requirements: Install equipment to comply with the following: I. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration." 2. NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." 3. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." 4. NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations." F. Seismic Restraints: Comply with SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines," Appendix A, "Seismic Restraint Details," unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Stainless Steel Sinks: 1. Kohler 2. Description: K-3161 Single compartment sink(s). Fabricate units of welded stainless steel, sound deadened. a. Bowls: Stainless steel: Premium 16-gauge stainless steel b. Installation: Undermount. 3. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M, austenitic stainless steel,type as indicated. 4. Fabrication: Prepare sink for installation of the following equipment items: a. Water heater. b. Food waste disposer; weld disposer cone or collar into sink. C. Undercounter dishwasher. Foodservice Equipment 114000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 5. Stainless Steel Finish: Directional satin finish,ASTM A480/A480M,No. 4. 2.3 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Ranges: 1. Cooktek 2. Description: (B651-U2) IncogneetoTM Induction Buffet 1) Mounting: mounts to underside of countertop b. Accessories: 1) Control Panel 2) (1)MagneetoTM trivet(locator/controller disc) C. Electrical Service: Equip unit for connection to service indicated on Drawings. d. Gas Service: Natural gas. B. Refrigeration Equipment: Refrigerators Freezers. 1. TRUE MFG 2. Description: TUC-24G-HC—FGDO1 Under Counter. a. Exterior Finish: Stainless steel. b. Interior Finish: Stainless steel. C. Doors: In configuration shown on Drawings. d. Accessories: 1) Re-hinging feature for doors. 2) Hinged glass doors and fluorescent fixtures. 3) Stainless steel Shelves: . e. Electrical Service: Equip unit with plug and cord for service indicated on Drawings. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Installation Accessories, General: NSF certified for end-use application indicated. B. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; silicone. Type S (single component), Grade NS (nonsag), Class 25, Use NT (nontraffic) related to exposure, and Use M, G, A, or O as applicable to joint substrates indicated. 1. Public Health and Safety Requirements: a. Sealant is certified for compliance with NSF standards for end-use application indicated. b. Washed and cured sealant complies with the FDA's regulations for use in areas that come in contact with food. Foodservice Equipment 114000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: ASTM C1330, Type C, closed-cell polyethylene, in diameter greater than joint width. 2.5 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel Finishes: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. B. Powder-Coat Finishes: Comply with resin manufacturer's written instructions for application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install foodservice equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Connect equipment to utilities. 2. Provide cutouts in equipment, neatly formed, where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. B. Complete equipment assembly where field assembly is required. 1. Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler. 2. Grind field welds on stainless steel equipment until smooth and polish to match adjacent finish. C. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances that comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Install cabinets and similar equipment on bases in a bed of sealant. E. Install closure-trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. F. Install joint sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing unless otherwise indicated. Produce airtight,watertight,vermin-proof, sanitary joints. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. After completing installation of equipment,repair damaged finishes. B. Clean and adjust equipment as required to produce ready-for-use condition. C. Protect equipment from damage during remainder of the construction period. Foodservice Equipment 114000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain foodservice equipment. END OF SECTION 114000 Foodservice Equipment 114000 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 123661.19 - QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Quartz agglomerate countertops. 2. Quartz agglomerate apron fronts. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop materials. B. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, and cutouts for plumbing fixtures. C. Samples: For each type of material exposed to view. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.2 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. 2.2 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS A. Quartz Agglomerate: Solid sheets consisting of quartz aggregates bound together with a matrix of filled plastic resin and complying with ICPA SS-1, except for composition. 1. Wilsonart Quartz 2. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Solid Wood Edges and Trim: Clear white oak lumber, free of defects, selected for compatible grain and color, and kiln dried to 7 percent moisture content. C. Plywood: Exterior softwood plywood complying with DOC PS 1, Grade C-C Plugged, touch sanded. Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 123661.19 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions and the AWl/AWMAC/Wl's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Grade: Premium. B. Configuration: 1. Front: Straight, slightly eased at top with separate apron, 6 inches high,recessed 1/4-inch behind front edge. C. Countertops: 3/4-inch-thick, quartz agglomerate with front edge built up with same material. D. Backsplashes: 3/4-inch-thick, quartz agglomerate with wood-trimmed edges. E. Joints: Fabricate countertops without joints. F. Joints: Fabricate countertops in sections for joining in field,with joints at locations indicated. G. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by quartz agglomerate manufacturer. B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fasten countertops by screwing through corner blocks of base units into underside of countertop. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer. B. Fasten subtops to cabinets by screwing through subtops into cornerblocks of base cabinets. Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane. C. Secure countertops to subtops with adhesive according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. D. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. E. Install aprons to bathing and countertops with adhesive. Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 123661.19 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping. G. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." END OF SECTION 123661.19 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 123661.19 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 12 56 00—CUSTOM FURNITURE INSTALLATION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Delivery,handling,protection, and installation of custom furniture items. 2. Field assembly of custom furniture components. 3. Anchoring,leveling, alignment, and final adjustment of furniture. 4. Coordination with adjacent finishes and trades. 5. Adjustment feet B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06—Rough Carpentry and Blocking. 2. Division 09—Finishes(paint, wallcoverings,flooring). 3. Division 12—Furniture, Casework, and Accessories. 4. Division 26—Electrical (power/data coordination where applicable). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer installation instructions. 2. Hardware and anchoring data(as applicable). B. Shop Drawings: 1. Layouts, elevations, and dimensions for each furniture item. 2. Installation method and attachment details. 3. Coordination drawings showing interfaces with walls, floors, and adjacent millwork. C. Samples(if requested): 1. Finish samples for exposed surfaces. 2. Upholstery/leather samples (if applicable). 3. Hardware finish samples. Custom Furniture Installation 125600 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance and cleaning instructions. 2. Warranty documentation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Minimum 3 years documented experience installing similar custom furniture. 2. Installers shall be trained in manufacturer-recommended installation practices. B. Preinstallation Meeting: 1. Conduct meeting with Contractor,Installer, and Architect to review installation sequencing, substrate readiness, and protection requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver furniture in manufacturer's original protective packaging. B. Store indoors in dry,ventilated space with controlled temperature and humidity. C.Protect all furniture from moisture,impacts, staining, and construction dust. D. Do not store furniture directly on concrete slabs without moisture barrier protection. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify conditions prior to installation: 1. Flooring complete and cured. 2. Walls finished and painted. 3. Building enclosed and conditioned. 4. Adequate blocking installed where wall-mounting is required. B. Do not install furniture until wet work is complete and space is dust-controlled. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide minimum I-year warranty covering installation defects including loose joints,failed anchorage, and alignment/leveling issues. B. Warranty shall begin at Substantial Completion. PART 2—PRODUCTS Custom Furniture Installation 125600 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Custom fabricated furniture as indicated on Drawings. B. Substitutions: Subject to Division 01 requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concealed fasteners where possible. 2. Use corrosion-resistant fasteners suitable for substrate. 3. Provide tamper-resistant fasteners where furniture is in public areas. B. Shims and Leveling Devices: 1. Non-compressible,non-staining materials. 2. Concealed after installation. C. Adhesives (if required): 1. Low-VOC. 2. Compatible with substrates and furniture finish. 2.3 FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS (INSTALLATION-RELATED) A. Provide furniture with predrilled holes,brackets, and concealed anchoring systems as required for installation. B. Provide removable access panels where furniture conceals utilities or requires future servicing. 2.4 ADJUSTMENT FEET A. Basis of Design: Hafele AXILO adjustment feet 1. Adjustable range: -13/32"+25/32" 2. Weight capacity: 330lbs 3. Material: Plastic, Color: Black 4. Plug fits into mounting plate B. Press-fit low profile foot C. Spacer D. Mounting plate PART 3—EXECUTION Custom Furniture Installation 125600 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrates are plumb,level, and ready to receive furniture. B. Verify field dimensions prior to installation. C. Notify Contractor and Architect of conditions that would prevent proper installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation with flooring,base,wall protection, and adjacent finishes. B. Provide and verify wall blocking locations prior to installation of wall-mounted furniture. C. Protect finished surfaces during installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install furniture in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer instructions. 2. Set furniture plumb, level, square, and aligned. 3. Install to maintain consistent reveals and joints. 4. Ensure no rocking, deflection, or movement. B. Anchoring: 1. Anchor furniture to structure as required for stability and safety. 2. Use concealed anchors where possible. 3. Provide wall anchorage for tall pieces, shelving units, or any item susceptible to tipping. C. Field Assembly: 1. Assemble furniture without damaging finishes. 2. Tighten fasteners securely; conceal exposed fasteners where possible. D. Adjustments: 1. Adjust doors, drawers, glides, and hardware for smooth operation. 2. Verify proper clearances for ADA reach and maneuvering as required. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installation. B. Remove labels, adhesives, fingerprints, and debris. C.Protect installed furniture from damage until Substantial Completion. D. Replace damaged components at no additional cost. Custom Furniture Installation 125600 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.5 FINAL INSPECTION A. Verify installation meets the following: 1. Furniture is securely anchored. 2. Items are level, aligned, and stable. 3. No scratches, dents, stains, or finish defects. 4. Hardware operates smoothly. END OF SECTION 12 56 00 Custom Furniture Installation 125600 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 126100 -FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fixed, chair-type seating with the following: 1. Fixed audience seating. B. Related Sections 1. Division 16 Electrical sections for electrical wiring and connections for aisle lights. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: C. Shop Drawings: 1. Seating Layout: Show seating layout, aisle widths, aisle-end alignment or stepping, row- lettering and chair-numbering scheme, chair widths, and chair spacing in each row. 2. Accessories: Show locations and features of accessories, including left- and right-hand tablet arms, electrical devices and accessibility provisions. D. Samples: For each type of exposed color,finish, texture, and pattern. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: 1. Coordinate location of electrical wiring and devices with seating layout to ensure that floor junction boxes for electrical devices are accurately located to allow connection without exposed conduit. B. Product certificates. C. Material certificates. Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same production run,that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Chair Seats and Backs: 5 percent of quantity installed for each type and size of chair seat and back. 2. Upholstered, Slip-on Cushions: 5 percent of quantity installed for each type and size of cushion. 3. Fabric: 5 percent on the bolt of quantity installed for each type. 4. Tablet Arms: 5 percent of quantity installed for each type and size of tablet arm; left- and right-hand mounted. 5. Armrests: 5 percent of quantity installed for each type of armrest. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics of Upholstered Chairs: 1. Fabric and Padding: a. Fabric: Class 1 in accordance with DOC CS 191 or 16 CFR 1610, tested in accordance with California Technical Bulletin 117-2000. b. Padding: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 117-2000. 2. Upholstery Assembly: Assembly to comply with component-testing requirements of California Technical Bulletin 117-2013. 3. Full-Scale Fire Test: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 133. B. Strength and Durability Performance: Chairs and components to pass testing in accordance with BIFMA X5.4. 2.2 GENERAL A. The manufactures listed in section "2.3 FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING" are basis of design. Substitutions are allowed if they meet/exceed the basis of design's performance. B. Refer to 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS; article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING A. Description: Assembly-space seating in permanent arrangement as indicated on Drawings. 1. Hussey Seating Company a. Chair Type/Model: Designer b. Quattro Back Type: Soft square plastic laminated C. Back Foam: 3 inches Back Height: Low: 33 inches d. Back Tailoring: Horizontal Pleat e. Seat Type: Fully enveloped f. Seat Widths: Imperial g. Seat Tailoring: Quilting Style 3 h. Seat Foam: Plush i. Extended Seat Width: no j. Left Hand Armrest Type: Plastic—front cup holder k. Right Hand Armrest Type: Plastic—front cup holder 1. Intermediate Armrest Type: Plastic in. Left Hand Standards: Cast Aluminum n. Right Hand Standards: Cast Aluminum o. Intermediate Standards: Cast Aluminum p. Left Hand Chair Mount: Floor Mount q. Right Hand Chair Mount: Floor slope 0 r. Intermediate Chair Mount: Floor slope 0 S. Left Hand End Panels: None t. Right Hand End Panels: None 2. Product Description/Criteria: a. Number of Chairs: As indicated in drawings. b. Number of Rows: As indicated in drawings. C. Number of Wheelchair locations: As indicated in drawings d. Back fabric: Grade: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle e. Seat Fabric: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle f. Left Armrest Fabric: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle g. Right Armrest Fabric: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle h. Intermediate Armrest Fabric: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle i. Left end Panel Fabric: O, SPRADLING_INTERNATIONAL_WHISPER, Truffle j. Right rnf Panel Fabric: O, SPRADLING—INTERNATIONAL WHISPER, Truffle 3. Product Accessories: a. Left Hand Row Letters: Brushed Aluminum b. Right Hand Row Letters: Brushed Aluminum C. Intermediate Row Letters: Brushed Aluminum d. Chair Numbers: Brushed Aluminum e. Left Hand Donor Plates: None f. Right Hands Donor Plates: None g. Intermediate Donor Plates: None h. Left Hand Aisle Lights: None i. Right Hand Aisle Lights: None j. Left Hand ADA Solutions: None Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 k. Right Hand ADA Solutions: None 1. Power and date: None M. Worship Organizers: none n. Cup holder Fits: None 2.4 FASTENINGS A. Chair Assembly 1. All welds shall be made at the factory by welders that are certified on the equipment and process used. 2. All structural connections shall be made with S.A.E. stress rated zinc plated or, black oxide steel bolts,washers and nuts. B. Concrete Floor Attachment 1. Chair stanchions shall each be attached by means of two (2) 1/4 inch (61nm) mechanical wedge anchors set in holes drilled to a minimum depth of 2 inch(50mm) in the concrete. a. Wedge anchors shall be tested to ASTM E488 criteria and listed by ICBO and SBCCI. Wedge anchors feature a type 18-8 stainless steel split expansion ring and a threaded stud bolt body and integral cone expander, and a nut and washers. Stanchion shall be placed on the bolts, stanchions to be permanently secured with a flat washer,lock washer and nut. C. Concrete Riser Attachment 1. Chair stanchions shall each be attached by means of two 3/8 inch (10mm) threaded rods secured into concrete with a fast curing acrylic adhesive. Adhesive and rods are set in holes drilled to a minimum depth of 2 '/z inch(64mm) in the concrete. 2. Threaded rods shall be of approved type with zinc-plate finish or made of stainless steel to suit environmental conditions. 3. Acrylic Adhesive shall be in conformance with ASTM Type IV, Grade 3, and covered by ICBO evaluation. 4. Stanchion to be placed on the bolts, stanchions to be permanently secured with a flat washer,lock washer and nut. D. Wood Floor Attachment 1. Chair standards shall each be attached by means of four (4) 1/4 inch (6mm) x 1 3/4 inch (44min) lag screws and flat washer set in holes drilled to a depth of not less than 1 1/2 inches (38mm) in the wood.A 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. End Panels 1. End Panel design lines to match each back pitch as required. Exposed wings are not acceptable from the side elevation. 2. End panels to be furnished per Plan of Seating. End Panel Styles: None Selected. Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. End Panels — Plastic Laminate: End panels to be 1/2" (13mm) MDF, finished with laminated plastic. (Select End Panel Shape: Tapered, Soft Square, Swept Style or Round) End panels to be furnished per Plan of Seating. 4. End Panels — Veneer: End panels to be 1/2" (13mm) MDF, finished with wood veneer. (Select End Panel Shape: Tapered, Soft Square, Swept Style or Round) End panels to be furnished per Plan of Seating. 5. End Panels — Upholstered: End panels to be 1/2" (13mm) MDF, finished with laminate plastic with an upholstered pad applied to the panel face. (Select End Panel Shape: Tapered, Soft Square, Swept Style or Round) End panels to be furnished per Plan of Seating. B. Chair Numbers 1. Brushed Aluminum Chair Numbers: Black text with gray background on a 23/32" x 2 7/32" (18.5mm x 56.5mm) elliptical aluminum plate. Plate fitted in a vandal resistant recess located in front edge of plastic seat cover and secured with two aluminum pop rivets. C. Row Letters 1. Brushed Aluminum Row Letters: Black text with gray background on a 23/32 inch x 2 7/32 inch(18.5mm x 56.5mm) elliptical aluminum plate. Plate fitted in a vandal resistant recess located in rear of armrest and secured by means of two brads. D. Donor Plates 1. None Selected. E. Removable Chairs 1. Skid Mounted Chairs: Provide chairs to be floor mounted and ganged in groups of one, two, or three chair units for easy removal. Chair standards shall be mounted to a painted steel skid base. Slid base with chairs shall be easily removed from the concrete floor by means of flush mounted internally threaded expansion anchors positioned under each leg of the skid. When removed, the anchor holes are filled by flat head bolts to provide a flat surface and prevent dirt and debris from entering. F. Stacking Chairs 1. Portable Stacking Upholstered Chairs: Provide portable chairs with common styling of specified chairs for integrated use into seating layouts. Common uses are for ADA seating locations or Additional Portable Floor Seating. Seats can be easily stacked [4 high] and removed by one person via a portable dolly into storage when not required. G. Cupholders: 1. Rear Mount Cupholder, rear mount polymer cup holder mounts between two adjacent backs via friction clip attachment. H. Aisle Lights: 1. Aisle lights will operate from 24 volts (low voltage) requiring a transformer system (supplied by Hussey). "Low Voltage Luminaire" electrical system approved by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Aisle lights to be mounted onto end panel or aisle standard and will be furnished with cover as an integral part of the chair standard. Select: Low or High Mount. Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements -25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 I. Tablets: 1. Tablets—T1 Folding Tablet Arm: Tablet arm to be 12 7/8" x 11 5/8" (328mm x 295mm) with rounded corners. Top and bottom surfaces to be high pressure laminate over solid core plywood. Tablet arm to be "Panic Proof' and store within users' chair beneath the armrest. 2. Tablets—T1 Folding Tablet Arm: Tablet arm to be 11 3/4" x 10 1/4" (298mm x 260inm) with rounded corners. Top and bottom surfaces to be high pressure laminate over solid core plywood. Tablet arm to be "Panic Proof' and store within users' chair beneath the armrest. 3. Tablets — T2 Folding Laptop Tablet Arm: Tablet arm to be 18 7/8" x 15 3/4" (480mm x 400mm) with rounded corners. Top and bottom surfaces to be high pressure laminate over solid core plywood. Tablet arm to store within users' chair beneath the seat. 4. Tablets—T2M Folding Laptop Tablet Arm: Tablet arm to be 18 7/8" x 12 1/2" (480mm x 320mm) with rounded corners. Top and bottom surfaces to be high pressure laminate over solid core plywood. Tablet arm to store within users' chair beneath the seat. J. Logos: 1. Cast Logo: Logo to be 6" (150mm) circle and manufactured of die-cast aluminum or zinc. Logo secured to the stanchion with tamper-proof hardware. 2. Graphic Logo: Logo to be 6" (150mm) circle and manufactured of 0.5mm thick vinyl. Logo secured to the stanchion with self-adhesive backing. K. Quick Link System: 1. Power for Power and Data connections integrated into the design of the chair with the ability to be added at a later date without disassembly to existing chairs. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install seating in locations indicated and fasten to substrates in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Install seating with each chair capable of complying with performance requirements without failure or other conditions that might impair the chair's usefulness. 2. Install standards and pedestals plumb. 3. Install seating so moving components operate smoothly and quietly. B. Install seating with end standards aligned or stepped as indicated from first to last row and with backs and seats varied in width and spacing to optimize sightlines. C. Install riser-mounted standards and attachments to maintain uniform chair heights above floor. D. Where seating is indicated in curved rows, install seating at a constant radius unless otherwise indicated. E. Install wiring conductors and cables concealed in components of seating and accessible for servicing. Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust chair backs so that they are at required angles and aligned with each other in uniform rows. B. Adjust self-rising seat mechanisms so seats in each row are aligned when in upright position. END OF SECTION 126100 Fixed Audience Seating 126100 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements-25029 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 2113 00 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wet-pipe sprinkler system. 2. System design, installation, and certification. 3. Backflow prevention. 4. Fire department connections. 5. Small hose stations. 6. Underground piping within 5 feet-0 inches of building. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment and Electrical Coordination. 2. Division 01 Section Quality Control. 3. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures. 4. Division 07 Section Firestopping 5. Division 26 Electrical. 6. Division 28 Section Fire Detection And Alarm 7. Division 31 Section Earthwork. C. System Description: 1. System to provide complete coverage for the entire building, including exterior canopies. 2. Provide system to Unified Facilities Criteria - UFC 3-600-01 and National Fire Protection Association - NFPA 13, Latest Edition, and occupancy and hazard classifications shown on the preliminary working plans (bid documents) completed by the Engineer Of Record. 3. Determine volume and pressure of incoming water supply from water flow test data. Conduct new water flow tests per NFPA 291. Do not rely on data shown on preliminary working plans. Provide new water flow test data to the Engineer of Record for evaluation and hydraulically design system based on the evaluated data from the Engineer of Record. 4. Interface system with building fire detection and alarm system. 5. Provide fire department connections where indicated. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.3 REFERENCES A. The following publications form a part of this Specification to the extent they are applicable: 1. Division 01 Section Quality Control. 2. NFPA 13 - Latest Edition - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 3. NFPA 70- Latest Edition - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 72 - Latest Edition - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. 5. NFPA 170—Latest Edition—Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols. 6. Underwriters Laboratories- UL 199 -Automatic Sprinklers. 7. American Society of Sanitary Engineering - ASSE 1015 - Double check backflow prevention assemblies and double check fire protection backflow assemblies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for Review: 1. Division 01 Section Quality Control: Procedures for submittals. 2. Manufacturer's Descriptive Data: Annotate descriptive data to show clearly the specific model, type, and size of each item. At a minimum, submit two sets of data to the COR for the following: a. Pipe and fittings. b. Valves, including gate, check, and globe. C. Electric alarm valve. d. Sprinkler heads. e. Pressure or flow switch. f. Pipe hangers and support. g. Excess pressure pump. h. Fire department connections. i. Low air pressure supervisory panel. j. Air Maintenance device. k. Mechanical couplings/fittings. I. Backflow preventer. M. Tamper switch. n. Hose connection. 3. Shop Drawings (Working Plans): a. Drawing symbols shall be per NFPA 170. b. Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. C. Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. d. Prepare in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition. All 46 items of NFPA 13, chapter 22, section 22.1 for working plans shall be complied with. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 e. Working plans shall include sufficient information indicating conformance to the preliminary working plans (bid documents) completed by the Engineer of Record. 4. Submit computer program generated hydraulic calculation to substantiate compliance with hydraulic design requirement per NFPA 13, latest edition. Specify name and edition of software program used. 5. Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall perform a two hydrant flow test in accordance with NFPA 291 at time of actual Working Plan design. 6. Submit complete sprinkler system Working Plans and hydraulic calculations sealed with the preparing subcontractor's PE stamp of the FPE who prepared or supervised the preparation of the Working Plans. 7. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Submittals at Project Closeout: 1. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 2. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. 3. Manufacturer's Certificate: The Engineer of Record shall inspect the system and certify that the system has been tested and meets or exceeds specified requirements and code requirements. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot. Provide three copies, printed and bound in hard cover or three-ring loose leaf notebooks. 5. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Government's name and registered with manufacturer. a. The components of the fire protection system(s) furnished under this division of the Specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of acceptance thereof, either for beneficial use or final acceptance, whichever is earlier, against defective materials, design, and workmanship. Upon receipt of notice from the Government of failure of any part of the equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced promptly which includes removing the defective part or parts, replacing and installing the new part or parts and at the expense of the Contractor. 6. A Certificate or Letter of Approval from Government's Insurance Underwriters shall be obtained by Fire Protection Contractor and turned over to the Government. 7. Provide one (1) copy of NFPA 25 -Standard for the Inspection,Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems 8. The contractor shall submit all certifications and testing data as a supplement to previously submitted 0 & M manuals at Contract Closeout. Testing data shall include all applicable "Acceptance Requirements" per NFPA 13. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A. Division 01 Section Quality Control: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. B. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of a state licensed Professional Fire Protection Engineer. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Underwriters Laboratories- UL. B. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13, Latest Edition and the Unified Facilities Criteria UFC 3-600-01. The requirements of the UFC 3-600-01 shall take precedence over the requirements of NFPA 13. C. Equipment and Components: Bear UL label or marking. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures- Maintenance Data. B. Provide extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13, Latest Edition. C. Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. D. Provide metal storage cabinet in location designated near sprinkler riser. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRINKLERS A. Install sprinklers from reviewed Working Plans. B. All sprinklers shall be of similar design and from a single manufacturer. C. The operating temperature of sprinkler heads shall be as required by the specific location of installation. D. Extended coverage sprinklers shall not be used unless specified in the preliminary working plans. E. Sprinklers shall conform to the following schedule, the requirements of NFPA 13 and as indicated in the preliminary working plans: 1. Suspended Ceiling- Finished Rooms: FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 a. Type: Concealed pendant type with matching escutcheon/cover plate. b. Finish: White painted. C. Escutcheon Plate Finish: White painted. d. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 2. Exposed Area - No Finished Ceiling Type: a. Type: Standard upright type. b. Finish: Brass. C. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 3. Suspended Ceilings-Janitors closets, Storage, Mechanical Rooms: a. Type: Recessed type with matching flat escutcheon plate. Projection below ceiling shall not exceed 1 inche. b. Finish: Chrome. C. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated. d. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type or glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. e. Sprinkler with deflectors less than 7 feet-6 inches above finished floor shall have listed sprinkler guards. 2.2 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE FITTINGS A. Provide flexible hose assemblies and end fittings with 100 percent Type 304 Stainless steel, with a 175 psi maximum rated pressure. Flexible hose assemblies shall be stainless steel, braided, and leak tested. B. Flexible hose assemblies shall have G90 galvanized steel ceiling bracket, direct attachment type, having ends that positively attach to the ceiling using tamper resistant screws. Provide flexible hose attachment with removable hub type with set screw. C. All flexible sprinkler hose fittings shall be UL listed and FM approved. D. Install flexible sprinkler hose fittings for use in commercial suspended and sheetrock ceilings. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS-EXTERIOR A. Piping underground shall be Class 52 cement lined ductile iron pipe or as required by the local utility company a minimum of 5 feet-0 inches from the building. Straight runs of pipe with no offsets may be rubber joint with bell and spigot. All fittings shall consist of mechanical joint type. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. All buried pipe and fittings shall be installed in a sand bedded trench, 6 inches under pipe and filled with sand to 12 inches minimum above pipe. C. Block or rod underground piping and fittings for static and surge pressures. Furnish and install concrete thrust blocks and joint ties at each change in direction of all underground piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 24 requirements. Set screw ("Mega-Lug type") restraint shall be used in addition to concrete thrust blocks. D. Prior to connection to existing water line, the Water Authority having jurisdiction shall be contacted so that they can inspect the procedures used. E. All underground pipe,fittings, and valves shall conform to NFPA 13 and NFPA 24 requirements. 2.4 PIPE AND FITTINGS-INTERIOR A. Interior piping for automatic sprinkler system shall conform to NFPA 13 and as follows. 1. Sprinkler piping above ground with threaded fittings shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with a corrosion resistance rating equal to or greater than 1.0. Threaded thin-wall pipe shall not be used. 2. Fittings for threaded and coupled pipe shall consist of cast iron or malleable threaded fittings joined with Teflon tape thread sealing compound or pipe joint compound. Pressure rating of fittings shall be as required for application. 3. Sprinkler piping above ground with grooved fittings for sizes 2-1/2-inch and larger shall be roll grooved Schedule 40 black steel pipe. Pressure rating of fittings shall be as required for application. 4. If a history of corrosion is not present, schedule 10 may be used. 5. Fittings for grooved end pipe shall in accordance with NFPA 13. 6. All exterior copper pipe shall be type K soft or hard copper with brazed copper fittings. 7. All interior copper pipe shall be type L hard copper pipe with brazed wrought or cast copper fittings. 8. Fittings for plain end pipe shall not be used. 9. CPVC piping and fitting shall not be used. 10. Alternate piping systems approved by NFPA 13 may be allowed with prior approval of the Engineer of Record. 11. All piping shall be identified with pre-manufactured piping identification labels. 12. All drain and Fire Department Connection piping and fittings down-stream of valves shall be galvanized. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Space pipe hangers in accordance with the requirements of NFPA. Construct hangers, hanger rods, inserts and clamps as approved by NFPA 13. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.6 EARTHQUAKE BRACING A. Furnish and install all earthquake bracing as required by NFPA 13. Construct bracing as approved by NFPA 13. 2.7 VALVES A. Gate valves shall be approved indicating type as required by NFPA and UFC. Check valves shall be as required by NFPA. Test and drain valves shall be approved brass globe, angle, or ball valves. Locate sprinkler system isolation valves as shown on the drawings complete with a tamper alarm. 2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES A. Install new backflow prevention devices of the type and configuration as required by the Water Authority having jurisdiction. B. Double Check Valve Assemblies shall be: ANSI/ASSE 1015, AWWA C510; Bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating check valves two os&y valves, 175 psig working pressure, drain pipe to floor drain with air gap fitting. C. Reduced Pressure Backflow Assemblies shall be: ANSI/ASSE 1013, AWWA C511; stainless steel body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two link operating check valves with replaceable check disc rubber, two os&y valves, 175 psig working pressure, pressure relief with air gap fitting. D. Devices shall be UL or FM approved. E. All reduced pressure backflow prevention devices shall be provided with an air gap drain with splash guard and piped to the exterior or adequate floor drain with galvanized pipe and fittings. Drain pipe shall be sized as required by the manufacturer for full flow of the relief valve. 2.9 SPECIALTIES A. Fire Seals: 1. Where piping passes through walls, floors or other building construction which by code requires a fire rating, approved fire rated assemblies shall be used. Proposed protection shall be submitted for approval. Plans shall clearly indicate details and locations of required protection. B. Escutcheon Plates: FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Where exposed piping passes through finish work, chrome plated or other finish acceptable to the Government's Designated Inspector wall plates shall be installed. Split wall plates or escutcheons shall be installed to fit snugly around piping. All wall plates shall be metal. 2. Solid galvanized wall plates shall be used at both sides of all exterior walls. C. Valve Identification: 1. All valves within the building shall have permanently marked identification signs provided in accordance with NFPA 13 standards. Signs shall be manufactured and not hand written. Signs shall be hung with galvanized or chrome chain. D. Spare Head Supply: 1. Furnish and install a supply of extra sprinklers of each type and degree link installed in the project, complete with mountable box. Mount box on wall next to sprinkler entry; provide wrenches for each type of sprinkler installed in box. Quantity of sprinklers to be per NFPA 13. E. Piping Identification: 1. All piping shall be identified at 40 foot maximum spacing and a minimum of one identification label per room. Labels shall be Seton wrap around style or equal. 2.10 ELECTRICAL DEVICES A. All electrical devices shall be coordinated with Division 26 Electrical and Division 28 Fire Detection and Alarm requirements for compatibility of voltages and manufacturer. B. Water Flow Switch: 1. Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical with retard adjustment. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP54 rated. Flow sensitivity shall be 4-10 gpm Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. C. Pressure Alarm Switch: 1. Pressure actuated switch suitable to provide an adjustable pressure supervisory signal. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP55 rated. Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. D. Low Air Alarm: FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Pressure actuated switch suitable to provide an adjustable pressure supervisory signal. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4/IP55 rated. Construction of base and cover shall be die-cast and provided with two (2) knockouts for 1/2-inch conduit. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. E. Tamper Switch: 1. Tamper switch shall be suitable to monitor the open position of valves. Switch shall have two sets of SPDT contacts; rated 10 amps at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amps at 24 volt DC. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 and NEMA 6(IP67) rated. Construction of base and cover having corrosion resistant finishes and tamper resistant screws. Switch shall be UL listed for fire protection service. 2. On each control valve, arranged to actuate alarm when valve is closed. F. Audio/Visual Alarm Indicating Appliances: 1. Devices to be per Specification Section 28.31.76 Fire Alarm/ Mass Notification Systems 2.11 FIRE HOSE CONNECTIONS A. Furnish and install where shown on plans. B. Set all hose connections 3 feet above floor or as required by the Fire Marshal. C. Hose connections shall be rough brass globe valves with replaceable seats and discs complete with 1-1/2 inches adapter, Cap and Chain. Valves shall be 300 PSI UL rated. Coordinate with local fire department. 2.12 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION 1. Fire department connection shall be flush mounted wall type with chrome plated finish. 2. Outlets: Two-way with thread size to suit fire department hardware; threaded dust cap and chain of matching material and finish. 3. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, connected to drain. 4. Label: "Sprinkler- Fire Department Connection." 5. Signal: Electric strobe on outside wall above FDC tied in to each riser served by the particular FDC and activated by the alarm system when any water flow occurs. 6. Siamese connections shall be set 2 feet-6 inches above grade. 7. Coordinate height, thread type, connection type, and location with local fire department. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.13 INSPECTOR'S TEST AND DRAIN 1. Inspector's test and drain shall be Per NFPA 13, Latest Edition, Hard piped to adequate drain or to exterior of building. 2. Minimum of one per sprinkler system zone. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design Basis Information: Provide design, materials, equipment, installation, inspection, and testing of the automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13. Recommendations in appendices shall be treated as requirements. 1. Perform hydraulic calculations in accordance with NFPA 13 utilizing the Area/Density method only. 2. The room design method is not allowed. 3. Sprinkler Protection: To determine spacing and sizing, apply the following coverage classifications: a. See occupancy design table and notes on preliminary working plans. b. Request clarification from the Engineer of Record for any hazard classification not identified. 4. Hydraulic Calculations: Calculated demand including hose stream requirements shall fall no less than 10 percent or 10 psi, whichever is more, below the available water supply curve. 5. Quick response sprinkler reductions are not allowed. 6. Flexible head assemblies shall be in hydraulic calculations using the higher of the FM or UL listing equivalent length of Schedule 40, nominal 1 inch diameter pipe. 7. Water Supply: See preliminary working plans. B. The fire protection system supplier shall design the piping to supply the system. Piping shall be laid out so as not to interfere with the installation of other piping, ductwork or light fixtures. C. The entire sprinkler system is not shown on preliminary working plans. The intent is to provide complete sprinkler systems as required. This Contractor shall be responsible for surveying the site, existing construction, and new construction, and prepare working plans for the total system. D. All piping shall be run concealed wherever possible. Where piping is run exposed, special notation on Contractor's working plans to that effect shall be evident and conspicuous on the drawings. Any piping determined to be a problem shall be relocated at no cost to the Government. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. System piping to be hydraulically calculated including system riser and fire pumper connection in accordance with NFPA 13. F. Meet the Seismic Restraint requirements in NFPA 13, Latest Edition, Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. Seismic coefficient to be provided or derived from Table 9.3.5.9.3, NFPA 13 2016, using site specific seismic data from Table E2, UFC 3-301-01, 27 January 2010. G. The preparation of all working plans and hydraulic calculations shall be prepared by a NICET 3 State of Texas Registered MRE, an FPE or Registered Professional Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Furnish sprinkler system with the following components: 1. Systems shall be equipped with a supervised isolation valve and an approved flow alarm connected to the building fire alarm system. 2. A Fire Department Connection shall be installed on the system side of the water supply check valve complete with its own check valve and ball drip. 3. A main drain shall be installed on each riser or sectional zone control valve and shall drain to the exterior or to an adequate drain connection. 4. Auxiliary drains shall be provided when a change in piping direction prevents drainage of sections of branch lines or mains through the main drain valve. 5. A test pipe of not less than 1 inch diameter terminating in an orifice equivalent to one sprinkler shall be provided for each system or sectional zone. 6. Exterior alarm shall be installed as near as practical to Fire Department connection with identification sign. Exterior horn/strobe shall be wired to alarm system. B. Installation shall be accomplished by the licensed Contractor. Provide a qualified technician, experienced in the installation and operation of the type of system being installed, to supervise the installation and testing of the system. C. Installation of Piping: 1. Pipe threads to be deburred, cleaned, and made free of rust prior to installation. 2. Internally and externally cold galvanize all threaded and roll grooved ends cut in the field. Properly clean the pipe per manufacture's instruction before applying the finish. 3. Accurately cut pipe to measurements established by the installer and work into place without springing or forcing. In any situations where bending of the pipe is required, use a standard pipe-bending template. 4. Install concealed piping in spaces that have finished ceilings. Pipe installed near equipment shall not block or encroach on equipment access or impede maintenance. Where ceiling mounted equipment exists, install sprinklers so as not to obstruct the movement or operation of the equipment or block access. Sidewall heads may need to be utilized. 5. Locate piping in stairways as near to the ceiling as possible to prevent tampering by unauthorized personnel, and to provide a minimum headroom clearance of seven feet- FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 six inches. To prevent an obstruction to egress, provide piping clearances in accordance with NFPA 101. D. Welding: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of NFPA 13. E. Drains: Install adequate drains piped to floor drains or out of doors. Pipe drains to discharge at safe points outside of the building or to sight cones attached to drains of adequate size to readily carry the full flow from each drain under maximum pressure. Do not provide a direct drain connection to sewer system or discharge into sinks. Install drips and drains where necessary and required by NFPA 13. F. Waterflow Alarm Switches: Install waterflow switch and adjacent valves in easily accessible locations. G. Inspector's Test Connection: Install and supply in conformance with NFPA 13, locate in a secured area, and discharge to the exterior of the Building. H. Affix cutout disks, which are created by cutting holes in the walls of pipe for flow switches and non-threaded pipe connections to the respective waterflow switch or pipe connection near to the pipe from where they were cut. I. Sleeves: Provide for pipes passing through masonry or concrete schedule 40 pipe. Provide space between the pipe and the sleeve in accordance with NFPA 13. Seal this space with a UL Listed through penetration fire stop material per UL assembly listings. J. Provide pressure gage at each water flow alarm switch location, at the top of each standpipe, and at each main drain connection. K. Securely attach identification signs to control valves, drain valves, and test valves. Locate hydraulic placard information signs at each sectional control valve where there is a zone water flow switch. L. Repairs: Repair damage to the building or equipment resulting from the installation of the sprinkler system by the installer at no additional expense to the Government. M. Where details of installation are not given,the installation shall be made using manufacturer's recommended practices or at the direction of the Architect/Engineer. N. Contractor shall complete the fire protection systems ready for operation, in all respects, as soon as possible. When system is complete and ready for continuous operation, activate the system for its intended use. After system has been activated for continuous use, water charges will be paid by the Government. O. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P. Conceal piping above suspended ceilings. Q. Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Provide post indicator. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-12 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 R. Run piping as high as possible in areas without ceilings. S. Provide approved double check valve backflow preventer assembly or reduced pressure backflow assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. Provide means of forward flow testing at system demand per NFPA 13. T. No sprinkler mains are permitted in Electrical Rooms. U. No sprinkler branch lines are permitted directly above electrical panels or gear. V. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions, or adjacent siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. For each fire department connection, provide the symbolic sign given in NFPA 170 and locate 8 to 10 feet above each connection location. Size sign 18 by 18 inches with the symbol being at least 14 by 14 inches. W. Locate outside electric alarm bell on building wall as indicated. X. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. Y. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. Z. Center sprinklers in one direction in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. AA. Coordinate sprinkler locations with light fixtures, structure, HVAC ducts, grilles, diffusers, etc. Provide additional heads under ducts, equipment, etc, as per NFPA 13, Latest Edition. BB. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. CC. Install guards on sprinklers where indicated or required. DD. Provide all electrical devices and wiring required but not provided under Division 26. EE. Flush entire piping system, new and existing, of foreign matter FF. Provide labels on all controls, valves, etc. as required by NFPA 13, Latest Edition. GG. This Contractor shall remove from the building, all rubbish and unused materials due to or connected with this installation. HH. The surface of all piping shall be cleaned and left ready for painting. FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-13 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.3 TESTING A. The entire sprinkler system shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psig or 50 psig above normal working pressure, not to exceed 225 psig for a period of not less than two (2) hours with no pressure drop in the system and per NFPA 13. B. The underground fire service main shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psig or 50 psig above normal working pressure, not to exceed 225 psig for a period of not less than two (2) hours with no pressure drop in the system and per NFPA 13. C. All testing shall be witnessed by a representative of the Engineer or Government. D. Conduct Preliminary Test in the presence of the Fire Department and the FPE. The test shall include hydrostatic test per NFPA 13, and operational tests of alarms and all other devices. Make FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-14 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 any corrections required. Submit a signed and dated Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping, specified in NFPA 13, to the Contracting Officer. The FPE shall prepare a report documenting the test and results. E. Submit a request for formal test and inspection at least 15 days prior to the desired inspection date and after the Preliminary test is complete and corrections are completed and approved. An experienced technician regularly employed by the system installer shall be present, as well as the Fire Department, and the FPE. The test shall include all applicable testing and documentation required by NFPA 13 Chapter 25, including, but not limited to: hydrostatic test, and operational tests of alarms and other devices. The Contracting Officer or Government's Designated Inspector shall witness formal tests and approve systems before they are accepted. F. Where jurisdictional authority's standards are more stringent than the above test, they shall prevail. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system. END OF SECTION 2113 00 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 00-15 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 2113 14-WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A Provide all required labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for a complete and operational Corrosion Mitigation Program for wet fire sprinkler systems as hereinafter described. B. Corrosion mitigation work may include the following listed products and services: 1. Corrosion mitigation products shall be as specified herein: a. Corrosion Monitoring Station b. Corrosion Monitoring Probe Kit C. Automatic Air Release Vent d. Air Vent 2. Piping,fittings, couplings,valves, etc. as required. 3. Coordination of work and schedules with other trades. C. Accepted Manufacturers: 1. Potter Electrical Signal Company 2. South-Tek Systems 3. Engineered Corrosion Solutions 1.2 REFERENCES A All corrosion management work shall be designed, installed, inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with all applicable codes, referenced standards, documents listed herein,the manufacturer's instructions and the provisions of this specification: 1. NFPA 13, Standard for installation of Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection,Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems B. All Corrosion Monitoring Devices shall be provided to achieve compliance with Section 23.1.5.2 (3) of NFPA 13, Standard for the installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Equipment and components not specifically specified shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, inc. for Fire Protection System installation. B. All fire sprinkler system components shall be installed free of rust/corrosion or visible WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 21 13 14- 1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced without cost to the Owner. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A All work shall meet the requirements of Section 1.02, References. B. The fire sprinkler contractor shall not pursue any interpretations of the Corrosion Mitigation Program except through the Engineer. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING A. Wet Fire Sprinkler System: 1. Per local requirements and NFPA 13. 2. All piping shall have a Corrosion Resistance Ratio (CRR)greater than or equal to 1.00. Refer to the current UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory— Steel Sprinkler Pipe for acceptable manufacturers, sizes and joining methods. 2.2 JOINING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Wet Fire Sprinkler System: 1. Fittings shall be 175 psi screwed or mechanical fittings. Where mechanical fittings and couplings are used together they shall be of the same manufacturer. 2. All gaskets shall be a flush style gasket. 2.3 CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM A. Corrosion Monitoring Station (CMS-RM) and Corrosion Monitoring Probe(CMPK) 1. Furnish and install a CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station with a Monitoring Probe Kit (CMPK) for each fire sprinkler system. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Verification shall be made by viewing the devices through the sight glass at the end of the CMS-RM. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the CMK Corrosion Monitoring Probe that has been installed in the CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station and has been wired to the monitoring system specified. 2. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm the isolation valve to the CMS-RM Corrosion Monitoring Station is in the open position during and after hydrostatic and air pressure testing and that the water is drained when the system is placed in service. 3. Corrosion monitoring station shall be suitable for use on systems up to 250 PSI. WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 21 13 14-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Corrosion monitoring station shall have a minimum of 3 welded outlets for the installation of corrosion coupons or corrosion monitoring probes. B. Automatic Air Release Valve 1. Furnish and install an air release valve that is UL listed and FM approved for use on fire sprinkler branch lines. The automatic air release valve shall be brass consisting of a 40 mesh "Y"type strainer to which an air vent valve is connected. 2. The output of the air vent valve shall be piped to a secondary automatic shut off valve, (WAGS), factory installed in a water retention pan. The WAGS shall use a powerful spring loaded piston to provide a positive water shutoff when the water level in the retention pan reaches a pre-determined level. 3. Operation of the WAGS shall activate a switch capable of being monitored by a fire alarm panel or remote indicator. The WAGS shall be field replaceable without disabling the sprinkler system. 4. Furnish and install a ball valve prior to the "Y" type strainer to isolate the automatic air release valve and strainer from system pressure for WAGS replacement or strainer maintenance. 5. The automatic air release valve shall be located at the high point(s) on the fire sprinkler system piping. 6. The fire sprinkler designer shall determine the location of the automatic air release valve during layout of the fire sprinkler piping to assure evacuation of trapped air in the fire sprinkler system. 7. The automatic air release valve is to be mounted in a vertical position which requires a minimum 8" of clearance above the fire sprinkler main or branch line piping. C. Air Vent 1. Furnish and install an air vent that is UL listed and FM approved for use on fire sprinkler branch lines. 2. The air vent shall have a %" NPT male connection which allows a drain attachment for safely draining inadvertent discharge of water that is inherent in the operation of the automatic air vent. Install drain pipe to appropriate drain. 3. The air vent is furnished connected to a "y"type strainer. 4. All components and fittings shall be brass. 5. The air vent valve shall be located within the mechanical room of each floor on the fire sprinkler system piping. The fire sprinkler designer should determine the location of the air vent during layout of the fire sprinkler piping to assure evacuation of trapped air in the fire sprinkler system. Air vents to be mounted in a vertical position which requires 8" of clearance above the fire sprinkler main or branch line piping. 6. Furnish and install a ball valve to isolate the air vent from system pressure for replacement or strainer maintenance. WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 21 13 14-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Coordinate closely with the General Contractor, other trades and the Owner to expedite construction, commissioning and avoid interference. 3.2 SUPERVISION AND TRAINING A. A Consulting Services Package for injecting Pipe-Shield shall be provided by the manufacturer. Contact the manufacturer to schedule commissioning at least 3 weeks in advance. The fire sprinkler contractor shall have the manufacturer assist in final system commissioning. The fire sprinkler contractor shall confirm that all the chemical injection connections have been made as specified and as indicated in the manufacturer's installation instructions. END OF SECTION 2113 14 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CORROSION MITIGATION PROGRAM 21 13 14-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 03 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Related SECTIONS: 1. SECTION 01 91 00 -GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning of the plumbing system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner.The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications: 1. CxA—Certified Commissioning Authority—ACG 2. CBCP—Certified Building Commissioning Professional—AEE 3. CCP—Certified Commissioning Professional—BCA 4. CPMP—Certified Process Management Professional—ASHRAE 5. BSC—Building System Commissioning Certification—NEBB B. The commissioning provider(Commissioning authority) shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including, but not limited to, conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting, preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists, preparing functional test scripts, participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.3 RESPONIBILITIES A. Contractor: Responsibilities of the Contractor as related to the Commissioning Process include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority. 2. Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3. Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility, safety, and impact on warranty, and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00- 1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 same. 4. Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer's recommended performance testing of equipment and systems. 5. Provide Operations&Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6. Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 7. Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. 8. Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre-Functional Checklists has been completed. 9. Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and Pre-Functional Checklists. 10. Provide data concerning performance, installation, and start-up of systems. 11. Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 12. Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer's recommended procedure, and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a. Contractor shall carry out manufacturer's recommended start-up and testing procedures, regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre-Functional Checklists. b. Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications, but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority. 13. Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 14. Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 15. Provide test instruments and communications devices, as prescribed by Commissioning authority, required for carrying out Testing of systems. 16. Proprietary test equipment required by the manufacturer, whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment, demonstrate its use, and assist in the commissioning process. Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 17. Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 18. Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals,start-up instructions manuals, operating parameters, and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 19. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program outline for each system. 20. Coordinate and provide training of Owner's personnel. 21. Prepare Operation & Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications; submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions.Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority comments. 22. Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents. All costs associated with the participation of Contractor, Sub-Contractors, Design Professionals, and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B. Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems,according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority 1.4 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. Commissioning Process tasks and activities: 1. Commissioning kick-off meeting: Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. 2. Pre-functional checklists: Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. 3. Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority. 4. Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full-load, part-load and emergency conditions (including all alarms). Controls system shall be tested to document that control devices,components,equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance with the plans and specifications. Sequences shall be functionally tested to document they operate in accordance COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 with plans and specifications. 5. Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. 6. Systems manual: Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. 7. Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B. Equipment to be tested 1. Energy Management and Control System interface with applicable plumbing system equipment. 2. Service water heating systems(100%). 3. Service water circulation equipment(100%). 4. Domestic water booster pumps (100%). C. Testing functions and conditions 1. Verify shutdown of systems when scheduled. 2. Calibration of sensors 3. Confirm functionality of all specified sequences of operations. 4. Verify the functionality of all alarms. D. Performance criteria 1. Water temperatures shall be within tolerances specified in the contract documents. 2. Water heating system "recovery" rates shall be within specified time frame. 3. Booster pump shall maintain system pressure within specified tolerance. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional. Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility, in whole or in part,to Commissioning COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Agent or Owner. B. Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists, Functional Performance Tests, Operations & Maintenance Manual creation, Owner Training, and associated coordination meetings. C. Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.2 WORK PRIOR TO COMMSSIONING A. Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started, adjusted, balanced, tested, and otherwise tested. B. See pertinent specification sections in this Division,which outline responsibilities for start- up of equipment with obligations to complete systems, including all sub-systems so that they are fully functional. C. Assist commissioning authority with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D. Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre- functional checklists, and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. E. A minimum of 7 days prior to date of system startup, submit to Commissioning authority for review, detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process; arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project, prior to testing of their systems. B. Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems, and place systems in complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Provide skilled technicians, experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned, to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.4 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor's responsibility. 3.5 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS (PFC) A. Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements, for this Division's systems. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING (FPT) A. Contractor, in cooperation with Commissioning Agent, shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. C. Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels, etc. Furnish ladders, flashlights, meters, gauges, or other inspection equipment as necessary. 3.7 TRAINING A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling, and ultimately to ensure that training is completed. C. The training agenda (plan) shall include, at a minimum, the following elements: 1. Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. 3. Important parts and assemblies. 4. How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5. Most likely failure modes, causes and corrections. 6. On site demonstration. COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Commissioning authority shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning authority with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.8 OPERATIONS& MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Sub-Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division, and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation& Maintenance Manuals,in accordance with requirements of Division 01, prior to training Owner personnel. C. Provide Commissioning authority with a single, electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review. Commissioning authority copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include, service agency contact information, maintenance requirements, controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including set points. 3.9 DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows: 1. Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures, results of testing, itemization of deficiencies, deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. 2. Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report, final results of functional testing, disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. END OF SECTION 22 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS 22 03 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture,form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C. The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding, where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid; the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved; however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. B. All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans, and other trades. Submit shop drawings for approval. C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B. Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied; verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Prime and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices, conduit, wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS,TESTS, INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits,fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C. Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe and duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts there of, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B. Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the Building structure, piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth interior finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D. All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping, ducts or other parts of the Work, the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner. 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C. Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards: 1. Air Moving&Conditioning Association,AMCA. 2. American Standards Association,ASA. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASH RAE. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers,ASIDE. 6. American Society of Testing Materials,ASTM. 7. American Water Works Association,AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards, NBS. 9. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 10. Sheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, SMACNA. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL. 12. International Energy Conservation Code, IECC. D. Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Engineer, remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article, unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B. Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of"Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying,working to dimension,finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. I. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 2004 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 37 "Abbreviations and Symbols",ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D. The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner. Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 days prior to the bid date without fail. F. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. I. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 26. J. Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the owner. K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted,will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner, the Architect or Engineer, if any,due to the substitutions. N. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings. Any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution or mechanical equipment having characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show and deviations. Mechanical BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty(30) days after the Contract is awarded the Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight(8) complete bound sets of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain one (1) copy each of all shop drawings for their files. Where full size drawings are involved, submit one (1) print and one (1) reproducible sepia or mylar in lieu of eight (8) sets. All literature pertaining to an item subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. A submittal shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but may have a section subdivided into items or equipment as listed in each section. The Contractor may elect to submit each item or type of equipment separately. Each submittal shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: 1. A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3. A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5. Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = V-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D. Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1. REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3. NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to,the following items: 1. Pipe Material and Specialties. 2. Pipe Fabrication Drawings. 3. Basic Materials. 4. Variable Air Volume Boxes. 5. Air Handling Units. 6. Cooling Towers. 7. Chillers. 8. Air Cooled Condensing Units. 9. Water Treatment. 10. Expansion Compensation. 11. Variable Frequency Drives. 12. Noise and Vibration Controls. 13. Plumbing Fixtures and Specialties. 14. Plumbing Equipment. 15. Sanitary DWV Fittings, Pipe and Accessories. 16. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipe, Fittings and Accessories. 17. HVAC Pipe and Duct Insulation. 18. Hydronic and Plumbing Valves. 19. Hydronic Piping and Accessories. 20. Hydronic Pumps. 21. Roof-Top A/C Units. 22. Heating Water Boiler. 23. Portable Pipe Hanger and Equipment Supports. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 24. Duct Specialties. 25. Duct Fabrication Drawings. 26. Air Distribution Devices. 27. Fan Coil Units. 28. Filters. 29. Fans. 30. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers. 31. Temperature Controls and Control Sequences. 32. Test,Adjust and Balance Reports. 33. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 34. Coordination Drawings. I. Refer to other Division 22 sections for additional shop drawing requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer. J. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for all AHU's, ACCU's, and Fans. Reference chart at end of section. Provide copy to electrical subcontractor. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=V-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. C. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 9. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-12 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling-mounted items. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Special Project Requirements, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 22, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Duct mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers,fire dampers, duct access panels, and other control devices;filters,fuel fired heaters, fan coils, condensing units, and roof-top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. C. The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS-BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details, alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order" notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner,Architect or Engineer at all times. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-13 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as-built drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Delivery of as-built prints and reproducible is a condition of final acceptance. E. The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. F. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings" to the architect. "As-Built" drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. G. When the option described in paragraph F., above is not exercised then upon completion of the work,the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3) sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-14 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 22. 1.18 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements, unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type" binders by National model no. 79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow%" of spare capacity. Three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 22 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 22, include the following information for equipment items: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-15 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number,type, color coding, location and function. 3. Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4. Fabrication drawings. 5. Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 7. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions,servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8. Equipment and motor name plate data. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13. Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of on site training in three 4 hour shifts. B. Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Division 22 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-16 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 22 for additional requirements. B. Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC and Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing and if granted shall not be cause warranty period to start, except as defined below. B. Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D. All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of final acceptance. E. Refer to Sections in Division 22 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages, losses and expense, including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B. Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-17 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D. Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect, Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement between Architect and Owner. If the client, Architect/Owner, or developer of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then an AutoCAD based compact disc ("CD") will be prepared. The "CD" will be submitted with all title block references intact and will be formatted in a "plot" format to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. F. At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will prepare one "CD" of electronic media to assist the contractor in the preparation of submittals. The Engineer will prepare and submit the "CD" to the Architect/Owner for distribution to the contractor. All copies of the "CD" will be reproduced for a cost of reproduction fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CID". The "CD" will be prepared and all title blocks, names and dates will be removed. The "CD" will be prepared in a ".dwg"format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. G. This Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction will be paid directly from the Contractor to the Engineer. The "CD" will be prepared only after receipt of the Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). The Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction is to only recover the cost of the manhours necessary to reproduce the documents. It is not a contractual agreement between the Contractor and Engineer to provide any engineering services, nor any other service. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-18 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer. B. Access Doors: Provide access doors as required for access to equipment, valves, controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. Access Doors: shall be as follows: 1. Plastic Surfaces: Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3. Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4. Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 28 for additional rough-in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction,to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-19 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and route proposed solution to the Architect for review. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14. The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer. 15. The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16. Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. 17. Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting, piping, ducts, etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop drawings shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self-tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-20 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as-built" drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting,fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work, without additional cost to the Owner. 7. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Section "DEFINITIONS" for definition of"Installer." C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE,TIMING,COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed: 1. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-21 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 Plumbing/Elec.Equipment Coordination Sheet Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm.Fuse Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm.Fuse Type Size MOCP Type Size MOCP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 05 00-22 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 14 00 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 232400-Vibration Isolation. B. Section 222600- Piping Insulation. C. Section 232800- Equipment Insulation. D. Section 211300- Fire Protection System. E. Section 224100- Plumbing System. F. Section 235100- Hydronic Piping. G. Section 235300— Refrigerant Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME 1331.1- Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14-Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. All hangers, supports and rods in areas exposed to the outdoors, such as but not limited to crawl spaces, service bays, wash bays, open shops and warehouses shall be hot dipped galvanized. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. I. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. K. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller— Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3"through 8"—Type PS For multiple pipes—Type PSE -Custom L. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions, Unistrut "Cush-A-Clamp" or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. M. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 231400-3.03. N. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 O. Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. 2.06 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.03 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME 1331.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.07S 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.10S D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls,floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 22 14 00 HANGERS,SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. 1.03 Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Valves: 1. All valves shall be identified with a 1-1/2" diameter brass disc wired onto the handle. The disc shall be stamped with 1/2" high depressed black filled identifying numbers. These numbers shall be numerically sequenced for all valves on the job. 2. The number and description indicating make, size, model number and service of each valve shall be listed in proper operational sequence, properly typewritten. Three copies to be turned over to Owner at completion. 3. Tags shall be fastened with approved meter seal and 4 ply 0.018 smooth copper wire. Tags and fastenings shall be manufactured by the Seton Name Plate Company or approved equal. 4. All valves shall be numbered serially with all valves of any one system and/or trade grouped together. B. Pipe Marking: 1. All interior visible piping located in accessible spaces such as above accessible ceilings, equipment rooms, attic space, under floor spaces, etc., shall be identified with all temperature pipe markers as manufactured by W.H. Brady SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 22 19 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Company, 431 West Rock Ave., New Haven, Connecticut, or approved equal. 2. All exterior visible piping shall be identified with UV and acid resistant outdoor grade acrylic plastic markers as manufactured by Set Mark distributed by Seton nameplate company. Factory location 20 Thompson Road, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal. 3. Generally, markers shall be located on each side of each partition, on each side of each tee, on each side of each valve and/or valve group, on each side of each piece of equipment, and, for straight runs, at equally spaced intervals not to exceed 75 feet. In congested area, marks shall be placed on each pipe at the points where it enters and leaves the area and at the point of connection of each piece of equipment and automatic control valve. All markers shall have directional arrows. 4. Markers shall be installed after final painting of all piping and equipment and in such a manner that they are visible from the normal maintenance position. Manufacturer's installation instructions shall be closely followed. 5. Markers shall be colored as indicated below per ANSI/OSHA Standards: SYSTEM COLOR LEGEND Sanitary Sewer Green Vent Sanitary Sewer Domestic Water Green Domestic Water Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Supply Water Supply Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Re-circulating Water Return Fire Protection Red Fire Protection Automatic Red Fire Sprinkler Sprinkler C. Pipe Painting: 1. All piping exposed to view shall be painted as indicated or as directed by the Architect in the field. Confirm all color selections with Architect prior to installation. 2. The entire fire protection piping system shall be painted red. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 22 19 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. All piping located in mechanical rooms and exterior piping shall be painted as indicated below: S sy tem Color Storm Sewer White Sanitary Sewer Waste and Vent Light Gray Domestic Cold Water Dark Blue Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Orange Compressed Air Green Chilled Water Supply and Return Light Blue PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 All labeling equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractor's price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. 3.03 All piping shall be cleaned of rust, dirt, oil and all other contaminants prior to painting. Install primer and a quality latex paint over all surfaces of pipe. END OF SECTION 22 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 22 19 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 26 00 PIPING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Work specified elsewhere. 1. Painting. 2. Pipe hangers and supports. C. All pipes subject to freezing conditions shall be insulated. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Defects shall include, but not be limited to,the following: 1. Mildewing. 2. Peeling, cracking, and blistering. 3. Condensation on exterior surfaces. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, project variations, and accessories. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE PIPING INSULATION 22 26 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. DELIVERY: Deliver undamaged materials in the manufacturer's unopened containers. Containers shall be clearly labeled with the insulation's flame and smoke ratings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 It is the intent of these specifications to secure superior quality workmanship resulting in an absolutely satisfactory installation of insulation from the standpoint of both function and appearance. Particular attention shall be given to valves, fittings, pumps, etc., requiring low temperature insulation to insure full thickness of insulation and proper application of the vapor seal. All flaps of vapor barrier jackets and/or canvas covering must be neatly and securely smoothed and sealed down. 2.02 The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved prior to installation. 2.03 A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. Condensation caused by improper installation of insulation shall be corrected by Installing Contractor. Any damage caused by condensation shall be made good at no cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. 2.04 All insulation shall have composite (insulation,jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to insulation) fire and smoke hazard as tested by Procedure ASTM E084, NFPA 255 and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 2.05 Accessories, such as adhesives, mastics and cements shall have the same component ratings as listed above. 2.06 All products or their shipping cartons shall have a label affixed, indicating flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above requirements. 2.07 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Calcium silicate materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville. B. Glass fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Childers, Foster, HB Fuller or Armstrong, and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. PIPING INSULATION 22 26 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Armaflex elastomeric cellular thermal insulation by Armstrong. E. Phenolic foam insulation shall be as manufactured by PolyPhen 2500 Insulation. F. Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be as manufactured by Dow"Trymer 2000 XP". G. Metal jacketing and fitting covers shall be as manufactured by Childers or RPR Products. 2.08 MATERIALS A. For insulation purpose piping is defined as the complete piping system including supplies and returns, pipes, valves, automatic control valve bodies, fittings, flanges, strainers,thermometer well, unions, reducing stations, and orifice assemblies. B. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: provide fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jackets with self sealing lap joint. C. EXTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: Provide elastomeric cellular thermal, or preformed phenolic foam pipe insulation with secured metal jacketing. D. DRAIN BODIES AND DOWN SPOUTS: Insulate all horizontal roof drain down spouts, underside of all roof drain bodies, chilled water waste lines from drinking fountain to junction with main waste stacks, and branch lines including traps and exposed underside of floor drains receiving cooling coil condensate, same as water piping where exposed to building occupant view. When concealed, insulation may be same as specified for external duct wrap. E. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: Fire resistant fiberglass insulation; insulation not required when piping is exposed on roof. F. METAL JACKETING: Utilize Childers "Strap-On" jacketing. Provide preformed fitting covers for all elbows and tees. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and printed installation instructions, including high density inserts at all hangers and pipe supports to prevent compression of insulation. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. 3.03 Pipes located outdoors or in crawl spaces shall be insulated same as concealed piping; and in addition shall have a jacket of 0.016 inch thick, smooth aluminum with longitudinal modified Pittsburg Z-Lock seam and 2 inch overlap. Jacketing shall be easily removed and replaced PIPING INSULATION 22 26 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 without damage. All butt joints shall be sealed with gray silicone. Galvanized banding is not acceptable. 3.04 All insulated piping located over driveways shall have an aluminum shield permanently banded over insulation to protect it from damage from car antennas. 3.05 WATER PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. The insulation shall be applied to clean, dry pipes with all joints firmly butted together. Where piping is interrupted by fittings, flanges, valves or hangers and at intervals not to exceed 25 feet on straight runs, an isolating seal shall be formed between the vapor barrier jacket and the bare pipe. The seal shall be by the applications of adhesive to the exposed insulation joint faces, carried continuously down to and along 4 inches of pipe and up to and along 2 inches of jacket. B. Pipe fittings and valves shall be insulated with pre-molded or shop fabricated glass fiber covers finished with two brush coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with glass fabric. C. All under lap surfaces shall be clean and free of dust, etc. before the SSL is sealed. These laps shall be firmly rubbed to insure a positive seal. A brush coat of vapor retarder shall be applied to all edges of the vapor barrier jacket. 3.06 FIRE RATED INSULATION A. All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe. B. The fire rating shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. C. All fire rating material shall be insulated in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 4-SCHEDULES 4.01 LOW TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON FIBERGLASS A. Exposed exterior domestic water pipe: 1%z inch B. Interior domestic cold water pipe exposed to freezing temperatures: 1 inch C. Condensate drain lines: % inch D. Drains receiving condensate: 1 inch PIPING INSULATION 22 26 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Concealed horizontal leader from roof drain: 1% inch blanket wrap Exposed horizontal leader from roof drain: 1 inch thick rigid (phenolic) with all service jackets 4.02 HIGH TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS A. Domestic Hot Water and Hot Water Circulating Piping 1 inch END OF SECTION 22 26 00 PIPING INSULATION 22 26 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 4100 PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Sanitary sewer piping system. D. Storm sewer piping system. E. Domestic water piping system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 022220- Excavating. B. Section 022230- Backfilling. C. Section 022250-Trenching. D. Section 221400-Supports and Anchors. E. Section 221900—System Identification and Pipe Marking. F. Section 232420-Vibration Isolation. G. Section 222600- Piping Insulation. H. Section 224400- Plumbing Fixtures. I. Section 224500- Plumbing Equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B31.1- Power Piping. B. ANSI B31.9- Building Service Piping. C. ASME- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. D. ASME Sec. 9-Welding and Brazing Qualifications. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. ASME B16.1-Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. F. ASME B16.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. G. ASME B16.4-Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 and 250. H. ASME B16.22-Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings I. ASTM A47- Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. J. ASTM A53- Pipe,Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated,Welded and Seamless. K. ASTM A74-Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. L. ASTM B32-Solder Metal. M. ASTM B42-Seamless Copper Pipe. N. ASTM B306-Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 0. ASTM D1785- Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40, 80, and 120. P. ASTM D2241- Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). Q. ASTM D2466- Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. R. ASTM D2564-Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. S. ASTM D2729- Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. T. ASTM D2846 - Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe, Fittings, Solvent Cements and Adhesives for Potable Hot Water Systems. U. ASTM F493 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. V. AWWA C111- Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. W. AWWA C651- Disinfecting Water Mains. X. CISPI 301-Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. Y. CISPI 310-Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, Pipe fittings,valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.OS PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual locations of valves. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating cast or marked on valve body. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code and applicable state labor regulations. C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Sec 9. D. Foreign pipe,fittings or valves are unacceptable. E. Piping shall be labeled along entire length indicating size, class, material specification, manufacturers name and country of origin. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 5 years documented experience and must be a domestic manufacturer. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform Work in accordance with plumbing and building codes having jurisdiction. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Conform to applicable codes for the provision and installation of all required backflow prevention devices. C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. D. No PVC pipe or fittings will be allowed for any areas where pipe is to penetrate a fire rated assembly or to be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum 2 hour fire rated enclosure. 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Tape will not be allowed as an acceptable end cover. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two repacking kits for each size valve. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SOIL,WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING, BELOW GRADE A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785/D 2665 schedule 40 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3311/D 2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends to be furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement, clear, medium bodied, for sizes 3" and smaller and gray, heavy bodied,for sizes 4" and larger, mating surfaces shall be prepared with ASTM F 656 purple primer immediately prior to cement application. 2.02 SANITARY SOIL,WASTE AND VENT PIPING,WITHIN BUILDING,ABOVE GRADE PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron,ASTM A 74 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: Hub and spigot,ASTM C 564 neoprene, compression type gaskets. ***OR*** B. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A 888, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron,ASTM A 888 drainage pattern. 2. Joints: No hub, ASTM C 564 neoprene gaskets and heavy duty four band stainless steel clamps and solid shield assemblies constructed of type 300 series stainless steel. Clamp assemblies shall conform to FM 1680. C. Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, DWV, sizes 2" and smaller. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.23 cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B 32, solder, Grade 50B. D. Brass Pipe: ASTM B 43, chrome plated. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.23 cast bronze, chrome plated. 2. Joints: ASTM B 32, solder, Grade 50B. ***OR*** E. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785/D 2665 schedule 40 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3311/D 2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends to be furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. 2.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING,WITHIN BUILDING,ABOVE GRADE: A. Copper Tubing:ASTM B 88,Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings:ASME B 16.18,cast bronze, or ASTM B 16.22 wrought copper alloy. 2. Joints between copper pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with ASTM B828 using ASTM B32 Alloy HB lead-free solder. 3. Fittings and joints for pipe sizes 1/2"through 4" may be mechanical press-connect system joints with ASME B16.51 lead-free copper bodied fittings with integral ethylene-propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) sealing gaskets. All fittings, PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 couplings, and adapters shall be the product of a single system manufacturer and only that manufacturer's approved press tools, kits, and jaws shall be used. a. EPDM o-rings shall be pre-installed and lubricated with ANSI/NSF 61 listed lubricant. b. All installers of copper press-connect fittings shall be trained by the fitting manufacturer's appointed representative and carry such credentials for the duration of the project. C. The fitting manufacturer's representative shall conduct periodic inspections of the installation and shall provide written reports of such inspections to the Contractor and Engineer, including any observed deviations from the manufacturer's recommended installation practices. d. Acceptable system manufacturers: Viega, Merit Brass, or pre-approved equal. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, galvanized. 1. Fittings: ANSI B 16.3 Malleable iron, 150 lb. galvanized. 2. Joints: Screwed for sizes less than 4", flanged or mechanical cut grooved couplings for sizes 4"and larger. 2.04 FLANGES AND UNIONS A. Drainage Applications: 1. Provide approved listed adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements. 2. For piping above ground, provide stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and FM 1680. No-hub couplings shall be heavy duty type with four band stainless steel bands clamps and solid shield assembly constructed of type 300 series stainless steel. 3. For dissimilar piping above ground, provide heavy duty stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and ASTM C1460. Applies to installations including cast iron to PVC transitions immediately adjacent to building slabs on grade. 4. For dissimilar underground piping not below building slab, provide shear resistant .012"thick 300 series stainless steel shielded, PVC gasketed flexible couplings and adapters meeting ASTM D5926 and ASTM C1173. For direct-bury applications, provide AWWA C209 cold-applied, integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines, to completely wrap the shield, banding, and screws. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Anaco-Husky/Cremco b. Mission Rubber Company LLC C. Fernco, Inc. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 d. Fernco, Inc. Strong Back RC 1000 Series (underground piping, not below building slab; or readily accessible underground piping transitions in backwater valve pits,etc.) 6. Adapters, couplings, bushings for copper DWV pipe shall be cast bronze or wrought copper,ASME 1316.23/616.29. B. Domestic Water Applications: 1. Provide joints between various materials with approved adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements and the manufacturer's instructions. 2. For copper tube and pipe: adapters, bushings, plugs, caps, and couplings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze; flanges (minimum class 150) and unions shall be cast bronze. Provide with solder or threaded connections as necessary and as produced to applicable ASME standards B16.15, B16.18, B16.22, B16.24, B16.50, 131.20.1. All such appurtenances shall be for use in above ground potable water systems. 3. Above slab transitions for water service entries: a. 100% fusion bonded epoxy coated ASTM A536 cast ductile iron construction coupling with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and EPDM insulating boot for water service. 5/8 inch high strength stainless steel bolts and nuts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219. Romac Industries, Inc. IC501 or pre-approved equivalent. b. 100%fusion bonded 14 mil epoxy coated coupling with ASTM A536 cast ductile iron rings. Complete with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and type 304 stainless steel bridge, spacers, nuts, and bolts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Krausz USA Hymax Grip Coupling Restraint or pre-approved equivalent. 4. Dielectric connections: a. For pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller, provide lead-free dielectric unions, rated to 180 F at 250 psi and compliant to ASSE 1079. b. For pipe sizes larger than 2 inches, provide lead-free dielectric flanged pipe fittings, rated to 180 F at 175 psi and meeting ASME B16.1. C. For grooved copper joining systems, provide grooved end dielectric transition fitting from system manufacturer, with virgin polypropylene internal lining, meeting NSF 61. C. General: 1. Unions for ferrous pipe shall be ASTM B16.39 galvanized malleable iron, threaded, minimum pressure class 150. 2. Plugs and bushings for ferrous pipe shall be ASME B16.14 galvanized malleable iron,threaded. 3. Nipples for ferrous pipe shall be schedule 40, galvanized,ASTM A53 welded steel pipe nipples,threaded, meeting ASTM A733. 4. Couplings for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized steel, threaded, manufactured in accordance with ASTM A865. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 5. Flanges for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized forged steel construction,either socket weld or slip-on weld type, minimum pressure class 150, manufactured to ASME B16.5. 6. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged connections shall be appropriate to the pipe material, fluid type, temperature, and pressure. 1/16" thick pre-formed neoprene,typical. 7. Provide flexible stainless steel connectors at pumps and other such equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Connectors shall have corrugated hose and braided 300 series stainless steel jacketing. Carbon steel flanged or grooved ends as appropriate. NSF 372 lead-free for all potable water applications. Metraflex Company or pre-approved equivalent. 2.05 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No.T-111 up to 2-1/2"; F-617-0 3" and over. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Crane No. 428 up to 2-1/2";465-1/2 3" and over. b. Stockham No. B-100 up to 2-1/2"; G-623 3" and over. C. Grinnell No. 3010 up to 2-1/2"; 6020A 3" and over. B. Up to and including 2-1/2" Inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge threaded ends. C. Over 3" Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, solid wedge, flanged ends. D. Provide bronze tee or cast iron square nut operator for all valves installed below ground. 1. Valves 2-1/2" and smaller shall be equipped with ASTM B62 solid red bronze tee securely affixed to the valve stem. 2. Valves 3" and larger shall be equipped with a standard 2" square combination nut/socket securely affixed to the valve stem. 3. Provide owner with two extended tee handle operating wrenches for each type of valve head installed. 2.06 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No.T-585-66-LF (full port)for all sizes up through 2" 2. Nibco No.T-580-66-LF (conventional port)for sizes 2-1/2"and 3" 3. Valves 4" and larger shall be split body stainless steel construction, 275psi cold working pressure, blow-out proof stem, PTFE seated, type 316 stainless steel PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 trimmed, class 150 full port desing with manual gear operator. Nibco F-515-S64- 66-FS 4. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Apollo 70LF-140 series(full port)for all sizes up through 2". b. Milwaukee UPBA-400S(full port)for all sizes up through 2". C. Apollo 70LF-140 series(full port)for size 2-1/2" and Apollo 70LF-140 series (standard port)for 3". d. Milwaukee UPBA-100S(standard port)for sizes 2-1/2" and 3". B. Up to and including 2 Inches: Bronze two 600 PSI piece body full port, lead-free, stainless steel ball and stem, Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union. C. Ball valves used for balancing shall have memory stops. 2.07 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No.T-413-Y-LF up to 2"; F-918-B-LF 2-1/2" and over. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Crane No. 37 up to 2-1/2"; 372 3" and over. b. Stockham No. B-319; up to 2-1/2"; G931 3" and over. C. Grinnell No. 3300 up to 2-1/2"; 6300A 3" and over. B. Up to and including 2-1/2 Inches: Bronze swing disc, screwed ends. C. Over 2-1/2 Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. Include outside lever and adjustable weight where required for quiet operation. 2.08 SPRING LOADED(SILENT)CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco No.W-910 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Grinnell No.402 B. Iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, renewable composition disc, screwed, wafer, or flanged ends. 2.09 SOLDER A. 95.5%tin,4%copper, 0.5%silver. B. Lead free, antimony free, zinc-free. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 4100-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Silvabrite 100, by Engelhard Corporation or approved equal. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Coordinate and verify excavations under provisions of Division 2. B. Verify that all excavations are to the required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.02 EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. This section shall apply for the excavation, bedding, and backfill of all buried piping unless specifically noted otherwise. All work shall be coordinated with any job site subsurface drainage/dewatering and adjusted accordingly. B. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure the following: 1. Not less than 2 feet of cover, or not less than maximum depth of frost penetration, whichever is the greater. 2. For water lines intended for fire protection service, the depth of cover shall be: a. Not less than 2'-6" in those locations where frost is not a factor. b. Not less than 1'-0" below the frost line for the locality. C. Not less than 3'-0"for piping under driveways. d. Not less than 1'-0" below the bottom of the building foundation/footers. e. In full compliance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA24. C. Excavation: 1. Excavate trenches for underground piping to the required depths. 2. The bottom of the trench or excavation shall be cut to a uniform grade. 3. Should rock be encountered, excavate 6 inches below grade, fill with bedding material and tamp to existing density. 4. Coordinate alignment of pipe trenches to avoid obstructions. Ensure that proposed routing of pipe will not interfere with building foundation before any trenching has begun. Should conflicts occur, contact Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 5. Should any sleeves through the building foundation be required, this shall be provided as directed by the structural engineer of record AND in accordance with the prevailing code, but in no case shall the sleeve be any less than two (2) pipe sizes greater than the pipe it serves. D. Bedding and Backfill: 1. Backfill shall not be placed until the piping has been inspected, tested and approved. Complete backfill to the surface of natural ground or to the lines and grades indicated on drawings. Provide 6 inch stabilized sand bed with 4 inch stabilized sand cover around each pipe. Provide select fill up to finished surface or grade, unless indicated otherwise by project geotechnical report or specified otherwise in Division 02. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Compacting Backfill: Place material in uniform layers of 8 inches maximum, loose measure and compact to not less than 95%of maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D-698 Standard Proctor. 3. Restoration: Compact backfill, where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas such as pavements, walks and similar areas, to a condition equal to the adjacent undisturbed earth and restore surface of the area to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operation. 4. A clay fill "trench plug" extending 3 feet inside the building line and 5 feet outside the building line shall be placed to completely surround utility lines passing beneath the foundation and grade beam.The materials shall consist of on-site soils with a plasticity index (PI) between 20 and 30 percent compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor and maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698. E. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Materials: a. Cement shall be Type I Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. b. Sand shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33 and free of organic matter and deleterious substances. C. Water shall be potable and free of oils, acids, alkalis, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2. Mixture: a. Product shall consist of not less than 1.5 sacks of Portland cement per ton of dry sand. b. Mixture shall contain sufficient water to hydrate the cement and be thoroughly mixed in a pugmill type mixer. F. For water lines (including In-Building Risers) intended for fire protection service, provide joint restraints by way of concrete thrust blocks in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. G. Aggressive Soil Conditions: Soil shall be considered aggressive and protection of buried metallic piping shall be provided as specified if any of the following situations exist: 1. Conditions are identified as such by the project geotechnical report or project geotechnical engineer. 2. The soil environment is a landfill area, swamp, marsh, polluted river bottom, cinder bed, or has alkaline soils. 3. A score of ten or higher is tallied when applying the soil assessment tool detailed in Appendix A of AWWA C105. An excerpt of this evaluation procedure is provided below for reference but is not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest Standard: Numerical Corrosivity Scale Soil Parameter ; Assigned Points Resistivity(ohm-cm) PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 <700 10 700— 1,000 8 1,000— 1,200 ; 5 1,200— 1,500 ; 2 1,500—2,000 1 >2,000 ; 0 H 0-2 ; 5 2-4 ; 3 4—6.5 ; 0 6.5—7.5 ; 0 7.5—8.5 ; 0 >8.5 ; 3 Redox Potential(mV) >100 ; 0 50— 100 ; 3.5 0-50 ; 4 <0 ; 5 Sulfides Positive ; 3.5 Trace 2 Negative 0 Moisture Poor drainage continuously wet ; 2 Fair drainage generally moist 1 Good drainage generally dry 0 3.03 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale, oil and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Install, clean bank sand backfill in trench to a minimum of 6 inches below pipe, and to cover all piping a minimum of 12 inches above pipe. 3.04 INSTALLATION PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-12 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Install all materials in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. All exposed sewer and water pipe in toilet rooms or other finished areas of the building shall be chromium plated. C. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. D. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel and perpendicular to building column grid lines, unless indicated otherwise on drawings, and maintain gradients. E. Install piping to conserve building space and not conflict with other trades or interfere with intended use of space. F. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. H. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Valves installed beyond reasonable reach shall be provided with chain operator. I. Provide access doors where valves and operable fittings are not exposed. Access doors shall be of approved types set in locations pre-approved by submittal to the Architect. J. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 2 feet of cover, or maximum depth of frost penetration,which ever is the greater. K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. L. Provide encasement for and support of utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. M. Gate valves installed below grade shall be covered with an adjustable cast iron roadway box extended to grade. Cover shall be cast iron with 'water' cast on top and set flush to finished paving or 2" above finished earthen grade. Box shall be supported from undisturbed soil or concrete base and shall not introduce any stress to piping under all traffic conditions. N. Prepare pipe,fittings,supports,and accessories not pre-finished, ready for finish painting. 0. Excavate in accordance with Division 2. P. Backfill in accordance with Division 2. Q. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-13 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 R. Maintain uniformity in the installation of piping materials and joining methods. Do not mix materials types. S. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. T. Solder joints shall be wiped clean at each joint, remove excess metal while molten and flux residue when cooled. U. No PVC pipe or fittings will be allowed for any areas where pipe is installed in return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum 2 hour fire rated enclosure. V. Installations of thermoplastic piping systems shall be in strict conformity to the manufacturers published instructions. Under ground drainage pipe installations shall be in conformity to ASTM D 2321. W. Installation of solvent cement joints for PVC piping shall be in strict conformity to the requirements outlined in ASTM D 2855. X. Waste nipple from wall to tapped tee shall be schedule 40 threaded galvanized steel pipe or brass or copper with threaded adapter. Y. Provide approved PVC slip by cast iron no hub adaptor at each transition from underground PVC piping to above ground cast iron pipe using standard or wide bodied no hub couplings for as specified elsewhere in this section. Transition shall be made as close as possible to floor for sanitary DWV piping systems and at test tee for storm drainage piping. Support vertical cast iron pipe from floor anchors with using riser clamp and galvanized all thread rod as specified in section 231400. 3.05 APPLICATION A. Install union downstream of all valves at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install male adapters each side of threaded valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to tube prior to make-up of threaded connections. C. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate all equipment items, distinct parts of systems, or vertical risers. D. Each plumbing fixture shall have a shut-off valve on each hot water and cold water supply line. E. Each plumbing water rough-in stub out shall be fitted with a shut off valve. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-14 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Install globe, ball or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or balancing (manual flow control)services. G. Ball valves installed in insulated piping shall be fitted with extended lever operators of sufficient length to raise handle above the insulation jacket material. Where valve is used for throttling service valve handle shall be equipped with adjustable memory stop device. H. Provide spring loaded, non-slam,check valves on discharge of water pumps. 3.06 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. All drainage lines in the building shall have 1/4 inch to the foot fall where possible and not less than 1/8 inch to the foot fall toward the main sewer. Pipe must be so laid that the slope will be uniform and continuous. Permission shall be secured from the Architect and Engineer before proceeding with any Work where existing conditions prevent the installation at minimum grade specified. B. Slope all water piping and arrange to drain at low points. Provide loose key operated, polished chrome, sill cock flush to wall where fixture stop will not suffice for this requirement. 3.07 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, all domestic water systems shall be complete, thoroughly flushed clean and free of all foreign matter or erection residue. B. Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C. On building side of the main shut off valve, provide a 3/4" connection through which chlorine can be introduced into the water piping D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, in sufficient quantity to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual free chlorine solution throughout the entire domestic water piping systems. E. Bleed water from outlets as required to ensure complete distribution and test for disinfectant residual at a minimum 15 percent of total outlets. F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-15 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.08 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary and storm sewer services connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on the drawings. B. Before commencing work, field verify invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover as required. C. Provide new domestic water service connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on plans. Assure connections are in compliance with requirements of the jurisdiction having authority. D. Extension of services to the building shall be fabricated from the same materials as the utility service lines or those materials specified herein. E. Should points of connection vary from those indicated on the drawings contractor shall properly allow for this in the actual connections field fabricated. 3.09 RODDING SEWERS A. All sanitary soil and waste lines, both in the building and out, shall be rodded out after completion of the installation. B. This Work shall be done, as part of the contract, to make certain that all lines are clear, and any obstruction that may be discovered shall be removed immediately. Rodding shall be accomplished by utilizing a rotary cutter,which shall be full size of pipe being cleaned. 3.10 TESTING OF PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Architect. The Architect or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector. B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this work and shall include all necessary instruments, equipment, apparatus, and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-16 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred-in. For insulated piping systems testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of insulation. D. All piping systems shall be tested with water and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 24 hours. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints, or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials. Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks. F. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days. During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. G. Domestic Water: 1. Provide hydrostatic pressure test at one and one half times the normal working pressure or 125 psig, which ever is the greater,for 24 hours. H. Sanitary Soil,Waste and Vents and Storm Sewer: 1. After the rough-in soil, waste and vent and other parts of the sanitary sewer including branch laterals have been set from the lowest level, at point of connection to existing utility lines, to above the floor line, all outlets shall be temporarily plugged or capped, except as are required for testing as described herein. Ground work shall not permit the backfill of trenches to cover any joints until the completion of testing. Back fill shall be limited to mid sections of full joints of piping only. For pipe in ground the piping shall be readied as described herein and filled with water to a verifiable and visible level to 10' above the lowest portions of the system being tested. 2. On multi-level buildings only one floor level shall be tested at a time. Each floor shall be tested from a level below the structure of the floor, or the outlet of the building in the case of the lowest level, to a level of 12 inches above the floor immediately above the floor being tested, or the top of the highest vent in the case of the highest building level. The pipes for the level being tested shall be filled with water to a verifiable and visible level as described above and be allowed to remain so for 24 hours. If after 24 hours the level of the water has been lowered by leakage, the leaks must be found and stopped, and the water level shall again be raised to the level described, and the test repeated until, after a 24 hour retention period,there shall be no perceptible lowering of the water level in the system being tested. PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-17 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Should the completion of these tests leave any reasonable question or doubt of the integrity of the installation, additional tests including peppermint smoke, or other measures shall be performed to demonstrate the reliability of these systems to the complete satisfaction of the Owner's duly authorized representative. Such tests shall be conducted and completed before any joints in plumbing are concealed or made inaccessible. 3.11 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A. All work fairly implied as essential to the complete functioning of the systems shown on the Drawings and Specification shall be completed as part of the work of this Division unless specifically stated otherwise. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specification to establish the type and function of systems but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of any system. In case of doubt as to the work intended or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof, the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for Supplementary Instructions and Drawings, etc. END OF SECTION 22 4100 PLUMBING, PIPING,AND VALVES 22 41 00-18 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 4110 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing, complete installation and testing of the gas piping system,with all metering,valves, piping and auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Coordinate with the gas company and pay all fees and permits required for a complete and operating gas service to the project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 All gas piping above ground shall be Schedule 40 black steel as manufactured by National Tube, Republic,Youngstown, or approved equal domestic manufacturer. 2.02 All gas piping larger than 2" shall be of welded construction. Screwed fittings will only be permitted for size 2" and smaller. Unions and valves will not be permitted above furred ceiling areas or in walls or chases. 2.03 All pipe fittings shall be of materials as follows: 1. All welding fittings shall be factory-made and shall be full line size, for each tee, branch, elbow, etc.,with reducers after fittings, if required. 2. All screwed fittings shall be Crane, or approved equal, Class 150 malleable iron. Screw joints shall be made up with graphite and oil or Teflon tape. Screwed threads shall be in accordance with American Pipe Thread Standards. 3. All piping and fittings shall be from a domestic manufacturer. 2.04 All underground gas piping with 5 pound working pressure or less shall be as follows: A. The pipe shall be yellow polyethylene with socket heat fusion joints and fittings. Pipe sizes 1-1/2" and 2" shall be SDR 11, (PE 2406) and pipe sizes 3" and 4" shall be SDR 11.5 (PE 2406). NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. All socket heat fusion fittings shall be D.O.T. approved and meet ASTM D-2513 and ANSI B31.8 codes. C. All gas valves shall be polyethylene ball type, doubled union, rated for natural gas use. All valves shall be placed in a cast-iron valve box of an adequate size for accessibility and maintenance. 4. All transition meter risers shall be D.O.T. approved anode-less service type, fusion coupled and PE 2406 rated. E. The contractor shall take thermal expansion under consideration during installation. The contractor shall follow all requirements set by the manufacturer to protect the system from damage due to thermal expansion. F. The contractor shall provide detector tape approximately 12" above all gas piping. G. Wrap pipe with 18 gauge minimum copper tracer wire. 2.05 Gas piping installed in unventilated spaces shall be routed in properly vented continuous sleeve where required by the building code. 2.06 Gas valves shall be U.L. listed as follows: A. Ball Valves: Nibco T585-70-UL for%"to 1" and T580-70-UL for 1-%"to 3". B. Plug Valves: DeZurick Series 425 or 435 Eccentric valves with IRS 49 plug seals. 2.07 Gas pressure regulators shall be capable of reducing 75 psi pressure gas to 0.5 psi gas at capacities required by Gas Demand. Install per A.G.A. Bulletin 90. Regulators shall be as manufactured by Rockwell, Fisher-Governor or approved equal. 2.08 All gas regulators located inside the building shall be vented to atmosphere with schedule 40 black steel pipe. This includes all regulators provided with mechanical and plumbing equipment and all other regulators provided under this contract. Vent piping shall be the full size of regulatory port opening, or as recommended by regulator manufacturer, and shall run independent of any other regulator vent through to point of termination. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 All piping shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.03 All underground gas piping shall be laid on 6" of wet compact banksand approximately 24" below grade. Backfill trench with wet compacted banksand to 6" above pipe. The remainder of backfill shall be selected backfill and shall meet all compaction requirements set forth by the general trenching and backfill requirements. 3.04 Provide lever handle gas valve, drip leg and union to each piece of equipment and where indicated. 3.05 All gas lines entering building shall be valved on the exterior of the building above grade. PART 4-TESTING 4.01 TESTING OF GAS PIPING SYSTEMS A. All gas system testing shall be in compliance with local codes or as required in NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code whichever is the more stringent requirement. B. All work shall be performed by a Journeyman Plumber holding current State and local licenses. C. All tests shall be accomplished during normal working hours and after having given due notification to building owner, construction manager or designee, of tests to be performed. All tests shall be performed in the presence of and witnessed by the building owners representative or designee D. All gas system piping shall be subjected to a pneumatic test pressure of 60 psig for not less than 2 hours upon completion of all rough-in work and prior to covering. While the systems are subjected to this air pressure test, all joints shall have a soapy water solution applied and shall be observed for leaks. During test period there shall be no perceptible drop in test gage pressure E. A final test shall be performed after all portions of the piping system are completely installed and covered. The entire system shall be tested, with all system outlets plugged or capped, before any equipment or appliances are connected to the piping. 1. Final test shall be with mercury, measured with a manometer or slope gage. Test pressures shall in no case be less than one and one half times the normal operating pressure or as listed below; which ever is the greater: a. 10.5 inches mercury(5 psig)for 4 ounce system. b. 21.0 inches mercury(10 psig)for S ounce system. 2. Tests shall be for a period of not less than 30 minutes and shall prove absolutely tight, showing no perceptible drop,for the entire test period. F. Purge air from test piping before connecting equipment or appliances. Purge air to outdoors or to ventilated space of sufficient volume to prevent accumulation of flammable mixtures. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 END OF SECTION NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 43 00 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cleanouts. B. Backflow preventers. C. Water hammer arrestors. D. Thermostatic mixing valves. E. Hose bibbs hydrants. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 221400-Supports and Anchors. B. Section 224100- Plumbing Piping. C. Section 224400- Plumbing Fixtures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASSE 1012- Backflow Preventers with Immediate Atmospheric Vent. B. ANSI/ASSE 1011- Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. C. ANSI/ASSE 1013- Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle. D. ANSI/ASSE 1019-Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining Anti-Backflow Types. E. ANSI A112.21.1- Floor Drains. F. ANSI A112.26.1-Water Hammer Arresters. G. PDI WH-201 Water Hammer Arresters H. AWWA C506- Backflow Prevention Devices- Reduced Pressure Principle and Double Check Valve Types. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. C. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, and backflow preventers. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors. C. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two loose keys for hose bibbs and spare hose end vacuum breakers. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS- FLOOR DRAINS A. Zurn B. Watts PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Jay R. Smith D. MiFab E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. F. Floor Drains 1. Lacquered cast iron floor drain with anchor flange, standard satin finish nickel bronze strainer with vandal proof stainless steel allen key screws. Provide floor drains with trap guard insert. G. Shower Drains 1. Galvanized cast iron floor drain body with anchor flange, membrane clamp, stainless steel strainer with vandal proof stainless steel allen key screws. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS- ROOF DRAINS A. Jay R. Smith B. Watts C. Zurn D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. E. Roof Drains 1. Roof Drains: ANSI Al12.21.2; Galvanized cast iron body with sump, removable cast aluminum dome strainer, membrane flange and membrane clamp with integral gravel stop, with adjustable underdeck clamp roof sump receiver waterproofing flange controlled flow weir leveling frame adjustable extension sleeve (for insulation) perforated or slotted ballast guard extension for inverted roof. 2. Roof Overflow Drains (OD): Galvanized cast iron body and clamp collar and bottom clamp ring; pipe extended to 2 inches above flood elevation. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Park USA B. Comal Concrete C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. D. Oil Interceptors 1. Construction: Precast concrete for in ground applications and non-skid stainless steel cover with gasket and securing handle. 2.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-CLEANOUTS A. Zurn B. Watts PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Jay R. Smith D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. E. Cleanouts 1. Exterior Surfaced Areas: Square cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover; 2. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover; 3. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Galvanized cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and adjustable nickel-bronze strainer, round with scored cover in service areas and round with depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas; 4. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and 6" round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw; 5. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-HOSE BIBBS/HYDRANTS A. Woodford B. Zurn C. Jay R. Smith D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. E. HOSE BIBBS/HYDRANTS 1. Bronze or brass, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed to interior with lockshield and removable key, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ANSI/ASSE 1011; 2. Wall Hydrant: ANSI/ASSE 1019; non-freeze, self-draining type with rough chrome plated lockable recessed box hose thread spout, lockshield and removable key, and vacuum breaker; 3. Floor Hydrant: ANSI/ASSE 1019; chrome plated lockable recessed box, hose thread spout, lockshield and removable key, and vacuum breaker; 2.06 RECESSED VALVE BOX A. Manufacturers: 1. Oatey. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. 3. Sioux Chief PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Guy Gray. 5. Washing Machine: Plastic preformed rough-in box with brass quarter turn ball valves and water hammer arrestors on both hot and cold connections, socket for waste,slip in finishing cover; 6. Refrigerator: Plastic preformed rough-in box with quarter turn brass ball valve, slip in finishing cover; 2.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Watts B. Wilkins C. Febco D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. E. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 1. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers: ANSI/ASSE 1013; bronze body with bronze and plastic internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating, spring loaded check valves; diaphragm type differential pressure relief valve located between check valves; third check valve which opens under back pressure in case of diaphragm failure; non-threaded vent outlet; assembled with two gate valves, strainer, and four test cocks; 2. Double Check Valve Assemblies: ANSI/ASSE 1012; Bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent; 2.08 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Sioux Chief B. Wilkins C. Zurn D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. E. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 1. ANSI A112.26.1; sized in accordance with PDI WH-201, precharged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F (-73 to 149 degrees C) and maximum 250 psig(1700 kPa)working pressure; 2.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Powers B. Bradley C. Leonard D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. E. Thermostatic Mixing Valves 1. Provide thermostatic mixing valve, with check valve, volume control shut-off valve on outlet, stem type thermometer on outlet, strainer stop check on inlet, mounted in lockable cabinet of 16 gage (1.5 mm) prime coated steel. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting, forming of roof and/or floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to permit intended performance. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Pipe relief from back flow preventer to nearest drain. END OF SECTION 22 43 00 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 43 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 22 44 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section,with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. A. WORK INCLUDED: Include the following Work in addition to items normally part of this Section: 1. Plumbing fixtures. 2. Drains and cleanouts. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Piping systems. 2. Pipe valves, and fittings. 3. Plumbing systems testing. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Defects shall include, but not be limited to,the following: 1. Noisy operation. 2. Noticeable deterioration of finish. 3. Leakage of water. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 44 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 performance,fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Provide pre-printed operating and maintenance instructions for each item specified. Instruct and demonstrate the proper operation and maintenance to the Owner's designated representative. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY: Deliver clearly labeled, undamaged materials in the manufacturers' unopened containers. B. TIMING AND COORDINATION: Deliver materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate delivery with the scheduled time of installation. C. STORAGE: Store materials in a clean, dry location, protected from weather and abuse. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Confirm and field coordinate that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PLUMBING FIXTURES: 1. GENERAL: Provide plumbing fixtures as specified on drawings. The approved equal products manufacturers are as follows: a. Water closet, urinals, lavatories, bath tubs and showers: American Standard, Kohler, Eljer,Sloan. b. Stainless steel sinks: Elkay,Just and Moen. C. Mop sinks: Stern-Williams, Fiat d. Faucets:American Standard, Kohler, Eljer, Sloan. e. Faucets: Chicago,T&S Brass, Zurn,Sloan f. Faucets: Moen Commercial,Speakman 9. Shower valves: Leonard, Powers, Symmons, Chicago h. Shower Systems: Bradley,Acorn, Willoughby i. Flush Valves: Sloan "Royal", Zurn "AguaVantage" j. Drinking fountains: Halsey Taylor, Elkay, Haws,Acorn Aqua. k. Floor drains and roof drains: Zurn,J.R. Smith,Josam and Watts. I. Emergency Fixtures: Bradley, Chicago, Haws, Speakman and Encon 2. CHAIR CARRIERS: ANSI/ASME A112.6.1.; Adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment,threaded fixture PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 44 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 studs with nuts and washers. As manufactured by Zurn, J. R. Smith, Josam or Watts. 3. DRINKING FOUNTAIN & URINAL WALL SUPPORTS: ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs. As manufactured by Zurn, J. R. Smith,Josam or Watts. 4. TRAPS, STOPS AND RISERS: Heavy pattern as manufactured by McGuire, Chicago or Zurn. B. CLEANOUTS: 1. GENERAL: Provide cleanouts as shown on Drawings and as required by the city building code. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Zurn J. R. Smith,Josam and Watts. 3. TYPES: a. FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron, adjustable floor level assembly with round nickel bronze top and gasket cover. b. RESILIENT OR TILE FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron, adjustable assembly with round nickel-bronze top with gasketed water tight cover and depressed top to receive flooring finish material. C. DRY WALL CLEANOUTS: Provide cast iron tee and counter sink bronze plug with square nickel bronze frame and stainless steel cover. d. Provide membrane clamp rings for slab on grade cleanouts. e. All cleanouts shall have tapered bronze plugs. f. All cleanouts outside of building on grade shall be set in a 18" x 18" x 4" thick concrete pad. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS: Examine conditions affecting this Work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the proper authority and do not proceed until those conditions have been corrected. Commencing Work implies acceptance of existing conditions as satisfactory to the outcome of this Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures in locations and heights as shown on Drawings or as directed by the Architect. B. Install materials plumb, level, securely, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. All rough-in pipe openings,for final connections with all supply waste soil and vent systems shall be closed with caps or plugs during early stages of construction and installation. Tape PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 44 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 shall not be considered sufficient protection. D. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. E. Provide gate valves in piping serving batteries of fixtures. Label stops "Hot" and "Cold." Valves to be located above accessible ceiling. If ceiling are not accessible, provide access panels of adequate size to make valves fully accessible. F. Plumbing fixtures shall be supported by a concealed chair carrier where required to properly support the fixture specified. All carriers to be securely mounted, bolted and checked prior to concealment. G. Caulk around fixtures with best grade white silicone caulking. Do not use grout. H. All handles on supply and drainage fittings or other brass items shall be properly lined up and adjusted. Fittings shall not be left in any haphazard manner. I. All fixtures shall have individual chrome plated loose key cutoff stops on supply lines. Where same are not specified as a part of the fixture trim, they shall be installed as close to fixtures as possible in the hot and cold water supply. J. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. K. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. L. Hot and cold water riser air chambers: Provide air chambers for hot and/or cold water riser located at the rough-in tee at all fixtures. The air chamber shall be of the same materials and the next larger diameter than the required rough-in supply pipe and a minimum of 24"tall. The contractor may install water hammer arrestors in lieu of air chambers. Water hammer arrestors shall be PDI Certified and sized and placed as recommended by manufacture. Provide an accessible isolation valve and proper access to arrestor for replacement. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Division 1. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224400-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Division 1. B. At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Division 1. B. Do not permit use of fixtures. 3.07 ADA ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES A. Install fixtures to heights, indicated on architectural drawings. B. Handicapped fixtures shall be installed to required heights, shall be of types suitable for, and supplied with controls properly installed, to comply with requirements as directed by ADA Accessibility of Federal Registry, Part III, Department of Justice 28 CFR 36 and comply with all state and local ADA Code requirements. C. Exposed accessible sink or lavatory p-trap and angle valve assemblies shall be insulated with the fully molded, Truebro, Handi Lav-guard insulation kit. Provide the proper model for fixtures specified. All kits shall be White or as selected by Architect. D. Wall mounted drinking fountains and coolers which protrude into passages or corridor space, whether single or paired with adjacent accessible fixture, shall be supplied with skirt or apron to lower the underside clearance of non-accessible fixture equal to that required for accessible fixture. END OF SECTION 22 44 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 44 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 22 4S 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Heaters. B. In-line circulator pumps. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 221400-Supports and Anchors. B. Section 232400—Sound &Vibration Control. C. Section 224100- Plumbing Piping &Valves. D. Section 224300- Plumbing Specialties. E. Section 261800 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE 90A- Energy Conservation in New Building Design. B. ASME Section VIIID- Pressure Vessels; Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes. C. ANSI/NFPA 54- National Fuel Gas Code. D. ANSI/NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. E. ANSI/UL 1453- Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include heat exchanger dimensions. size of tappings, and performance data. 2. Include dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, tappings, and drains. C. Product Data: PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Include dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements, and affected adjacent construction. 3. Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. 4. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide pumps with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified. C. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations: 1. American Gas Association (AGA). 2. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 4. National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NBBPVI). 5. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 6. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). D. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to AGA NSF ANSI/NFPA 54 ANSI/NFPA 70 ANSI/UL 1453 requirements for water heaters. B. Conform to ASME Section VIIID for manufacture of pressure vessels for heat exchangers. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section Division 1. B. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of Division 1. B. Warranty: Include coverage of domestic water heaters, water storage tanks, and packaged water heating systems. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two sets of electric heater elements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PACKAGED WATER HEATING SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Lochinvar. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Teledyne Laars. b. A.O. Smith. C. Ray Pak. B. System: Gas-fired direct heating boiler, circulating pump, controls,piping and valving as indicated, storage tank, all mounted on structural steel skid. C. Boiler: 1. Type: Gas-fired water tube boiler, with [copper finned tube heat exchanger, steel jacket with glass fiber insulation. 2. Boiler Trim: Gas burner, thermometer and pressure gauge, immersion thermostats for operating and high limit protection, 100 percent safety shut-off electric gas valve with transformer, electronic safety pilot and pilot burner, gas pressure regulator, manual gas shut-off, low water cut off, ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve, coil relief valve, automatic boiler fill and expansion tank, draft inverter. D. Vertical storage tank: 1. Working pressure: 150 psi ASME labeled. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Lining: 15 mils thick epoxy lining extended through flanges and couplings. 3. Support: Two welded tank saddles not less than 4 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick, mounted on 2 inch pipe stand with minimum four cross braced legs; sheet teflon isolation strip between tank and saddle; dielectric unions between tank and piping system. 4. Insulation: 3 inch glass fiber insulation with aluminum jacket. 5. Tank: Welded steel, ASME labeled for working pressure of 150 psig, steel support saddles, tappings for accessories, threaded connections of stainless steel, access manhole. 6. Lining: 0.015 inches epoxy, continued into flanged connections. 7. Openings: Up to 3 inches, copper-silicone threaded; over 4 inches, flanged. 8. Accessories: Tank drain, water inlet and outlet, thermometer range of 40 to 200 degrees F (4 to 93 degrees Q, ASME pressure relief valve suitable for maximum working pressure. E. Pump: 1. Type: All bronze, in-line circulation pump mounted on boiler, controlled by tank mounted immersion thermostat set at [140 degrees F (60 degrees C.] [180 degrees F (82 degrees Q.] F. Thermostatic Valve: Three-way, self-contained, full line size, bronze body 1/2 to 2 inches size, iron body 2-1/2 inches and over, set at 140 degrees F (60 degrees Q. 2.02 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A. Manufacturer: 1. Amtrol. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Bell & Gossett. b. Armstrong. C. Taco. B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ASME Code; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. C. Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting,tank drain; pre-charge to 12 psig. 2.03 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. TACO. b. Grundfos C. Armstrong PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Casing: Bronze, rated for 125 psig working pressure. C. Impeller: Bronze. D. Shaft: Alloy steel with integral thrust collar and two oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. E. Seal: Carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat. F. Drive: Flexible coupling. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to AGA NSF ANSI/NFPA 54 UL requirements. B. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related work to achieve operating system. C. Provide secondary drain pan and route secondary drain pipe to outside the building or as indicated on the construction documents. D. Route TPR drain line to the exterior of the building and terminate 6 inches above grade. E. Provide 18 inch high galvanized stand manufactured for supporting water heaters. 3.02 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANK INSTALLATION A. Install tanks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide steel pipe support for tanks, independent of building structural framing members. C. Clean and flush tank after installation. Seal until pipe connections are made. 3.03 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure shaft length allows sump pumps to be located minimum 24 inches below lowest invert into sump pit and minimum 6 inches clearance from bottom of sump pit. C. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Provide line sized isolating valve and strainer on suction and line sized soft seated check valve and balancing valve on discharge. E. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and over. F. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. G. Align and verify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. END OF SECTION 22 45 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 45 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 03 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Related SECTIONS: 1. SECTION 01 91 00-GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning of the HVAC system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner.The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications: 1. CxA—Certified Commissioning Authority—ACG 2. CBCP—Certified Building Commissioning Professional—AEE 3. CCP—Certified Commissioning Professional—BCA 4. CPMP—Certified Process Management Professional—ASHRAE 5. BSC—Building System Commissioning Certification—NEBB B. The commissioning provider(Commissioning authority) shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including, but not limited to, conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting, preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists, preparing functional test scripts, participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.3 RESPONIBILITIES A. Contractor: Responsibilities of the Contractor as related to the Commissioning Process include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority. 2. Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3. Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility, safety, and impact on warranty, and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on same. 4. Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer's recommended COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 performance testing of equipment and systems. 5. Provide Operations & Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6. Provide Testing and Balancing Report before Functional Testing begins. 7. Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 8. Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. 9. Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre- Functional Checklists has been completed. 10. Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and Pre-Functional Checklists. 11. Provide data concerning performance, installation, and start-up of systems. 12. Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 13. Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer's recommended procedure, and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a. Contractor shall carry out manufacturer's recommended start-up and testing procedures, regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre-Functional Checklists. b. Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications, but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority. 14. Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 15. Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 16. Provide test instruments and communications devices, as prescribed by Commissioning authority, required for carrying out Testing of systems. 17. Proprietary test equipment required by the manufacturer, whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment, demonstrate its use, and assist the Test Engineer in the commissioning process. Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 18. Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. 19. Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals, start-up instructions manuals, operating parameters, and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 20. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 outline for each system. 21. Coordinate and provide training of Owner's personnel. 22. Prepare Operation & Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications; submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions. Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority comments. 23. Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents. All costs associated with the participation of Contractor, Sub- Contractors, Design Professionals, and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B. Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems, according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority 1.4 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. Commissioning Process tasks and activities: 1. Commissioning kick-off meeting: Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. 2. Pre-functional checklists: Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. 3. Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority. 4. Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full-load, part-load and emergency conditions (including all alarms). Controls system shall be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance with the plans and specifications. Sequences shall be functionally tested to documentthey operate in accordance with plans and specifications. 5. Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. 6. Air and hydronic system balancing: Air and water flow rates shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the tolerances provided in the contract documents. System balancing shall be performed by COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 T.A.B. contractor as specified in the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing specification section 23 99 00. 7. Systems manual: Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. 8. Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B. Equipment to be tested 1. Energy Management and Control System: 1. Graphical User Interface 2. Automation Software 3. Field Level Controllers 4. Field Level Devices 5. Control Sequences 2. Condensing Systems 3. Air Handling Systems (All AHU) 4. Exhaust Fan Systems (100%) 5. Service water heating systems (100%) C. Testing functions and conditions 1. Energy conservation programs (economizer, optimal start, etc) 2. Verify shutdown of systems when scheduled. 3. Calibration of sensors 4. Testing shall affirm winter and summer design conditions. 5. Test under full outside air conditions. 6. Confirm functionality of all specified sequences of operations. 7. Verify the functionality of all alarms. D. Performance criteria 1. Air and water temperatures shall be within tolerances specified in the contract documents. 2. Space temperatures shall be maintained within 1 degree of specified set points. 3. Space humidity shall be maintained within 5%of specified levels. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional. Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility, in whole or in part,to Commissioning Agent or Owner. B. Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists, Functional Performance Tests, Operations & Maintenance Manual creation, Owner Training, and associated coordination meetings. C. Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.2 WORK PRIOR TO COMMSSIONING A. Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started, adjusted, balanced, tested, and otherwise tested. B. See pertinent specification sections in this Division, which outline responsibilities for start- up of equipment with obligations to complete systems, including all sub- systems so that they are fully functional. C. Assist commissioning authority with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D. Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre- functional checklists, and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. E. A minimum of 7 days prior to date of system startup, submit to Commissioning authority for review, detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process; arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project, prior to testing of their systems. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems, and place systems in complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Provide skilled technicians, experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned, to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. 3.4 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor's responsibility. 3.5 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS(PFC) A. Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements, for this Division's systems. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING (FPT) A. Contractor, in cooperation with Commissioning Agent, shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. C. Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels, etc. Furnish ladders, flashlights, meters, gauges, or other inspection equipment as necessary. 3.7 TRAINING A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling, and ultimatelyto ensure that training is completed. C. The training agenda (plan) shall include, at a minimum,the following elements: 1. Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Important parts and assemblies. 4. How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5. Most likely failure modes, causes and corrections. 6. On site demonstration. D. Commissioning authority shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning authority with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.8 OPERATIONS& MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Sub-Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division, and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation & Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with requirements of Division 01, prior to training Owner personnel. C. Provide Commissioning authority with a single, electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review. Commissioning authority copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include, service agency contact information, maintenance requirements, controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including set points. 3.9 DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows: 1. Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures, results of testing, itemization of deficiencies, deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. 2. Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report, final results of functional testing, disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. END OF SECTION 23 03 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 03 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor,details of such departures and the reasons therefore,shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition;and the Contractor,in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein,indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article,device or accessory(whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to,materials,labor, supervision,transportation,storage,equipment, utilities,all required permits,licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C. The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC)and Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer,who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding,where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above"Scope"to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved; however,it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later,or necessary for a complete and functioning heating,ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are onlyto establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. B. All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural,architectural and reflected ceiling plans,and other trades. Submit shop drawings for approval. C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment,fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B. Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied; verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Prime and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC)and Plumbing equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices,conduit,wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS,TESTS, INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits,fees,tests,and all inspections as required bygovernmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy,or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C. Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe and duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts there of, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B. Provide foundations,supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the Building structure, piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth interiorfinish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D. All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping,ducts or other parts of the Work,the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner. 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C. Comply with all applicable codes,specifications,local ordinances,industry standards,utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards: 1. Air Moving & Conditioning Association, AMCA. 2. American Standards Association, ASA. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASHRAE. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers, ASPE. 6. American Society of Testing Materials, ASTM. 7. American Water Works Association,AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards, NBS. 9. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 10. Sheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, SMACNA. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL. 12. International Energy Conservation Code, IECC. D. Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes,state and local ordinances,industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Engineer, remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article, unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B. Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as"Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled","Specified"and "Detailed"are used in lieu of"Indicated",it is forthe purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted",and"Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer. However,no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals,requests for information,applications,inquiries,reports and claims bythe Contractorthe meaning of the term "Reviewed"will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractorfrom responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly,erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term"Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. I. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarityof reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements,indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI) for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASH RAE Fundamentals Handbook,chapter 34"Abbreviations and Symbols",ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings,they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications,and indicated on the Drawings,is intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D. The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction,and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner. Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 days prior to the bid date without fail. F. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product,material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. I. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances,and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 16. J. Changes in architectural,structural,electrical, mechanical,and plumbing requirementsfor the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the owner. K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted,will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades,the Owner,the Architect or Engineer,if any,due to the substitutions. N. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings. Any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution or mechanical equipment having characteristics requiring a change,shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change,including conduit,wiring, motor starting equipment,etc.,shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show and deviations. Mechanical BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty(30)days after the Contract is awarded the Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight(8)complete bound sets of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain one (1) copy each of all shop drawings for their files. Where full size drawings are involved, submit one (1) print and one (1) reproducible sepia or mylar in lieu of eight(8)sets.All literature pertaining to an item subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. A submittal shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but may have a section subdivided into items or equipment as listed in each section. The Contractor may elect to submit each item or type of equipment separately. Each submittal shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: 1. A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3. A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations,then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5. Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = V-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D. Where shop drawings and submittals are marked"REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1. REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may orderthe equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3. NOTAPPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractorshall resubmit submittal on material,equipment or method of installation.The Contractor's stamp is required BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed bythe General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material,equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which isjudged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to, the following items: 1. Basic Materials. 2. HVAC Duct Insulation. 3. Portable Pipe Hanger and Equipment Supports. 4. Duct Specialties. 5. Duct Fabrication Drawings. 6. Air Distribution Devices. 7. Fan Coil Units. 8. Filters. 9. Fans. 10. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers. 11. Temperature Controls and Control Sequences. 12. Test, Adjust and Balance Reports. 13. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 14. Coordination Drawings. I. Refer to other Division 23 sections for additional shop drawing requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer. J. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for all AHU's,ACCU's,and Fans. Reference chart at end of section. Provide copy to electrical subcontractor. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0"or larger;detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. C. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal,filter removal,and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 9. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans,elevations,and details to indicate penetrations in floors,walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures,communication systems components,and other ceiling-mounted items. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting shop drawings on the project,this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems,products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-12 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Special Project Requirements, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Duct mains and branches,size and location,for both exterior and interior;locations of dampers,fire dampers,duct access panels,and other control devices;filters,fuel fired heaters,fan coils,condensing units,and roof-top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems,with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located(i.e.,traps,strainers,expansion compensators,tanks,etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. C. The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS-BUILT'prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details,alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by"Change Order" notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner, Architect or Engineer at all times. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as-built drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Delivery of as-built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. E. The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct,locations of all concealed valves,controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. F. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings" to the architect. "As-Built" drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-13 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. When the option described in paragraph F.,above is not exercised then upon completion of the work,the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three(3)sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves,engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-14 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 23. 1.18 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements, unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type"binders by National model no.79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow%"of spare capacity. Three(3)sets of all approved shop drawing submittals,fabrication drawings,bulletins,maintenance instructions,operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 23 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23,include the following information for equipment items: 1. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number, type, color coding, location and function. 3. Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4. Fabrication drawings. 5. Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions;regulation,control,stopping,shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-15 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 7. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions, servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 8. Equipment and motor name plate data. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13. Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of on site training in three 4 hour shifts. B. Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate,listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submitthe outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Division 23 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 23 for additional requirements. B. Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-16 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC and Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing and if granted shall not be cause warranty period to start, except as defined below. B. Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D. All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of final acceptance. E. Refer to Sections in Division 23 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer,as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims,damages, losses and expense, including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B. Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty(60)day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D. Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect, Engineer or any consultant. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-17 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners(TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. It is agreed that"MEP" hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement between Architect and Owner. If the client, Architect/Owner, or developer of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes",then an AutoCAD based compact disc("Cl)")will be prepared. The"CD" will be submitted with all title block references intact and will be formatted in a "plot" format to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. F. At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will prepare one "CD" of electronic media to assist the contractor in the preparation of submittals. The Engineer will prepare and submit the "CD"to the Architect/Owner for distribution to the contractor. All copies of the "CD" will be reproduced for a cost of reproduction fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD". The "CD"will be prepared and all title blocks, names and dates will be removed. The"CD" will be prepared in a ".dwg"format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. G. This Five Hundred Dollars($500.00)per"CD"cost of reproduction will be paid directlyfrom the Contractor to the Engineer. The "CD" will be prepared only after receipt of the Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). The Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction is to only recover the cost of the manhours necessary to reproduce the documents. It is not a contractual agreement between the Contractor and Engineer to provide any engineering services, nor any other service. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer. B. Access Doors: Provide access doors as required for access to equipment,valves,controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. Access Doors: shall be as follows: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-18 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Plastic Surfaces: Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3. Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4. Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for additional rough-in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence,coordinate,and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems,equipment,and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and route proposed solution to the Architect for review. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-19 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components,where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical,connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14. The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required,these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however,the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer. 15. The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16. Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. 17. Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating,painting,piping,ducts,etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop drawings shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self-tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as-built" drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting,fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-20 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer,uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work, without additional cost to the Owner. 7. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Section "DEFINITIONS" for definition of"Installer." C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and trim,and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE,TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however,the following provisions must be observed: 1. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing,fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-21 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Mech/Elec. Equipment Coordination Sheet Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm. Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm. Type Fuse Size MOCP Type Fuse Size MOCP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 00-22 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 05 10 STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Starting systems. B. Demonstration and instructions. C. Testing,adjusting, and balancing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 014000-Quality Control: Manufacturers field reports. B. Section 017000- Contract Closeout: System operation and maintenance data and extra materials. C. Section 239900-Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect, Engineer and Owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or for other conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Adjust electrical amp draw on motors to within 80%of rated amp draw. F. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. H. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. I. Adjust return air to 500 fpm at each air unit inlet. Replace drive packages as necessary to achieve design airflows. STARTING OF SYSTEMS 23 05 10-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 J. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 014000 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.04 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. B. Demonstrate Project equipment and provide instruction by a qualified manufacturers' representative who is knowledgeable about the Project. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owners' personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time, at equipment location. F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.05 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A. Mechanical Division will secure the services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. The independent firm will perform services specified in Section 239900. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 23 0510 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 23 05 10-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 17 00 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Painting 2. Automatic temperature controls. 3. Power control wiring to motors and equipment. 1.03 WARRANTY Warrant the Work specified herein for one year and motors for five years beginning on data of substantial completion against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials and workmanship. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance,fabrication procedures variations, and accessories. C. MOTOR NAMEPLATE INFORMATION: Manufacturer's name, address, utility and operating data. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional information. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY: Deliver clearly labeled, undamaged materials in the manufacturers' unopened containers. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. TIME AND COORDINATION: Deliver materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate delivery with the scheduled time of installation. C. STORAGE: Store materials in a clean, dry location, protected from weather and abuse. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Provide motors by a single manufacturer as much as possible. 1. Baldur 2. Marathon 3. Siemens-Allis 4. General Electric 5. U.S. Motor B. TEMPERATURE RATING: Provide insulation as follows: 1. CLASS B: 40 degrees C maximum. 2. CLASS F: a. Between 40 degrees C and 65 degrees C maximum. b. Totally enclosed motors. C. STARTING CAPABILITY: As required for service indicated five starts minimum per hour. D. PHASES AND CURRENT: Verify electrical service compatibility with motors to be used. 1. UP TO 1/2 HP: Provide permanent split, capacitor-start single phase with inherent overload protection. 2. 3/4 HP AND LARGER: Provide squirrel-cage induction polyphone. 3. Provide two separate windings on 2-speed polyphone motors. 4. Name plate voltage shall be the same as the circuit's normal voltage, serving the motor. E. SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15 for multiphase; 1.35 for single phase. F. FRAMES: U-frames 1.5 hp. and larger. G. BEARINGS: Provide sealed re-graspable ball bearings; with top mounted ale mite lubrication fittings and bottom side drains minimum average life 100,000 hours typically, and others as follows: 1. Design for thrust where applicable. 2. PERMANENTLY SEALED: Where not accessible for greasing. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. SLEEVE-TYPE WITH OIL CUPS: Light duty fractional hp. motors or polyphone requiring minimum noise level. H. ENCLOSURE TYPE: Provide enclosures as follows: 1. CONCEALED INDOOR: Open drip proof. 2. EXPOSED INDOOR: Guarded. 3. OUTDOOR TYPICAL: Type II. TEC. 4. OUTDOOR WEATHER PROTECTED: Type I. TEA. I. OVERLOAD PROTECTION: Built-in sensing device for stopping motor in all phase legs and signaling where indicated for fractional horse power motors. J. NOISE RATING: "Quiet" except where otherwise indicated. K. EFFICIENCY: Minimum full load efficiency listed in the following table, when tested in accordance with IEEE Test Procedure 112A, Method B, including stray load loss measure. NEMA Efficiency Motor Horsepower INDEX Letter Minimum Efficiency 1800 RPM Synchronous Speed 7.5-10 F 89.5 15-20 E 91.0 25-30 E 92.4 40 D 93.0 50 C 93.0 60 C 93.6 75 C 94.1 100-125 B 94.5 150-200 B 95.0 1200 RPM Synchronous Speed 3-5 G 87.5 7.5 G 89.5 10 F 89.5 15 F 90.2 20 E 90.2 25-30 E 91.7 40-50 D 93.0 60 D 93.6 75 C 93.6 100-125 C 94.1 150-200 B 95.0 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLLERS(STARTERS) A. All motor controllers (for equipment furnished under Division 23) shall be furnished under Division 23 and installed under Division 26 unless otherwise noted on the plans. B. Motor starters shall be furnished as follows. 1. GENERAL: Motor starters shall be Square D Company Class 8536 across-the-line magnetic type, full-voltage, non-reversing (FAVOR) starter. All starters shall be constructed and tested in accordance with the latest NEMA standards, sizes and horsepower. ICE sizes are not acceptable. Starters shall be mounted in a general purpose dead front, painted steel enclosure and surface-mounted. Provide size and number of poles as shown and required by equipment served. Provide two speed, two winding or two speed, single winding motor starter as required for two speed motors. 2. CONTACTS: Magnetic starter contacts shall be double break solid silver alloy. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing starter from panel. The starter shall have straight-through wiring. 3. OPERATING COILS: Operating coils shall be 120 volts and shall be of molded construction. When the coil fails, the starter shall open and shall not lock in the closed position. 4. OVERLOAD RELAYS: Provide manual reset, trip-free Class 20 overload relays in each phase conductor in of all starters. Overload relays shall be melting alloy type with visual trip indication. All 3 phase and single phase starters shall have one overload relay in each underground conductor. Relay shall not be field adjustable from manual to automatic reset. Provide 6 overload relays for two speed motor starters. 5. PILOT LIGHTS: Provide a red running pilot light for all motor starters. Pilot lights shall be mounted in the starter enclosure cover. Pilot lights shall be operated from an interlock on the motor starter and shall not be wired across the operating coil. 6. CONTROLS: Provide starters with HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC switches. Coordinate additional motor starter controls with the requirements of Division 23. Motor starter controls shall be mounted in the starter enclosure cover. 7. CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER: Provide a single-phase 480 volt control power transformer with each starter for 120 volt control power. Connect the primary side to the line side of the motor starter. The primary side shall be protected by a fuse for each conductor. The secondary side shall have one leg fused and one leg grounded. Arrange transformer terminals so that wiring to terminals will not be located above the transformer. 8. AUXILIARY CONTACTS: Each starter shall have one normally open and one normally closed convertible auxiliary contact in addition to the number of contacts required for the "holding interlock", remote monitoring, and control wiring. In addition, it shall be possible to field-install three more additional auxiliary contacts without removing existing wiring or removing the starter from its enclosure. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 9. UNIT WIRING: Unit shall be completely pre-wired to terminals to eliminate any interior field wiring except for line and load power wiring and HVAC control wiring. 10. ENCLOSURES: All motor starter enclosures shall be NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures NEMA-4X 316 stainless steel if mounted exposed outdoors. Provide NEMA 4X when located by cooling towers. 11. POWER MONITOR: Provide a square "D" 8430 MPS phase failure and under- voltage relay, base and wiring required for starters serving motors 5 horsepower and larger. Set the under-voltage setting according to minimum voltage required for the motor to operate within its range. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Controller numbers are based on first named manufacturer. Provide one of the following manufacturer's. 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. General Electric. 4. Cerus. 2.03 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS A. GENERAL: Combination motor starters shall consist of a magnetic starter and a fusible or non-fusible disconnect switch in a dead front, painted steel NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise noted and shall be surface-mounted. Size and number of poles shall as shown and required by equipment served. Combination motor starters shall be as specified for motor starters in Paragraph 2.01/13, except as modified herein. B. DISCONNECT SWITCH: Disconnect switches shall be as specified in Section 264900. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Controller numbers are based on first named manufacturer. Provide one of the following manufacturer's. 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. General Electric. 4. Franklin-Cerus. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractors' price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.03 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Install in a professional manner. Any part or parts not meeting this requirement shall be replaced or rebuilt without extra expense to Owner. B. Install rotating equipment in static and dynamic balance. C. Provide foundations, supports, and isolators properly adjusted to allow minimum vibration transmission within the building. D. Correct objectionable noise or vibration transmission in order to operate equipment satisfactorily as determined by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 23 17 00 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 17 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 29 00 DUCT INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork system insulation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500- Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 231700- Motors and Motor Controllers 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project. B. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255) method. 1. Exception: Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150. C. Duct and plenum insulation shall comply with minimum R-value requirements of 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. D. Adhesive and other material shall comply with NFPA and NBFU Standards No. 90A and 90B. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance,fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in unopened containers with manufacturer's stamp, clearly labeled with flame and smoke rating, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Protect insulation against dirt, water and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved before any insulation is installed. B. A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type of application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glass fiber materials shall be manufactured by Knauf, Certain-Teed, Johns-Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. B. Adhesives shall be manufactured by Minnesota Mining, Arabol, Benjamin-Foster, Armstrong or Insulmastic, Inc., and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Ceramic fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Primer Refractories, A.P. Green Refractories or approved equal. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. B. All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.02 EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION A. Fasten all longitudinal and circumferential laps with outward clinching staples 3" on center. On rectangular ducts over 24" wide apply as above and hold insulation in place on bottom side with mechanical pins and clips on 12" centers. B. Seal all seams and joints, fastener penetrations and other breaks in vapor barrier with 3 inch wide strips of white glass fabric embedded between two coats of vapor barrier DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 mastic, Childers CP-30 or approved equal. C. All external duct insulation shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Wrap with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Microlite EQ duct wrap insulation with reinforced aluminum facing or approved equal. D. External duct wrap is required on all outside air ducts, supply and return air ducts that are not internally insulated. External duct wrap is also required on all exhaust and relief air ducts that are used in airside energy recovery systems. Any exhaust ductwork located in an unconditioned space shall also be provided with external duct wrap. Duct wrap shall be provided as follows: 1. A minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in conditioned and unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. 2. A minimum installed R-value of 8 when ducts are located outside of the building. E. Any ductwork located in an air plenum that is comprised of materials that do not comply with the 25/50 flame and smoke rating per ASTM E 84 testing requirements shall be provided with a single layer of duct wrap to establish a noncombustible rating per ASTM E 136. Duct wrap products which are approved for such non-compliant combustible duct materials located in air plenums shall be 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A+ or Unifrax FyreWrap 0.5 Plenum. Insulation products for this application shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 DUCT LINER A. Duct liner shall be kept clean and dry during transportation, storage, installation, and throughout the construction process care should be taken to protect the liner from exposure to the elements or damage from mechanical abuse. B. All portions of duct designed to receive duct liner shall be completely covered with liner as specified. The smooth, black, mat facing or acrylic-coated surfaces with flexible glass cloth reinforcement shall face the airstream. All duct liner shall be cut to assure tight, overlapped corner joints. The top pieces shall be supported by the sidepieces. Duct liner shall be installed following the guidelines in the NAIMA "Duct Liner Installation Standard". C. The duct liner shall be tested according to erosion test method in ASTM C 1071 and shall be guaranteed to withstand velocities in the duct system up to 6000 fpm without surface erosion. D. Duct liner shall be adhered to the sheet metal with full coverage of an approved adhesive that conforms to ASTM C 916, and all exposed leading edges and transverse joints shall be coated with Permacote factory-applied or field-applied edge coating and shall be neatly butted without gaps. Shop or field cuts shall be liberally coated with DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Johns Manville SuperSeal® duct butter and Edge Treatment or approved adhesive. E. Metal nosings shall be securely installed over transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream at forward discharge and at any point where lined duct is preceded by unlined duct. F. When velocity exceeds 4000 fpm (20.3 m/sec), use metal nosing on every leading edge. Nosing may be formed on duct or be channel or zee attached by screws, rivets or welds. G. The liner shall further be secured with Graham welding pins and washers on not more than 18 inch centers both vertical and horizontal surfaces, and the pins and washers shall be pointed up with adhesive. H. Duct liner shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Liner with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Linacoustic RC duct liner with factory-applied edge coating and acrylic coating on the mat surface of airstream side or approved equal. The liner shall meet the Life Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 9013, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility and the air stream surface coating should contain an immobilized, EPA- registered, anti-microbial agent so it will not support microbial growth as tested in accordance with ASTM G21 and G22. The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071, UL 2824, with an NRC not less than .70 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type "A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity no higher than 0.24 BTU•in/(hr•ft2.OF) at 750F mean temperature. I. Line supply and return ductwork at connection of HVAC unit to a point of 15 feet upstream and downstream of the equipment and in return air boots. Attach with full cover coat of cement, duct dimensions up to 16 inches; provide stick clips or screws and cap for dimensions over 16 inches, spaced 16 inches o.c. maximum. Provide sheet metal liner cap over all leading edges of internal insulation exposed to air stream. J. Duct liner shall be provided as follows: A. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in conditioned spaces. B. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. C. Minimum installed R-value of 12 or greater when ducts are located outdoors. DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.04 EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATED INDOORS A. Round duct routed exposed shall be double wall with solid inner liner and 1-1/2" thick layer of glass mineral wool insulation as manufactured by United McGill Company model no. Acousti-27 or approved equal. Insulation density shall be a minimum of 1.5 PCF and a thermal R-Value of 6 or greater. 3.05 AIR DEVICE AND MISCELLANEOUS DUCT INSULATION A. The backside of all supply air devices shall be insulated with taped and sealed with external duct wrap equivalent to the insulation specified. B. The contractor shall install an additional layer of 2 inch thick external fiberglass duct wrap on any portion of the supply air, return air, outside air, or exhaust air system that has condensation forming during any period of operation. The insulation shall be taped and sealed and located until all evidence of the condensation had been eliminated at no additional cost to the owner. 3.06 KITCHEN GREASE HOOD EXHAUST DUCT A. All type I kitchen range hood exhaust duct shall be enclosed with 2-hour fire rated enclosure. B. The duct enclosure shall be sealed around the duct at the points of penetration with an approved fire barrier sealant per ASTM E 1966. Sealant shall be 3M CP 25WB+ or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. C. The enclosure shall be separated from the duct by at least 3 inches and not more than 12 inches. D. Cleanout openings at exhaust duct with access openings at the fire rated enclosure and access doors shall be provided at each duct offset and as required for proper operation and maintenance. E. As an alternate method, the contractor may use two layers of 2-hour fire rated duct wrap such as 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ or Unifrax FyreWrap Elite 1.5 in lieu of the fire rated enclosure, provided that all the following constraints are satisfied: a. Duct wrap system shall be tested per ASTM E 2336 internal fire testing and have an achieved minimum fire resistance rating of 2 hours. b. Product shall be approved by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). c. Duct wrap system shall be mechanically attached to the duct using steel banding and/or weld pins per manufacturer's instructions. d. Duct wrap system shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, including but not limited to zero clearance to DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 combustibles at all locations on the wrap surface. F. Insulation and all other requirements shall be provided per local codes. END OF SECTION 23 29 00 DUCT INSULATION 23 29 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 57 60 HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof curbs for conventional and pre-engineered metal buildings 2. Equipment supports 3. Adapters 4. Structural platforms 5. Isolation roof curbs and rails B. Related Sections 1. Division 23 - Mechanical 2. Division 26 - Electrical C. This section specifies curbs for mechanical equipment specified by Division 23. These curbs are designed and fabricated as welded single piece units that are structurally designed to span structural framing. They require structural calculations from manufacturer. D. Manufactured curbs are designed, engineered, and fabricated for exact mechanical units selected after bid, and can be designed for compound slops and difficult roofing conditions. There are designs to accommodate each type of roofing condition including standing seam metal roofing. E. Field-fabricated curbs except under special conditions are not acceptable. F. Top of roof curb shall be a minimum of 12 inches above the roofing insulation. Provide sloped curbs to match roof slope G. Structural calculations required for work and for production of required submittals shall be signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in the state of Texas. 1. Curbs, equipment rails and supports, and similar items shall be designed in compliance with the applicable building code and the latest additions of ASCE 7, by a structural engineer registered in the state of Texas. 2. Curbs shall meet windstorm standards for Inland zone 1 for 120mph winds at a 3 second gust. H. Provide provisions for wind attachment devices, anchorages and equipment shall be designed and included as integral parts of the products. 1. Coordinate with mechanical equipment manufacturers for requirements, and specific items to be supplied with equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Most recent edition at time of Bid B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM A 653—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 23 57 60-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned drawings showing overall layout details,jointing connections, and fasteners. Show adjacent construction including roof deck, roofing system, and equipment. C. Product Data: Published data indicating product characteristics. D. Structural Calculations: Signed and sealed by structural engineer. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Include installation instructions, rough-in dimensions, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Overlay Coordinating Drawing: Show interface between Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Drawings with applicable roof curbs. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: 1. Design, fabricate, and furnish roof curbs and equipment supports to accurate dimensions, configuration, and structural rigidity to meet requirements for watertight systems, and spanning capacity between structural members at openings in roof deck. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Able to document minimum 10 years continuous experience designing, manufacturing, and supplying work for this Section. 2. Maintain engineering and design capabilities to furnish customized curbs, and equipment supports. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with provisions of Division 01 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver on pallets or protective packaging with manufacturer's identifying labels legible and intact. C. Store on pallets above water, mud, and dirt, protected from soiling and damage. D. Handle to prevent permanent warping and racking of frame. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Comply with Warranty provisions specified Division 01. B. Manufacturer: Standard 5 year limited Warranty against defects in labor and workmanship. HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 23 57 60-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Roof Products, Inc. (RPI) Chattanooga, TN and Phoenix, AZ 1. Tel 1-800-262-6669, Fax: (423) 892-2107, Email: rpicurbs comcast.net 2. Web Site httr)://www.rpicurbs.com. B. Curb Technologies, LLC 1. Tel1-334-8826-9538 C. ThyCurb 1. Tel1-972-416-6220 2.2 ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPTMENT SUPPORTS AND MISC. ROOF CURBS (for conventional buildings) A. Frame: 1. Material: ASTM A 653 G90 hot-dipped Galvanized steel a. Minimum 18 gauge or as engineered by manufacturer b. Minimum 18 gauge for curbs supporting HVAC units 2. Corners: Mitered and welded (welds are micro-sealed and prime painted after fabrication). Bolted connections not accepted. 3. Internally reinforced with Galvanized 1 inch by 1 inch by 12 gauge angles for curbs exceeding 3 feet in length. Reinforced internal bulkhead at equipment curbs to support lateral loads. 4. Wood Nailers: Factory installed, pressure treated. Size and width as suitable for support of items installed on curbs. B. Insulation: Factory installed 1-1/2 inch thick three-pound density fiberglass insulation. C. Curb Height: minimum 18 inch (12 inches above finished roof surface). D. Construct curbs to match roof slope with plumb and level top surface for mounting mechanical equipment. E. Gasket: 1 /4 inch thick, 1"wide at roof top units and exhaust fans. F. Counter Flashing: 18 gauge Galvanized steel. G. Cants: wood or fiber for built-up or modified bitumen roofing systems (not required for single ply roofing) 1. RPC-1 / RPES-1 (raised cant style) installs on top of metal decks with insulation. 2. RPC-2/ RPES-2 (canted style) installs on wood roofs without insulation. H. Fabricate platform curbs, adapters, pipe curbs, curb covers, square to round, column and tube counter flashings as necessary for complete watertight systems at roof penetrations. I. All roof curbs are structural and shall include calculations signed and sealed by a registered Structural Engineer. Refer to installation drawings for any additional requirements. If curbs do not span a minimum of two bar joists, only two angles will be required. Coordination with Architect's Structural Engineer for mechanical equipment weight loading on the roof structure shall be by the Contractor and Architect based on approved equipment submittals. HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 23 57 60-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Screws: Fasteners as instructed by manufacturer for pre-engineered metal buildings. 2.4 PLATFORM CURBS A. Structural Platform curbs 1. Material: ASTM A 653 G90 hot-dipped Galvanized steel. a. Minimum 18 gauge or as engineered by manufacturer 2. Corners: Mitered and welded. Bolted and connections are not accepted. 3. Internally reinforced with Galvanized 1 inch by 1 inch by 12 gauge angles for curbs exceeding 3 feet in length. Reinforced internal bulkhead at wider curbs to support lateral loads. 4. Wood Nailers: Factory installed, pressure treated. Size and width as suitable for support of items installed on curbs. 5. Provide 1/4" plywood top with support channels as required. B. Insulation: Factory installed 1-1/2 inch thick three-pound density fiberglass insulation. C. Curb Height: Minimum 12 inch above finished roof. D. Construct curbs to match roof slope with plumb and level top surface for mounting mechanical equipment. E. Counter Flashing: 18 gauge Galvanized steel. F. Cants: Wood or fiber for built-up or modified bitumen roofing systems (not required for single ply roofing) 1. RPPF-1 (raised cant) roof curb installs on top of metal decks with installation. 2. RPPF-2 (canted) roof curb installs on roofs without insulations. 2.5 PIPE CURBS A. Provide 18 gage Galvanized steel shell, base plate, and counter flashing, with internal reinforcement and factory-installed treated-wood perimeter nailer at top; welded construction. B. Design Basis: "Model RPVP-3"; pipe curb with side outlets. C. 90-degree pipe chase: standard model of Roof Products, Inc.; size as required with mounting flange. D. Cant strip shall be provided an installed by roofing Contractor. E. Pleated and bellows-Type boot flashing; manufacturer's standard products of pleated or stepped EPDM rubber or silicone material; one piece construction sized as necessary for the penetrating work. Acceptance manufactures are: 1. "Dektite"; by ITW Buildex 2. "Deckmate"; by Portal Plus 3. "Alumi-Flash"; by Portal Plus HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 23 57 60-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Miscellaneous work: 1. Provide all manufacturer's additional items, such as but not limited to platforms, adapters, pipe curbs, curb covers, square to round, column and tube counter flashings as required for a complete and weather-tight installation at each roof accessory. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section. Do not work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. Ensure that all curbs, equipment supports and rails are installed prior to the installation of the steel roof deck. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with Contract Document provisions and manufacturer's instructions. Where in conflict, follow the requirements that are more stringent, and verify with Architect before beginning work. B. Anchor products securely to structural substrates, as required by structural design, adequate to withstand imposed loading and lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. C. Equipment Supports: Span minimum two structural members. D. Do not apply load to cantilever exceeding 2 foot length, for equipment supports. E. Coordinate with installation of roof system as required to ensure that each element of the work performs properly, and that combined elements are waterproof and weather-tight. F. Isolation: where metal surfaces of units are installed in contact with dissimilar metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply Bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation as recommended by metal producer. G. Clean up exposed metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. H. Do not apply load to cantilever exceeding 4 foot lengths for roof curbs. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Replace or repair installations not conforming to specified requirements including installations out of level and out of plumb. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave installation clean, free of debris and residue resulting from work of this Section. END OF SECTION 23 57 60 HVAC ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 23 57 60-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 86 00 POWER VENTILATORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Centrifugal roof ventilators. B. Ceiling and inline ventilators. C. Roof supply fans. D. Utility fans. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500—Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 231700—Motors and Motor Controllers C. Section 232400—Sound and Vibration Control D. Section 239510—Controls E. Section 239900—Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Fans shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705 "Power Ventilators." B. UL Compliance: Fans and components shall be UL listed and labeled. C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Compliance (NRTL): Fans and components shall be NRTL listed and labeled. The term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. D. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards. E. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." F. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 "Test Code for Sound Rating." Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Sound Ratings Seal. POWER VENTILATORS 23 86 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 G. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard 210/ASHRAE Standard 51- Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections: 2. Product data for selected models, including specialties, accessories, and the following: a. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories. C. Materials gages and finishes, include color charts. d. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. e. Full color paint samples. 3. Shop drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, components, and location and size of field connections. 4. Wiring diagrams that detail power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring. 5. Product certificates, signed by manufacturer, certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 6. Maintenance data for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and Division 23 Section "Basic Materials and Methods". 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Fans shall be stored and handled in accordance with the unit manufacturer's instructions. B. B. Lift and support units with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. C. Disassemble and reassemble units as required for movement into the final location following manufacturer's written instructions. D. Deliver fan units as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shipping limitations,with protective crating and covering. POWER VENTILATORS 23 86 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated,and fan has been test run under observation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. ACME, Inc. B. Loren Cook Company C. Greenheck Fan Corporation D. Substitutions under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Provide fans that are factory fabricated and assembled, factory tested, and factory finished with indicated capacities and characteristics. B. Fans and Shafts shall be statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at the maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower. C. Provide factory baked-enamel finish coat after assembly. Color shall be verified during the submittal process. 2.03 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Fan shall be a spun aluminum, centrifugal, roof mounted, direct driven or belt driven as indicated. B. Fan shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL 705). Fan shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for sound and air performance. C. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed of minimum 16 gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure. The aluminum base shall have continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. The discharge baffle conduit chase shall be provided through the curb cap and into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections. The motor, bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14 gauge steel power assembly, isolated from the unit structure with rubber vibration isolators. These components shall be enclosed in a weather-tight compartment, separated from the POWER VENTILATORS 23 86 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 exhaust airstream. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum nameplate and shall be shipped in transit tested packaging. D. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100% aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA standard 204-96, balance quality and vibration levels for fans. E. Motor shall be heavy duty type with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. F. Bearings shall be designed and individually tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball type in a cast iron housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. G. Accessories: The following accessories are required. 1. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal overload protection mounted inside fan housing,factory-wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 2. Bird Screens: Removable%inch mesh, 16 gauge, aluminum or brass wire. 3. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base,factory set to close when fan stops. 4. Dampers: Motor-operated, parallel-blade, volume control dampers mounted in curb base. 5. Roof Curbs: Prefabricated, 12 inch high, heavy-gauge, galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 2 inch thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; built-in cant and mounting flange for flat roof decks; and 2 inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 2.04 UTILITY FANS A. Fans shall be of the direct driven or belt driven utility fan type as indicated with a single width, single inlet housing in AMCA arrangement 10. B. The housing shall be constructed of minimum 14 gauge steel with continuously welded or lock formed seams permitting no air leakage. The housing shall be field rotatable to any of the eight standard discharge positions. Housing and bearing supports shall be constructed of minimum 10 gauge welded steel members to prevent vibration and rigidly support the shaft and bearings. Side access inspection port shall be provided for access to the motor compartments. C. The fan wheel shall be of the forward curved type C, non-overloading backward inclined, centrifugal fan type and constructed of heavy gauge steel. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The wheel cone and fan inlet cone shall be carefully matched for maximum performance and operating efficiency. POWER VENTILATORS 23 86 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy duty, ball bearing type carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. The fan shaft shall be ground and polished solid steel mounted in heavy duty, permanently sealed, pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. The motor pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing. E. Fan performance shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 test code for air moving devices. Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for air performance. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. END OF SECTION 23 86 00 POWER VENTILATORS 23 86 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 88 10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ceiling air diffusers. B. Wall registers and grilles. C. Louvers. D. Other air devices indicated on drawings and schedules. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500—Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 238900—Metal Ductwork C. Section 239100—Ductwork Accessories D. Section 239900—Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air distribution devices of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with ARI 650 "Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets". 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air distribution devices in accordance with ASHRAE 70"Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets". 3. AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA 500 "Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters". 4. AMCA Seal: Provide louvers bearing AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 5. NFPA Compliance: Install air distribution devices in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 23 88 10-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air distribution devices including the following: 1. Schedule of air distribution devices indicating drawing designation, room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 2. Data sheet for each type of air distribution devices, and accessory furnished; indicating construction,finish, and mounting details. 3. Performance data for each type of air distribution devices furnished, including aspiration ability,temperature and velocity traverses;throw and drop; and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawing for each type of air distribution devices, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data,including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver air distribution devices wrapped in factory-fabricated fiber-board type containers. Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices. B. Store air distribution devices in original cartons and protect from weather and construction worktraffic. Where possible,store indoors;when necessary to store outdoors,store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Warrant the installation of the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from defective or nonconforming workmanship. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 DIFFUSER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Titus Company B. Price C. Nailor Industries AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 23 88 10-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Krueger E. Substitutions under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard air devices when shown of size, shape, capacity, type and accessories indicated on drawings and schedules, constructed of materials and components as indicated and as required for complete installation and proper air distribution. B. Provide air devices that have,as minimum,temperature and velocity traverses,throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, the finish shall be#26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100 hour ASTM D117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250 hour ASTM-870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D-2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50 inch pound force applied. D. Provide air device with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling or wall system, and that are specially manufactured to fit into the wall construction or ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural construction drawings and specifications for types of wall construction and ceiling systems. E. Provide integral volume damper with roll formed steel blades where indicated on drawings or schedules. Dampers shall be opposed blade design with a screw driver slot or a concealed lever operator for adjustment through the face of the air device. F. Air devices designated for fire rated systems shall be pre-assembled with UL classified radiation damper and thermal blanket. Fire rated air devices shall be shipped completely assembled; one assembly per carton. Each assembly shall be enclosed in plastic shrink wrap with installation instructions. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 All interior surfaces of all air devices shall be painted flat black. 3.02 See floor plans for type, neck size and CFM of air for all air distribution devices. 3.03 Install all air distribution devices as detailed on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 23 88 10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 23 88 10-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 89 00 METAL DUCTWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ductwork. B. Medium and high pressure ductwork. C. Casings. D. Underground buried ducts. E. Kitchen hood ductwork. F. Laboratory fume hood exhaust ductwork. G. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500- Basic Material and Methods. B. Section 231400-Supports and Anchors. C. Section 232900- Duct Insulation. D. Section 239100- Ductwork Accessories. E. Section 238810-Air Distribution Devices. F. Section 239900-Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of types, materials and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 C. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with latest SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 2. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with ASHRAE Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter 1 "Duct Construction", for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 3. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems", and NFPA 96 Standard. 4. IECC 2015: Comply with the 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. 1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, duct fabrication standards and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work. C. The contract documents are schematic in nature and are to be used only for design intent.The contractor shall prepare sheet metal shop drawings, fully detailed and drawn to scale, indicating all structural conditions, all plumbing pipe and light fixture coordination, and all offsets and transitions as required to permit the duct to fit in the space allocated and built. All duct revisions required as a result of the contractor not preparing fully detailed shop drawings will be performed at no additional cost. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain indicated clear size inside lining. Where offsets or transitions are required, the duct shall be the equivalent size based on constant friction rate. B. Low Pressure: Three pressure classifications: % inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,000 fpm; 1 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,500 fpm, and 2 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm. Low pressure ductwork shall be defined as all return, exhaust, and outside air ducts associated with constant volume air handling METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 units with a scheduled external static pressure of less than 1.5", and all supply ductwork downstream of terminal units in variable volume systems. C. Medium Pressure: Three pressure classifications: 3 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities greater than 2,000 fpm but less than 3,000 fpm, 4 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 3,000 fpm but less than 4,000 fpm, and 6 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 4,000 fpm. Medium pressure ductwork shall be defined as all supply ducts extending from variable volume air handling units to terminal units in variable volume systems with air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure of less than 4". The supply ductwork of constant volume air handling units having scheduled external static pressure greater than 2" and less than 4" shall be rated for medium pressure. D. High Pressure: 10 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 6,000 fpm. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protection: Protect shop-fabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings, use sheet metal end caps on any lined duct exposed to the weather and use 3 mil vinyl wrap with duct tape on end pieces where stored inside. B. Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Sheet Metal.: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with G 90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A167; Type 316; with No. 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No. 1 finish elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective paper, maintained through fabrication and installation. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003,Temper H14. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Non combustible and conforming to UL 181, Class 1 air duct materials. B. Flexible Ducts: Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. Type 1M or approved equal, corrosive resistant galvanized steel formed and mechanically locked to inner fabric with factory wrapped insulation blanket with aluminum vapor barrier and an R-6 thermal conductance. Flexible duct shall have reinforced metalized outer jacket comply with UL 181, Class 1 air duct. Equivalent manufactures are Thermaflex. C. Sealants: Hard-Cast "iron grip" or approved equal, non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive and shall not be a solvent curing product. Sealants shall be compatible with mating materials, liquid used alone or with tape or heavy mastic. D. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1. For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support materials. 2. For aluminum ductwork, provide aluminum support materials. 2.03 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with latest SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by approved shop drawings. Obtain engineer's approval prior to using round duct in lieu of rectangular duct. 1. Exposed round ductwork shall have flanged connections. Slip connections are not allowed. C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil-turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Use crimp joints with bead for joining round duct sizes 6 inch smaller with crimp in direction of airflow. F. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded when concealed. Where joints are exposed to public view, only gasketed flanged fittings shall be used. Prime coat all welded joints. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. 2.04 MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTS A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1% times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil- turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is required, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Weld in place. C. Transform duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence and 30 degrees convergence. D. Fabricate continuously welded medium and high pressure round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 2.05 CASINGS A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and construct for operating pressures indicated. B. Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18 gage METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 galvanized expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C. Reinforce doorframes with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. Provide clear wire glass observation ports, minimum 6 X 6 inch size. D. Fabricate acoustic casings with reinforcing turned inward. Provide 16 gage back facing and 22 gage perforated front facing with 3/32 inch diameter holes on 5/32 inch centers. Construct panels 3 inches thick packed with 4.5 lb./cubic foot minimum glass fiber media, on inverted channels of 16 gage. 2.06 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, High Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and NFPA 96. B. Construct of 16 gage carbon steel or 18 gage stainless steel, using continuous external welded joints. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain manufacturer's inspection and acceptance of fabrication and installation of ductwork at beginning of installation. B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D. Connect terminal units to medium or high pressure ducts with four feet maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. E. Connect diffusers or troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 6 feet maximum, 4 feet minimum, length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. G. The interior surface of all ductwork shall be smooth. No sheet metal parts, tabs, angles, or anything else may project into the ducts for any reason, except as specified to be so. All seams and joints shall be external. H. All ductwork located exposed on roof shall be "crowned" to prevent water from ponding. Ref: Insulation for additional requirements. I. Where ducts pass through floors, provide structural angles for duct support. Where ducts pass through walls in exposed areas, install suitable sheet metal escutcheons as closers. J. All angles shall be carried around all four sides of the duct or group of ducts. Angles shall overlap corners and be welded or riveted. K. All ductwork shall be fabricated in a manner to prevent the seams or joints being cut for the installation of grilles, registers, or ceiling outlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Determine the minimum length of flexible duct needed for each connection. Excess flex causing tight bends and increased pressure drops are not acceptable. Do not exceed 6'- 0" extended length. B. Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA's, "HVAC Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible". C. Cut outer vapor barrier and insulation. Fold back insulation and outer vapor barrier to expose inner core. Using sheet metal snips, cut the inner core. D. Connect the inner core to the tap or collar by pulling it a minimum of 1" over the collar. E. Where collars are less than 1" in length, i.e. diffusers, connect a separate collar to the existing collar and proceed as described in 3.02.0 above. F. Wrap the core twice with UL181 Tape over the collar. Secure the connection by placing a clamp over the tap or collar, UL listed Panduit clamps for collars with beads and Stainless Steel clamps for collars without beads are acceptable. G. Roll the insulation and vapor barrier back over the collar or tap as described in 3.02.0 above and wrap twice with UL181 Tape. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 H. Secure the outer vapor barrier with a clamp as described in 3.02.F above if desired. I. For Medium to High Pressure applications, use duct sealer for 3.02.F and 3.02.G in lieu of UL181 Tape. J. Flexible duct shall be hung with proper support to minimize sagging and snaking between supports. Maximum of 4'-0" between supports. Hanger material will be a minimum of 1 1/2"wide. K. Supports will be used before all vertical 90' bends to prevent sagging and ensure a 1.5 center line turn radius of flexible duct. 3.03 REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIT CASINGS A. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position. 3.04 REQUIREMENTS FOR KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT A. Provide residue traps in kitchen hood exhaust ducts at base of vertical risers with provisions for cleanout. B. Provide access openings in each change in direction, located on sides of duct 1'/2' minimum from bottom, and fitted with grease-tight covers of same material as duct C. Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to view. 3.05 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL Low Pressure Supply Steel, Aluminum Medium and High Pressure Steel Supply Return and Relief Steel, Aluminum General Exhaust Steel, Aluminum Kitchen Hood Exhaust Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.06 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All ductwork shall be properly suspended or supported from the building structure. Hangers shall be galvanized steel straps or hot-dipped galvanized rod with threads pointed after installation. Strap hanger shall be attached to the bottom of the ductwork, provide a minimum of two screws one at the bottom and one in the side of each strap on metal ductwork. The spacing, size and installation of hangers shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the latest SMACNA edition. B. All duct risers shall be supported by angles or channels secured to the sides of the ducts at each floor with sheet metal screws or rivets. The floor supports may also be secured to ducts by rods, angles or flat bar to the duct joint or reinforcing. Structural steel supports for duct risers shall be provided under this Division. 3.07 DUCT JOINTS AND SEAMS A. Seal all non-welded duct joints and seams with duct sealant as indicated. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections in metallic and non-metallic ducts shall be constructed as per specified in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections shall be sealed in accordance with the latest adopted International Energy Conservation Code edition. 3.08 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition) Test all ductwork (designed to handle over 1000 CFM) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air--a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. C. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage,the pressure differential will be zero. C. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 89 00 METAL DUCTWORK 23 89 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 23 99 00 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the contract and general requirements in Division 1 apply to work specified in all section of Division 23. B. All Division 23 specification sections, drawings, and general provisions of the contract apply to work of this section, as do other documents referred to this section. C. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. D. Requirements for submittals, shop drawings, and substitutions, Division 1, Section 013000 and 016000, apply to work specified in all sections of Division 23. E. The basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. The publications listed below from a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE CONCIL(AABC) (2002) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems NATIONAL EVROMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) (1998) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems (1994) Procedural Standards for the Measurement and Assessment of Sound and Vibration B. TAB shall be preformed in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the TAB Firm's qualifications are approved, i.e., AABC or NEBB procedural standards, unless otherwise specifies herein.All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB standard shall be considered mandatory.The provisions of the TAB Standard, including checklists, report forms, etc. Shall, as nearly as practical, be used to satisfy the Contract requirements.The TAB standard shall be used for all aspects of TAB, including qualifications,for the TAB Firm and Specialist and calibration of TAB TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 instruments. Where the instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the TAB Standard,the manufacture's recommendations shall be adhered to. All quality assurance provisions of the TAB Standard such as performance guarantees shall be part of this contract. For systems or system components not covered in the TAB standard TAB procedures shall be developed by the TAB Specialist. Where new procedures, requirements, etc. applicable to the Contact requirements have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the TAB Standard used (AABC or NEBB), the requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be considered mandatory. C. The TAB contractor shall submit all questions regarding interpretations and questions regarding these standards in writing or as required by documents to the A/E team who shall provide formal reply in ka reasonable time. Decisions of the A/E team shall be final. 1.03 DEFINITIONS AND SIMILAR TERMS A. In some instances,terminology differs between the Contract TAB Standard primarily because the intent of this section is to use the industry standards specified, along with the additional requirements listed herein to produce optimal results. The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only. Contract requirements take precedent the corresponding AABC or NEBB where differences. CONTRACT TERM AABC TERM NEBB TERM TAB Standard National Standard Procedural Standards Testing and Balancing for Testing Adjusting Heating, Ventilating, and Environmental System Air Conditioning System TAB Specialist TAB Engineer TAB Supervisor System Readiness Construction Phase Field Readiness Check Inspection Check& Preliminary Field Procedures 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The TAB of the air conditioning systems will be performed by an independent, impartial technical firm whose operations are limited only to the field of professional TAB, and is not a part or subsidiary of any other project contractor or subcontractor,to include, but not limited to General Contractor, and Mechanical; Contractor.The TAB work will be done under the direct supervision of qualified Professional Engineer employed as a full time employee of TAB firm. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. The TAB agency shall be either a member of AABC or certified by the NEBB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and specifications. C. QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR PERSONAL: Submit evidence to show that the people who shall be in charge of correcting deficiencies for balancing the systems are qualified. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require that the originally approved personal be replaced with other qualified personnel if, in the Owner and Engineer's opinion, the original personnel are not qualified to properly place the system in condition for balancing. D. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of specified herein. If,for any reason,the firm losses subject certification during this period,the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty,then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB firm for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner,Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives.Any firm that has been the subject to disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including TAB.All work specified in this section and in other related sections to be performed by the TAB firm shall be considered invalid if the TAB firm losses its certification prior to contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representative.The TAB firm shall have an occupied office within 100 miles of the project site. E. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM PERSONAL: 1. A minimum of one registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State the work is performed, is required to be in permanent employment of the firm. 2. The TAB Specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the firm certified by NEBB.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason the Specialist losses subject certification during this period,the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty,then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner,Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible performed any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB. All work specified in this section and other related sections to be performed by the TAB Specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist losses certification prior to the contract completion and must be performed by an TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 approved successor, at no additional cost to the Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. 3. Personal used on the job site shall be either Professional Engineers or technicians, who shall have been permanent, full time employees of the firm for a minimum of six months prior to the start of work for that specified project. 4. Evidence shall be submitted to show that the personal who actually balanced the systems are qualified. Evidence showing that the personnel have passed the tests required by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) shall be required. F. ACCEPTABLE TAB FIRMS SHALL INCLUDE: 1. PHI Service Agency (361-248-4861) 2. Engineering Air Balance Company(210-736-9494) 3. Testing Specialties (210-492-8885) 4. TCx Synergy(361-960-3475) 1.05 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor will contract with a professional TAB firm under the provisions of paragraph 1.04 of this section. B. The TAB firm will be responsible for inspecting, adjusting, balancing, and logging the data on the performance of fans, dampers in the duct system, and air distribution devices.The Contactor and the various subcontractors of the equipment installed shall cooperate with the TAB firm to furnish necessary data on the design and proper applications of the system components and provide labor ad material required to eliminate deficiencies or poor performance. D. The work included in this section consists of furnishing labor, instruments, and tools required in testing, adjusting, and balancing the HVAC systems, as described in these specifications or shown on accompanying drawings. Services shall include checking equipment performance, taking specified measurements, recording and reporting the results.The items requiring testing, adjusting, and balancing include the following(as applicable to contract drawings): AIR SYSTEMS Exhaust Fans VAV Terminal Units Diffusers, Registers, &Grilles Coils (Air Temperature) TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Recirc Pumps Mixing Valves Circuit Setters 1.06 SUBMITTALS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. The name of the selected AABC or NEBB certified firm shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30 days after contract award. B. Within 30 days after the award of contract,the TAB firm shall submit for approval an organizational chart and proof of current certification which shall identify all AABC or NEBB certified Supervisors or Specialist.The TAB firm shall submit a company resumes listing personal and project experience in air and hydronic system balancing.TAB firm will also provide information showing successful completion for three similar scope projects for which the firm is being contracted. C. Within 30 days after the award of contract,the TAB firm will submit for approval the name of the TAB Specialist and/or Professional Engineer, who will have direct supervision of all TAB related labor through completion of project. D. Within 30 days after the award of contract the TAB firm shall submit TAB procedures and agenda proposed to be used. E. Within 30 days after the award of contract, but prior to TAB field measurements,the TAB firm shall submit sample report forms, sample report forms, which shall include minimum data required by either the AABC or NEBB National Standards. F. Within 15 days of notification of approval of TAB firm and TAB Specialist by engineer,TAB firm shall conduct a Design Review of contract drawings and submit a Design Review report. G. Proposed date and time for execution of Systems Readiness Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection.A copy of the Systems Readiness Inspection Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. H. Proposed date and time to begin field measurements, making adjusting, ext.,for the TAB report, shall be submitted with the Systems Readiness Inspection Report. I. Six(6) copies of the completed TAB Report shall be submitted for approval no later than 7 days after the execution of TAB. All copies of TAB Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 J. Proposed date and time to begin TAB Completion Verification, shall be submitted with the TAB Report. Six(6) copies of TAB Completion Verification Report shall be submitted no later than 7 days after execution of TAB verification. K. Proposed date and time for execution of Opposite Season Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection. 1.07 INSTRUMENTATION A. All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibrated.TAB firm shall submit list of all instruments,to include gauges,thermometers, flow measuring hoods, and other balancing devices to be used in balancing the system. The list will indicate name of equipment,function, model number, serial number, date of the last calibration, and date calibration is due.TAB firm shall submit copies of calibration certificates for all test instruments used showing all devices were properly calibrated before proceeding with system balancing. All instruments will be within one year of calibration for duration of the project. If duration of project exceeds the tenure of instrument calibration,then said instrument must be recalibrated, and copy of calibration certificate sent to Engineer, before the instrument is placed into continued use. 1.08 TAB PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. It is the intent of this specification section to provide for a completely tested, adjusted, and balanced (TAB) installation without overlaps or omissions between the installing contractor and the TAB contractor.The installing contractors are those who perform the installation of this work and make all preparations for the TAB contractor who performs the testing, adjusting, and balancing described herein. B. The contactor Manager or General Contractor performing the General construction work shall coordinate the work of the contractors performing the Mechanical, Electrical, Automatic Temperature Control, and TAB work to provide complete properly tested, adjusted, and balanced systems.The Construction Manager or General Manager shall require and provide a start-up report for each piece of equipment furnished. C. The contractor performing the HVAC work shall coordinate all Mechanical work, including Sheet Metal work and Automatic Temperature Controls, to provide a complete, properly tested adjusted and balanced system throughout. He shall furnish progress reports regarding this phase of the work on a regular basis as directed.At such time as the systems are started up,the Contractor performing the Mechanical work shall provide TAB Contractor with documentation that the duct systems have been tested to the satisfaction of the Duct Leak Test Specifications.The Mechanical Contractor shall insure that all comments are installed and operating, and the major components such as fans, pumps, refrigeration machines, and the like are capable of producing the scheduled capacity requirements.The requirement does not relieve the Mechanical Contractor of any other requirements specified elsewhere. Should any of these components or systems not be TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 capable of producing these requirements, he shall make corrections within the limits of his responsibility or as otherwise authorized and shall certify in writing that the systems are ready for final testing and balancing by the Tab contractor. D. The contractor performing the Electrical work shall work coordinate all electrical work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is electrically operable, including the check for proper rotation of equipment. E. The Contractor performing the Automatic Temperature Controls work shall coordinate all controls work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is operational from an Automatic Temperature Controls standpoint.This contractor shall also provide to TAB contractor all necessary submittal information, software, and/or personal complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems. F. The TAB contractor shall from the award of contract, begin preparation. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. The drawing and specifications have indicated valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices for the purpose of adjustment to obtain optimum operating conditions, install these devices in a manner that leaves them accessible, provide access as requested by the TAB firm. B. Have systems complete and in operational readiness prior to notifying the TAB firm the project is ready for their services, and certify in writing to the Construction Manager that such a condition exists. C. As a part of the Work of this Section, make changes in the sheaves, belts, and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance of new work as required by TAB firm, at no additional cost to owner. D. Fully examine the existing system to be balanced,to determine, whether or not sufficient volume dampers, balancing valves,thermometers,gauges, pressure in the duct systems, means of determining water flow, and other means of taking data needed for proper water and air balancing are existing. Submit to the Engineer in writing a listing of omitted items considered necessary to balance existing systems. Submit the list and proposal as a cost add item. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Verify that fresh air louvers are free of blockage, coils are clean and fresh air ducts to each air handling unit has individually adjustable volume regulating dampers. F. Provide correct, repair, or replace deficient items or conditions found during the testing, adjusting, and balancing period. G. In order that systems may be properly tested, balanced, and adjusted as specified, operate the systems at no expense for the Owner at the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion and readiness for TAB period. H. Project Contract completion schedules shall allow time for allowance to permit the successful completion of TAB services to Owner's final inspection and expectance. Complete, operational readiness, prior to commencement of TAB services, shall include the following services of the Contractor: 1. Construction status of building shall permit the closing of doors, window, ceilings, installed and penetrations complete, to obtain project operating conditions. 2. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: a. Verify installation for conformity to design. Supply, return, and exhaust ducts terminated and pressure tested for leakage as specified. b. Volume and fire dampers properly located and functional. Dampers serving requirements of minimum and maximum outside air, return and relief shall provide tight closure and full opening, smooth and free operation. C. Supply return, exhaust and transfer grilles, registers and diffusers. d. Air handling systems, units and associated apparatus, such as heating and cooling coils,filter sections, access doors, ect., shall be blanked and sealed to eliminate excessive bypass or leakage of air. e. Fans (supply and exhaust) operating and verified for freedom from vibrations, proper fan rotation and belt tension; overload heater elements shall be of proper size and rating; record motor amperage and voltage and verify that these functions do not exceed nameplate ratings. f. Furnish or revise fan drives or motors as necessary to attain the specified air volumes. 3. WATER CIRCLULATING SYSTEMS a. Position valves pertinent to system design and require operation to permit full flow of water through system components. Operate systems under full flow conditions until circulating water is clean. Remove and clean strainers as required during this cycle of operation. b. Record each pump motor amperage and voltage. Readings shall not exceed nameplate rating. C. Verify, on new equipment, electrical starter overload heater elements to be of proper size and rating. d. Ensure that water circulating systems shall be full of water and free of air; expansion tanks set for proper water level, and air vents installed at high points of systems and operating freely. Advise Owner of deficiencies. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 e. Check and set operating temperatures of heat exchangers to design requirements. 4. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS a. Verify that control components are installed in accordance with project documents and functional, electrical interlocks, damper sequences, air and water resets,fire and freeze stats. b. Controlling instruments shall be functional and set for design operating conditions. Factory pre-calibration of room thermostats and pneumatic equipment will not be acceptable. C. The temperature shall be regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between the controlling instruments and calibrated by the TAB Contractor. Advise Owner of deficiencies or malfunctions. 3.02 SERVICES OF THE TAB FIRM A. The TAB firm will act as liaison between the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor and inspect the installation of mechanical piping system, sheet metal work, temperature controls and other component parts of the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems being retrofitted, repaired, or added under this Contract. The re-inspection of the Work will cover that part related to proper arrangement and adequate provision for the testing and balancing and will be done when the Work is 80 percent complete. B. Upon completion of the installation and start—up of the mechanical equipment,to check, adjust, and balance system components to obtain optimum conditions in each conditioned space in the building. Prepare and submit to the Owner complete reports on the balance and operations of the systems. C. Measurements and recorded readings of air,water and electricity that appear in the TAB reports will be done by the permanently employed technicians or engineers of the TAB firm. D. Make an inspection in the building during the opposite season from that in which the initial adjustments were made. At the time, make necessary modifications to the initial adjustments required to produce optimum operation of system components to effect the proper conditions as indicated on the Drawings.At time of opposite season check-out,the Owner's representative will be notified before readings and adjustments are made. E. In fan systems,the air quantities indicated on the Drawings may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of two degrees with each separately controlled space, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drive and motors if necessary,without cost to the Owner,to attain the specified air volumes. F. The various existing water circulating systems shall be cleaned, filled, purged, of air, and put into operation before hydronic balancing. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.03 PROFESSIONAL REPORT A. Before the final acceptance of the report is made the TAB will furnish the Owner the following data to be approved by the Owner and Engineer. 1. Summary of main supply, return and exhaust duct pilot tube traverses and fan settings indicating minimum value required to achieve specified air volumes. 2. A listing of the measured air quantities at each outlet corresponding to the temperature tabulation as developed by the Engineer and TAB firm. 3. Air quantities at each return and exhaust air handling device. 4. Static pressure readings entering and leaving each supply fan exhaust fan,filter, coil, balancing dampers and other components of the systems included in the retrofit Work.These readings will be related to performance curves in terms of the CFM handled if available, 5. Motor current readings at each equipment motor on load side of capacitors.The voltages at the time of the reading shall be listed. 6. The final report shall certify test methods and instrumentation used,final velocity reading obtained,temperatures, pressure drops, RPM of equipment, amperage of motors, air balancing problems encountered, recommendations and uncompleted punch list items.The test results will be recorded on standard forms. 7. A summary of actual operating conditions shall be included with each system outlining normal and ventilation cycles of operation. The final report will act as a reference of actual operating conditions for the Owner's operating personal. 3.03 BALANCING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Place all equipment into full operation, and shall continue the operating during each working day of balancing and testing. If the air conditioning system is balanced during OFF-Peak cooling seasons Balancing Contractor shall return to rebalance air side system as required to put system in proper balance at that time. 2. The contractor shall submit detailed balancing and recording forms for approval. After the approval by the Architect, prepare complete set of forms for recording test data on each system.All Work shall be done under the supervision of Registered Professional Engineer. All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated to within 1%of scale and maintained in good working order. 3. Upon completion of the balancing and testing,the Balancing Contractor shall compile the test data in report forms, and forward five copies to the Architect for evaluation 4. The final report shall contain logged results of all tests, including such data as a. Tabulation of air volume at each outlet. b. Outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature. c. Inside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature in each conditioned space room or area. d. Actual fan capacities and static pressures. Motor current and voltage readings at each fan. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. AIR SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check fan rotation. 2. Check filters (balancing shall be done with clean filters). 3. Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements. 4. Test and record motor full load amperes. 5. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. 6. Test and adjust system for design cfm, return air and outside air(+2%). Change out fan sheaves as required to balance system. 7. Test and record entering air temperatures, db and wb. 8. Test and record leaving air temperature, db and wb 9. Adjust all zones to design cfm (+2%). 10. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 5%of design. C. WATER SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check pump operation 2. Check operation of all mixing valves. 3. Test water flow rate at all pumps. Adjust balancing valves as required. 4. Record water temperature entering and leaving the pump and water heater. 5. Record pump suction and discharge pressures. D. DX SYSTEMS: 1. Test and record suction and discharge pressures at each compressor and record ambient air temperature entering the condensing coils. 2. Test and record unit full load amps and voltage. 3. Test and record staging and unloading of unit required by sequence of operation or drawing schedule. E. Automatic temperature controls shall be calibrated and all thermostats and dampers, adjusted so that the control system is in proper operating condition, subject to approval of the Architect. F. The Air Balance Contractor shall report to Engineer all air distribution devices or other equipment that operate noisily so that corrective measures may be implemented by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. 3.04 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition)Test 50%of all ductwork (from VAV Air Handler to terminal unit) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air--a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. C. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage,the pressure differential will be zero. C. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 99 00 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 23 99 00-12 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall execute all work as hereinafter specified, as shown on the drawings or as necessary to provide complete and functioning systems. All items of labor, material or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection therewith, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.02 LAWS AND ORDINANCES: A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the federal, state, and local laws and ordinances having jurisdiction at the jobsite. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The Contractor at no increase in contract price shall make all modifications to the work, which may be required by an authority having legal jurisdiction over the work. 1.03 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. The Contractor shall have a Master Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. Additionally, and at all times while work is being performed, for every five or less craftsman working on the project site, at least one craftsman shall have a Journeyman Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. A city electrical construction permit will be required for this project. 1.04 THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The drawings and specifications shall be interpreted together, and any and all work included in either, though not in both, shall be part of the contracted work. The drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the project and existing job site conditions will permit. Any changes due to equipment supplied, conflict with the work of other trades or to make this work conform to the National Electrical Code shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Before submitting his bid, the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions and his bid shall be based on accepting conditions as they exist. 1.06 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment. Where two or more units of the same item are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. The Contractor shall unload and properly store all electrical materials and equipment delivered to the jobsite. 1.07 UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. The Contractor shall make arrangements for connection with the electrical utility company that will serve the jobsite and shall comply with all the rules, regulations and requirements of the utility company. The Contractor shall examine the site, confer with the utility company and verify the requirements for connections prior to bidding the work. The Contractor shall verify with the utility company the exact location of service tie-in points, cable routes, etc. Failure of the Contractor to contact the utility company and obtain such information prior to bidding the work shall not be considered as a basis for additional compensation. Where outages to existing electrical service are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the timing and duration of such outages with Owner's representative. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a meter enclosure for the utility company meter. The enclosure and installation shall be in accordance with utility company requirements. 1.08 SAFETY: A. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical Contractor to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required by local, state, and federal laws, including OSHA. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals for Approval: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 except as otherwise stated herein. 2. Within 30 calendar days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish seven (7)sets of drawings and data as described herein for Engineer approval. No item of equipment or material shall be ordered or shipped to the job site until the Engineer has given written approval of the submittal data. 3. The submittal data shall be bound in a 3-ring binder with dividers. The binder shall include a cover and a table of contents with the contractors name as well as the name of the project. All data shall be divided by specification section. 4. The submittal data for each item shall include descriptive literature, performance data, shop drawings technical literature and any other necessary data to readily identify that the equipment will meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. One complete submittal of drawings and data shall be made for all required items. Partial or incomplete submittals will be returned without comment. All copies furnished shall be manufacturer's original copies of good quality, legible photocopies or blue line prints. Copies transmitted by facsimile machine are not acceptable. 6. Submittal documents shall be job specific. Where manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog sheets are provided, they shall be marked to show specifically what is being furnished. Drawings shall be marked to show Owner's name, plant location, project description and equipment designation. 7. Substitutions for specified products shall be in compliance with Paragraph 1.10. 8. The Contractor shall review all manufacturers' submittals for completeness, accuracy and compliance with project specifications before submitting to Engineer. 9. The Engineer will review the complete submittal package and return five (5)sets to the Contractor with individual items marked in one of the following three forms: Reviewed as submitted Reviewed with comments Disapproved Items that are disapproved shall be corrected as required and shall be resubmitted to the Engineer for approval. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Approval of submittals, etc. shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from further responsibility, but rather as a means to coordinate the work and to aid in the proper selection and installation of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of the project. C. Submittal of Record Data: 1. Record Data: Provide seven (7)sets of record data books containing information listed below. The material shall be bound into appropriately sized 3 ring binders, organized with dividers and index sheets. The binders shall be appropriately labeled with the Owner's name, project name and location. The data books shall include: a. Certified as-built shop drawings for all fabricated equipment. b. Approved product data for all items required in Paragraph 1.09A. c. Spare parts lists d. Test records. 2. Record Drawings: Provide one (1)set of project drawings marked neatly and legibly in colored pencil to show any significant deviation between actual conditions and original design layout. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide seven (7)sets of manufacturer's operation and maintenance data on equipment and components. The data shall be organized into loose- leaf binders with dividers and master index. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Requirements for Substitutions: It is the intention of the drawings and specifications to establish a definite standard when a particular manufacturer's product is mentioned. Written requests for substitutions of equivalent products will be considered during the construction phase of the project provided all the following conditions are met. Substitutions for specified products will not be permitted unless all of the following conditions are met: 1. Manufacturer's Substitution requests shall be submitted as a question through CIVCAST by October 301", 2024, before 4:00pm. B. During Construction, substitution requests for specified products shall be submitted with the following information: 1. Request shall include complete technical data, i.e. product data sheets, curve, ratings, etc. 2. Request shall include a complete written comparison of differences and similarities between the proposed and specified product. Provide a written comparison for each substitution being requested. 3. Space and clearance requirements are adequate for products mentioned. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify space and clearance requirements for products proposed for substitution. 4. If modifications to the drawings and specifications are necessary for the proper installation of a product proposed for substitution, the request shall explain such in detail, accompanied by drawings if necessary. 5. Requests for substitutions will not be permitted unless all of the above conditions are met. 1.11 PROTECTION: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. All new work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times to prevent damage or breakage, either in transit, storage, installation or testing. All openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters, cribbing of any apparatus above floor construction and covering of apparatus in incomplete buildings with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Temporary electric heaters shall be installed to keep the apparatus dry. All rotating equipment and/or machinery shall be properly lubricated and rotated on a regular basis. All electrical materials and equipment damaged during handling, storage, and installation, until the Owner has accepted the project, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no increase in contract price. 1.12 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall not hinder and/or delay any work being accomplished by other construction companies at or near the general construction site; nor shall the Contractor impede normal operation of the Owner at any time except as otherwise indicated. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP: A. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular trades. All installations shall be complete in both effectiveness and appearance whether finally enclosed or left exposed. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal or replacement of any item which, in his opinion, does not present a reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance, providing that same can be properly installed in an orderly way by usual methods for such work. All specialties and appurtenances shall be installed to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified. 1.14 EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS: A. This Contractor shall make electrical connections to equipment installed by other trades. The mechanical contractor shall install all motor driven equipment and motors furnished under this contract. 1. The Contractor shall verify the electrical requirements of equipment and appliances furnished by others with data provided by the successful vendor or vendors. The Contractor shall provide the proper sized circuits, circuit breakers, starters, disconnect switches, receptacles, etc. as required to connect this equipment. If changes are required to electrical systems shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall make these changes at no additional cost to Owner. 1.15 CUTTING AND REPAIRING: A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work to eliminate cutting of the construction except as specified. Where it becomes necessary to cut through the construction to permit the installation of work or the repair of defective work, it shall be done by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. The Contractor without additional compensation shall pay the cost of cutting and repairing. No cutting shall be done to any structural members unless the Engineer grants specific permission, in writing. 1.16 SLEEVES, INSERTS, SUPPORTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, FLASHING AND FOUNDATIONS: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, supports, anchor bolts, flashing, counter flashing and foundations required for the proper installation of the proposed work. 1.17 CLEANING: A. All debris resulting from the construction shall be removed from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, unused materials and equipment shall be removed from the project site. All visible labels, dirt overspray, paint, grease, and stains shall be removed from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approval or giving parts numbers shall be left in place. 1.18 TESTING: A. The Contractor shall test the entire wiring system for proper voltage level and balance, and for short circuits and grounds in accordance with established methods upon completion of work. The system shall operate satisfactorily in every respect. This Contractor shall make all corrections to accomplish such. 1.19 INSPECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Engineer or the Engineer's Inspector in making periodic and final inspections of the work. This assistance shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing of labor, tools, etc. to operate equipment and demonstrate its proper functioning. Also included shall be the removal of outlet,junction box and panel covers, etc. as necessary for the Engineer to inspect the work. 1.20 GUARANTEE: A. Any defects from imperfect or improper materials or faults arising from improper workmanship that may appear within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance of the system shall be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Any defects or faults shall be attended to within ten (10)days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Failure to promptly attend to said defects or faults shall be sufficient cause for the Owner to correct the problem with the Owner's forces or the forces of others and invoice the Contractor for any and all charges, including management and overhead, related to correcting said problem. END OF SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 03 00 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Related SECTIONS: 1. SECTION 01 91 00-GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning of the lighting system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner or shall be performed by the installing contractor if the owner has not hired a commissioning firm.The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications: 1. CxA—Certified Commissioning Authority—ACG 2. CBCP—Certified Building Commissioning Professional—AEE 3. CCP—Certified Commissioning Professional—BCA 4. CPMP—Certified Process Management Professional —ASHRAE 5. BSC—Building System Commissioning Certification—NEBB B. The commissioning provider(Commissioning authority) shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including, but not limited to, conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting, preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists, preparing functional test scripts, participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor: Responsibilities of the Contractor as relate to Commissioning Process include, but are not limited to the following: COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority. 2. Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3. Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility, safety, and impact on warranty, and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on same. 4. Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer's recommended performance testing of equipment and systems. 5. Provide Operations & Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6. Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 7. Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. 8. Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre- Functional Checklists has been completed. 9. Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and Pre- Functional Checklists. 10. Provide data concerning performance, installation, and start-up of systems. 11. Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 12. Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer's recommended procedure, and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a. Contractor shall carry out manufacturer's recommended start-up and testing procedures, regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre-Functional Checklists. b. Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications, but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority. COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 13. Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 14. Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 15. Provide test instruments and communications devices, as prescribed by Commissioning authority, required for carrying out Testing of systems. 16. Proprietarytest equipment required bythe manufacturer,whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment, demonstrate its use, and assist in the commissioning process. Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 17. Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. 18. Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals, start-up instructions manuals, operating parameters, and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 19. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program outline for each system. 20. Coordinate and provide training of Owner's personnel. 21. Prepare Operation & Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications; submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions. Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority's comments. 22. Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents.All costs associated with the participation of Contractor, Sub-Contractors, Design Professionals, and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B. Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning Agent proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems,according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority. C. Electrical contractor shall provide a letter certifying the installed lighting controls meet documented performance criteria specified in the commissioning plan within 90 days COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 of substantial completion. 1.4 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. Commissioning Process tasks and activities: a. Commissioning kick-off meeting: Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. b. Pre-functional checklists: Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. C. Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority. d. Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. e. Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. f. Systems manual: Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. g. Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B. Electrical System Equipment to be tested a. Occupancy sensors. b. Time switch controls C. Daylighting controls. C. Testing functions and conditions a. Daylighting control devices a. Verify the devices have been calibrated, properly located and adjusted. COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 b. Loads adjust to light level set points in response to daylight. c. Location of calibration equipment is accessible to authorized personnel only. b. Time switches a. Verify schedule,time, date and programming is accurate. b. Verify override time limit is set, battery is installed and switch operates the lights that are specified in the design documents. c. All specified lights can be turned on and off by area control switch. d. Manual override switch allows only the lights in the space where the switch is located turn on or remain on until next scheduled shutoff. C. Occupant sensors: a. Certify the sensor has been located and aimed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. b. For projects with fewer than seven sensors, each sensor shall be tested. c. Fore projects with more than seven occupant sensors, testing shall be done for each unique combination of sensor type and space geometry. Where multiples of each combination are provided not less than 10 percent shall be tested. d. Verify correct operation of status indicators. e. Controlled lights turn off or down to the permitted level with in the required time. f. For auto-on sensor,the lights turn-on to the permitted level when an occupant enters space. g. Verify the lights are not incorrectly turned-on by movement in adjacent areas or by HVAC operation. D. Performance criteria a. Daylighting controls shall maintain specified light levels within 5% of design. b. All time switches shall be accurate to time on cellular network devices. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional. Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility, in whole or in part, to Commissioning Agent or Owner. B. Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists, Functional Performance Tests, Operations& Maintenance Manual creation, Owner Training,and associated coordination meetings. C. Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.2 WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING A. Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started, adjusted, balanced and otherwise tested. B. See pertinent specification sections in this Division, which outline responsibilities for start- up of equipment with obligations to complete systems, including all sub-systems so that they are fully functional. C. Assist Commissioning Agent with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D. Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre- functional checklists, and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. E. A minimum of 7 days prior to date of system startup, submit to Commissioning Agent for review, detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process; arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project, prior to testing of theirsystems. B. Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems, and place systems in COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Provide skilled technicians, experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned,to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. 3.4 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor's responsibility. 3.5 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS (PFC) A. Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements,for this Division's systems. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING (FPT) A. Contractor, in cooperation with Commissioning Agent, shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. C. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. B. Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels, etc. Furnish ladders, flashlights, meters, gauges, or other inspection equipment as necessary. 3.7 TRAINING A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations&Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling,and ultimately to ensure that training is completed. C. The training agenda (plan) shall include, at a minimum,the following elements: 1. Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. 3. Important parts and assemblies. COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5. Most likely failure modes, causes and corrections. 6. On site demonstration. D. Commissioning Agent shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning Agent with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.8 OPERATIONS& MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations&Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division, and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation & Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with requirements of Division 01, prior to training Owner personnel. C. Provide Commissioning authority with a single, electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review. Commissioning authority's copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include,service agency contact information, maintenance requirements, controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including set points. 3.9 DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows: a. Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures, results of testing, itemization of deficiencies, deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. b. Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report, final results of functional testing, disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 END OF SECTION 26 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 03 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems, equipment, machine frames, enclosures, appliances and structures. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard or Soft. 3. B33 Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code 2. 78 Lightning Protection Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 467 UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS— FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for grounding conductors, ground rods, clamps, connectors, wells and insulating materials. GROUNDING 26 06 00- 1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.04 SUBMITTALS— RECORD DATA: A. Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. C. Test Reports 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this Section shall be listed or labeled by UL. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Provide components and installation as required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, Article 250. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide products in quantities, sizes and ratings to comply with the NEC or the design drawings, whichever requirements are more stringent. B. Conductor Materials: Copper C. Connector Materials: Copper or bronze, tin-plated where required for corrosion resistance. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, 600 volt TW, THW or THWN insulation. Size per NEC 250. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8 except that conductor sizes Nos. 12 and 10 AWG used in lighting and receptacle branch circuits may be solid conductor. All conductors shall have 600 volt, TW, THW or THWN insulation. C. Grounding Grid Conductor: Medium hard drawn bare copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, No. 2/0 AWG or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. D. Color Code: Insulation color shall be green, except that sizes No. 2 AWG and larger may be black with green colored tape spirally applied over all visible surfaces within enclosures. 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS: GROUNDING 26 06 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 A. Terminal Lugs: Copper alloy, tin-plated, compression type, Burndy type, YA, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 6 through No. 1/0 AWG. Burndy type YGHA, NEMA 2 hole pad for sizes No. 2/0 AWG and larger. B. Split Bolt Connectors: Burndy SERVIT, type KS C. Taps and Splices: 1. Grounding Grid below Grade: Exothermic type (Cadweld) or compression type (Burndy Hyground). 2. Above Grade: Compression type. 2.04 CONDUIT CONNECTORS: A. Conduit Clamps: Burndy type GAR or GD. B. Grounding Bushings: 0-Z/GEDNEY 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Ground Rods: 3/ inch diameter, 10 feet long, copper clad steel with high strength sheath, molten welded to core. B. Rod Connectors: 1. Exothermic type: Cadweld 2. Mechanical type: Burndy type GAR or GD C. Test Wells: (Not Required) 2.06 INSULATING MATERIALS: A. Tape: Scotch 33+ vinyl plastic. B. Mastic Pads: Scotch EZ—Seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: GROUNDING 26 06 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Provide grounding of systems, equipment and structures in accordance with NEC Article 250, the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and the design drawings. B: Service Entrance: 1. Provide a main bonding jumper between the service neutral conductor, the service equipment ground bus and the service equipment enclosure. 2. Provide a grounding electrode conductor to connect the service neutral conductor to the main grounding electrode. C. Building Steel and Piping: 1. Provide bonding jumper from the service neutral to the building steel and metallic piping systems. D. Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all branch circuits and feeder conduits. Size conductor in accordance with NEC 250 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Connect the equipment grounding conductor to panelboard or switchgear ground bus and to all metallic raceways, outlet boxes, lighting fixtures, equipment enclosures, appliances and motor frames. 3. Where metallic raceways are installed, both the raceway and the internal equipment grounding conductor shall be utilized for equipment grounding. E. Grounding Grid: 1. Not applicable F. Conduit: 1. Provide grounding bushings where metallic conduits connect to non-metallic enclosures or stub-up into open-bottom, floor-mounted enclosures. 2. Provide conduit grounding clamps where metallic conduit stub-ups are connected to non-metallic underground conduits. GROUNDING 260600-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 END OF SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING 26 06 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment nameplates and labels 2. Warning and caution signs 3. Operational instruction signs 4. Identification labeling of conduits, cables B. Related Sections: 1. Additional identification requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 26. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29CFR1910.145 Specification for Accident Prevention Signs B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product used on project. C. Schedules: Nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: A. Engraved Nameplates and Signs: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Material: 3 ply plastic laminate, matte-finish, 0.125 inch thickness, white with black center core except that material used for warning signs shall be red with white center core. Provide punched mounting holes for mechanical fasteners. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 1 inch by 2.5 inches, rectangular shape with square corners. 3. Engraving: Accurately align lettering and engrave into center core. Lettering shall be normal block style. Character size shall be 3/8 inch high for grouped equipment and load designation and inch for individual equipment, loads and devices. B. Warning Signs: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester, non-adhesive backed, indoor-outdoor with punched mounting holes, Brady B-120. 2. Polyester overlaminate with plastic coating, adhesive-backed, indoor-outdoor, Brady B- 302. 3. High Voltage warning signs to read "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out." 4. Provide identical signs for each application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide labels and signs in accordance with NEC requirements. 2. Install labels and signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. 3. All nameplates and signs used on the project shall be of similar size, style and appearance. B. Equipment Nameplates: 1. Provide engraved identification nameplates for each of the following: a. Panelboards b. Circuit breakers C. Switches d. Contactors e. Pull and junction boxes 2. Nameplate legends shall include the equipment identification number as indicated on the design drawings and an appropriate service description. 3. Nameplates for switchgear assemblies, panelboards, and separately enclosed breakers, switches, starters and contactors shall include the operating voltage. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Attach engraved nameplates to equipment with self-tapping, stainless steel, round head screws. Use adhesive attachment only where the substrate material is not suitable for screw attachment. C. Warning Signs: 1. Voltage warning signs where required by the NEC, where indicated on drawing and as follows: a. Equipment Rooms: On all doors to equipment rooms containing equipment or circuits over 600 volts or containing exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 7 inches x 10 inches. b. Pull Boxes: On removable covers for all pull and junction boxes containing circuits over 600 volts. C. Equipment: On front and rear compartment access doors and covers enclosing live parts. Signs provided as part of equipment that meet these requirements are acceptable. d. Fences: On each gate and on each side of fences that enclose equipment or circuits over 600 volts or exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 10 inches by 14 inches. Locate at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. 2. Multiple Source Signs: a. Where enclosures contain voltages from more than one source which are not interrupted by opening the local unit disconnecting means, provide an engraved nameplate bearing the following (or similar) legend: "WARNING— MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL SOURCES EXIST WITHIN THIS ENCLOSURE" OR "WARNING—VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN" 3. Hazardous Operation: a. Where operation of an electric switch or control device may create an unsafe or undesirable operating condition, provide an engraved plastic sign with appropriate warning statement. D. Multiple Services: 1. Where multiple services exist, provide each service disconnect with an additional sign which states the name and location of other service disconnects. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Conduits: 1. Identify conduits at each termination and at all transitions from exposed to concealed or underground installation. 2. Mark conduits legibly with a permanent marker pen to indicate conduit per circuit number. F. Cables: 1. Identify cables in pull and junction boxes, vaults, manholes and where entering switchgear panelboard assembly. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking nylon cable tie. 3. Cable identification shall include circuit number and phase as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE & CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section includes copper wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware used on systems operating at 600 volts or less. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. B8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium Hard, Or Soft. B. National Electrical Contractor Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 44 Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables 2. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 3. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors 4. 486C Splicing Wire Connectors 5. 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape 6. 1569 Metal-Clad Cables 1.03 SUBMITTALS—FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of wire and cable, terminal lugs, connectors, and cable fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS—RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware bearing UL label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE: A. Single conductor, soft drawn, annealed copper conductor, Class B stranded except that sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller used for lighting and power branch circuits may be solid. Insulation shall be 600 volt, type THHN/THWN per UL 83 or type XHHW per UL 44. 2.02 TYPE MC CABLE: Metal Clad Cable type MC multi-conductor cabling as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems or equivalent having the following construction features: A. Conductor: Bare, soft annealed copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8. B. Insulation: Polypropylene tape assembly with 600 volt, 90°C (dry)type THHN insulation with printed number and color identification. C. Neutral conductor: White— 120v circuits; Gray—480Y277v circuits D. Grounding conductor: Green insulated copper ground conductor. E. Assembly: Three insulated conductors with grounding conductor, non-hygroscopic fillers and overall binder tape per UL 1569. F. Sheath: High strength, lightweight galvanized interlocking steel strip and color coded on the out side for easy identification. G. U.L rated 1569 2.03 CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS: A. Insulated Crimp Type Connectors and Terminals: Nylon insulated, Burndy INSULINK and INSULUG, or Thomas& Betts Sta-Kon. B. Split Bolts: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy SERVIT or Thomas & Betts Split-Bolt. C. Two Bolt Connectors: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy OKLIP, Type KVS or Blackburn 2BU. D. Compression Terminals: Copper, long barrel, Burndy HYLUG or Thomas & Betts Color-Keyed. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Bolted Terminals: Cast copper alloy, Burndy QIKLUG or Thomas & Betts Locktite. F. Spring Wire Connectors: Insulated, twist-on type, Ideal Wire Nut or 3M Scotchlok. Push-in type connectors are prohibited. 2.04 CABLE TERMINATIONS: A. Type MC Cable: Steel set screw connectors 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS: A. Tape: UL 510 1. Vinyl Plastic: 3M Scotch 33+ or Scotch 88. 2. Varnished Cambric(VC): 3M Irvington 2920. 3. Friction: Black friction tape. B. Pulling Lubricants: Ideal Yellow 77 or Polywater Type J. C. Wire Markers: 1. Individual Wires: Heat shrink, machine printed, Raychem. 2. Multi-Conductor Cables or Groups of Wires as a Cable: Nylon tie on marker, Thomas & Betts Nylon I.D. Ties, Ty-Raps. D. Wire and Cable Ties: Thomas& Betts Ty-Raps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. THWN-THHN for power wiring through No. 250 AWG and control wiring in conduit. XHHW for sizes above No. 250 AWG in conduit. 2. TW or THW for equipment grounding conductor. 3. Type MC cable for fixture wipes no longer than 6' and in accordance with NEC Article 334. 4. No. 12 AWG minimum for power circuits and No. 14 AWG minimum for control circuits unless noted otherwise on drawings. B. Splices and Taps: 1. Use insulated spring wire connectors for lighting and receptacle branch circuits No. 10 AWG and smaller. Push-in type connectors are prohibited. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Use solderless pressure connectors for branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. 3. Do not make splices or taps in feeder circuits or control circuits. C. Terminals: 1. Use copper compression terminals, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 4 AWG and smaller, NEMA 2 hole for sizes No. 2 AWG and larger. 2. Use insulated, ring tongue terminals for signal and control conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA Standard of Installation. B. Installation in Conduit: 1. Swab conduits completely and thoroughly before pulling in conductors. 2. Pull all conductors into conduit at same time. 3. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. 4. Do not pull in conductors until conduit system is completed. Do not pull through boxes, fittings or enclosures where a change of conduit alignment or direction occurs. 5. Limit pulling tension to maximum values as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Do not combine circuits into a common conduit other than as indicated on the drawings. C. Direct Burial Cable: 1. Trench and backfill for direct burial cables. Minimum depth of installation shall be 24 inches. 2. Terminate and ground metallic cable sheath with suitable fittings. D. Compression Connectors and Terminals: 1. Install on wire and cable with approved tool and die to recommended compression pressure. Do not cut strands from conductors to fit lugs or terminals. E. Bolted Connectors and Terminals: 1. Torque to manufacturer's recommended foot-pounds for size and class of connector. 2. Where manufacturer's published torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with UL 486A torque values. 3. Use galvanized steel bolts, nuts, split-lock washers and flat washers on terminal connections. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 F. Wiring in Enclosures: 1. Form and tie conductors in panelboards, cabinets, control panels, motor controllers, wireways, and wiring troughs in a neat and orderly manner. 2. Use Thomas & Betts wire and cable ties of appropriate size and type. 3. Limit spacing between ties to not more than 6 inches. G. Taping: 1. Above Ground and Dry Locations: Fill voids and irregularities with half-lapped layers of VC (two minimum) or electrical insulation putty. Insulate with three half-lapped layers of vinyl plastic and one half-layer of friction tape. 2. In damp or wet locations, wrap insulated spring wire connectors with 2 layers of vinyl plastic tape. 3.03 COLOR CODING: A. Power Wiring: Provide color coding for single and multi-conductor power circuits as follows: Voltage 0A OB OC Neutral 240 volts and below Black Red Blue White 250—600 volts Brown Purple Yellow Gray 1. For specified insulation and jackets not manufactured with integral colors, use conductors with black insulation or jacket and color-coding tape. 2. Color code conductors entering boxes, troughs, cabinets, and other enclosures. 3. Color code conductors in wireways, trenches, and other locations where conductors are continuously accessible at intervals not exceeding 5 feet. B. Insulated Equipment Ground: Green. C. Isolated Ground conductor: Green with Yellow tracer. 3.04 WIRING IDENTIFICATION A. Control Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall match approved schematic and wiring diagrams. B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall include source panel designation and circuit number. 3.05 FIELD TESTS: A. Test conductors after installation is complete and prior to connection to equipment. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor phase-to-ground with adjacent conductors grounded and test conductor disconnected from equipment. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts do for one minute. Minimum acceptable test values shall be 50 megohms. Investigate deviations in test values between adjacent phases. C. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. Torque values shall be terminal lug manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1.Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit(RGS) 2.PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (CRGS) 3.Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 4.Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 5.PVC Conduit(PVC) 6.Flexible Conduit 7.Associated Fittings 8.Wireways 9.Pull and Junction Boxes 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated 2. C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing-Zinc Coated 3. C80.5 Rigid Aluminum Conduit B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80) 2. TC 3 PVC Fitting for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 3. TC 13 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) 4. TC 14 Filament-Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit and Fittings. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1 Flexible Metal Conduit 2. 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings 3. 5A Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings 4. 6 Rigid Metal Conduit 5. 360 Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit 6. 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 7. 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing 8. 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings 9. 886 Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 10. 1660 Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS-FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Product Data: Submit for each type of conduit, fitting, connector, pull and junction box, and wireway used on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS—RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS): A. Conduit: Conduit including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be standard weight zinc-coated steel, rigid threaded conduit; shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1; and shall be hot- dipped galvanized inside, outside and over threads and lacquered inside. B. Fittings: Conduit fittings and accessories for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds, Appleton or Gedney or an equal. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot- dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Boxes shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Boxes shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, Gedney or equal. D. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot- dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Cadmium-plated or zinc-plated fasteners and hardware will not be acceptable. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC- SCHEDULE 40): A. Conduit: Conduit, elbows and couplings shall be Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit per NEMA TC 2 with a 900 UL rating, and shall be the standard product of Krayloy or Carlon or approved equal. B. Fittings: Fittings and accessories for use with Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall conform to NEMA TC 3 and shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the conduit. 2.03 PVC COATED STEEL CONDUIT (CRGS): A. Conduit: Prior to coating, all conduits, elbows, couplings, nipples etc. shall be standard weight rigid, threaded steel and shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and over the ends. The conduit shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1, UL 6, and NEMA RN-1, 1980. B. Fittings: Prior to coating, fittings shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized, Appleton Form 35 or Crouse-Hinds or equivalent with cast cover and neoprene gasket. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with PVC coated conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized with threaded hubs and gasketed cast covers or device plates. Boxes shall be the product of Appleton or Crouse-Hinds. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. PVC Coating: Conduit, fittings, boxes and accessories shall be Plasti-Bond 2 coated, as produced by Robroy Industries Inc. or an approved equal. Before coating, the galvanized surfaces shall be coated with an epoxy-acrylic primer. Exterior surfaces shall have a 40 mil PVC coating applied by dip method. Interior surfaces of conduits, fittings, boxes, etc. shall have a fusion bonded phenolic coating with a thickness of 4-6 mils. E. Fasteners and Supports: U-bolts, conduit clamps, straps, modular framing channels shall be 1-5/8n n 1-5/8-1 minimum section dimensions, Type 304 stainless steel, and shall be the product of Unistrut. Fasteners and attachment hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.04 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1% copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. C. Fasteners: All straps and clamps used to support aluminum conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron, with a 40 mil fused PVC coating, Plastibond, Ocal or equivalent. Strut type framing channels shall be either PVC coated galvanized steel or fiberglass. D. Hardware: Nuts, bolts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Galvanized or cadmium- plated hardware will not be acceptable for use with aluminum conduit. 2.05 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be hot dipped galvanized steel inside and out with an organic corrosion resistant coating applied to the inside. B. Fittings and Boxes: Conduit fittings, boxes, and accessories for use with EMT conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall be compression type. Setscrew fittings are not acceptable. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, OZ Gedney or an equal. C. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot- dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. 2.06 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: A. Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit shall have a spiraled, flexible, galvanized steel inner core and an outer jacket of neoprene. Sizes 3/8" through 4" shall have a continuous, internal copper ground. Liquid-tight connectors shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron with neoprene sealing gaskets, external ground lugs and insulated throats. Connectors shall be Appleton type STB or Gedney or equal. 2.07 WIREWAYS: A. Sheet Metal: RACEWAYS 26 13 60-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. Indoor, dry locations: NEMA 1, sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. Finish being manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2. Outdoor and damp locations: NEMA 3R, galvanized sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. B. Non-Metallic: 1. NEMA 4X, Robroy Industries fiberglass trough with gasketed cover attached with non- metallic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, hubs, elbows, adapters, end caps and other fittings to match and mate with type of wireway furnished as required for a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. All field wiring shall be installed in conduit except as otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2-inch nominal diameter. B. Exposed: 1. Conduit installed outdoors exposed shall be rigid galvanized steel. 2. Conduit installed indoors exposed and below 7 feet shall be rigid galvanized steel. Exposed conduit above 7 feet installed indoors may be EMT. C. Underground: 1. Conduit installed underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC. See section 3.02-E for additional requirements. 2. Elbows used for underground conduit stub-ups from below grade shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, non-metallic Schedule 80 PVC, or Rigid Galvanized Steel completely taped with non-corrosive protective tape. D. Concealed: 1. Conduit installed concealed above lay-in ceilings and in dry wall construction shall be EMT. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Indoor-dry areas: Flexible metal conduit. 2. Indoor-wet, damp areas: Liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit. 3. Outdoors: Liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Installation Methods: Conduit shall be installed concealed in walls or above ceiling or underground as indicated on the drawings. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Cleaning: All conduit systems shall be completed and shall be swabbed clean before conductors are pulled in. 3. Field cuts: Do not cut conduit with pipe cutters. 4. Bends: Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be installed. The maximum number of 90-1 bends, or equivalent between pulling points in any conduit run shall be three. Pull and junction fittings and/or boxes shall be provided as necessary to satisfy this requirement. 5. Protection: The ends of all conduit runs shall be closed immediately after installation to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt and other foreign material. 6. Locknuts: Conduits shall be fastened to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be installed on the ends of all conduits and shall be the insulating type. 7. Conduit couplings shall be threaded type for RGS or RA conduit and compression type for EMT conduit. Set-screw couplings are not acceptable. 8. Spare conduits: Spare conduits shall have a pull cord installed. The pull cord shall be plastic with a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds. Not less that 12 inches of slack shall be left at each end of the pull cord. 9. Supports: Supports shall be provided a minimum of every 10' and within 3' of all enclosures. In addition, conduits shall be rigidly supported between couplings, on either side of bends and at terminations and fittings. 10. Boxes: Boxes shall be provided in the raceway system as indicated on the drawings and also wherever required for pulling of wires or making connections. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes installed in normally wet locations or on the outside of exterior surfaces shall be NEMA 3R, stainless steel sheet construction. Boxes shall be furnished with hinged and gasketed doors and stainless steel back panels. Each box shall have the volume required by the NEC for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. All boxes shall be securely anchored in place. 11. Flexible Connections: Flexible connections of short length shall be provided for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across all flexible connections. Flexible conduit connections shall be rigidly and securely supported in an approved manner at intervals not exceeding 24 inches in length and within 12 inches of each conduit termination. Lengths of not more than 36 inches may be installed without such supports where flexibility is required. 12. Identification: Identify conduits in accordance with Section 260750. 13. PVC: PVC conduit joints shall be solvent cement welded and shall be watertight. All PVC conduits shall have a separate grounding conductor installed. Where transition is made to the metallic conduit or enclosures, the grounding conductor shall be bonded to the metal conduit or enclosure. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 14. Penetrations through walls, floors, and roof: All penetrations shall be sealed with a UL listed fire sealant equal to Dow Corning #3-6548. B. Exposed Conduit: 1. Routing: Exposed conduit shall be run straight and true to structure lines. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with fittings or symmetrical bends. Conduit in damp locations or outdoors shall be exposed to the air on all sides and shall not be installed tight against walls, ceilings and structural members, etc. Clamp backs and/or offsets shall be used as necessary to maintain uniform clearances. 2. Supports: Acceptable supporting and clamping materials for exposed conduit include one-hole straps and clamp back, "U" bolts, parallel or right angle conduit clamps, hot- dipped galvanized structural steel frames or modular stainless steel channel as manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Perforated steel tape, stamped steel one-and two- hole straps shall not be used. Conduits shall be supported in accordance with NEC 346-12. 3. Obstructions: Conduit shall be routed so as not to create any tripping or head banging hazard and so as not to create any obstruction to Owner's operation and maintenance activities. 4. Hubs: Watertight conduit hubs shall be installed where conduits enter the tops or sides of sheet metal or non-metallic enclosures. 5. Drains: Drain fittings shall be installed at low points throughout the conduit system where condensation is likely to occur. C. PVC Coated Conduit: 1. PVC coated conduit requires special care to minimize damage to the PVC coating during cutting, threading, bending and installation. Contractor shall install conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing strap wrenches, cutting dies, vises, and other special tools required to install PVC coated conduit. Standard pipe wrenches, chain wrenches or channel locks shall not be used. Conduit bending equipment shall have the proper diameter shoes or dies to allow for the thickness of the PVC coating. 3. PVC coated conduit shall be supported with Type 304 stainless steel clamps, straps, hangers and supports. Attachment hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. All PVC coated conduit and fittings that have teeth marks, cuts, nicks or are otherwise damaged shall be repaired by coating damaged area with a liquid PVC touch-up compound. Spray-type compound is not acceptable. 5. Unistrut channel supports and related accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed in direct contact with earth, concrete, steel, copper, brass or bronze. Where aluminum conduit comes into contact with dissimilar RACEWAYS 26 13 60-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 metals or passes through concrete walls or floors, it shall be wrapped with 2 layers, half-lapped, of corrosion preventative pipe tape, Scotch 50 or equal. 2. Aluminum conduit threads shall have a Penetrox, No-Ox-Id or equal, applied when installed. E. Underground Conduit: 1. Under Landscaping (i.e. sod or grass): a. Underground conduits 2" and larger shall be laid in sand and covered with a 4" red concrete cap. The conduit shall be surrounded by a minimum of 3-inches of virgin sand (top, bottom, and sides). b. The top of concrete cap shall be a minimum of 24 inches below grade. C. Communication conduits shall be buried a minimum of 36" to top of conduit. d. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. e. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 2. Under Paved Areas (i.e. Parking Lot, Driveways, and Roads): a. Underground communication conduit runs shall be buried a minimum 36" below grade to top of conduit. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. b. Underground power conduit runs shall be buried the minimum depth per the National Electric Code. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. C. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 3. Separation: Minimum separation between the outside edges of adjacent conduits shall be 3 inches. 4. Elbows: All elbows shall be long radius type. 5. Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be installed at 5 feet on centers. 6. Expansion Fittings: Provide expansion fittings in aboveground, vertical portion of each underground conduit stub-up. END OF SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS 26 13 60-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles 2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles 3. Snap Switches 4. Wall Plates 1.02 REFERENCES: A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. WDl-83 General Requirements for Wiring Devices 2. WD-5 Specific Purpose Wiring Devices B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 20-86 Standard for Safety General Use Snap Switches 2. 94-91 Standard for Safety Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances 3. 498091 Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit for approval and record purposes in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 2601 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of device used on project. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed" and 'labeled" shall be defined as they are in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS WIRING DEVICES 26 14 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 1. CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2.01 WIRING DEVICES: A. General: Provide wiring devices, in types, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD 1 and other applicable UL and NEMA Standards. B: Receptacles, General Use Duplex Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type, TAMPER RESISTANT, by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. C: Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter(GFCI) Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type "non feed-through" conforming to UL 498 and UL 943 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. D: Snap Switches: 120/277 volt, 20 ampere, quiet rated, heavy duty, complying with UL 20 and NEMA WD1 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES: A. Wall Plates: 1. Single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as required by devices. 2. Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. 3. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. 4. Provide plates possessing following additional construction features. a. Device plates: Nylon. Color to match device b. Device plates for surface mounted, 4 inch sq boxes: 1/2 inch stainless steel covers. C. Weatherproof covers for exterior devices or devices in damp locations: Raintight while in use, UL listed, molded UV stabilized poly-carbonate with stainless steel screws and mounting gaskets. Tay Mac Corporation safety outlet enclosure, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other Work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other Work. C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes that are clean; free from building materials, dirt and debris. WIRING DEVICES 26 14 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 1. CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 D. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, boxes for wiring devices shall be mounted so that the centerline of the device is at the following height above finished floor(AFF) or above finished grade (AFG). DEVICE FINISHED AREAS UNFINISHED AREAS Snap switches 48" 48" Convenience Receptacles 18" 18" E. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. F. Install wall plates after painting work is completed. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. H. Do not use terminals on wiring devices (hot or neutral)for feed-through connections, looped or otherwise. Make circuit connections via wire connectors and pigtails. I. Ground receptacles with insulated green ground wire from device ground screw to bolted outlet box connection. 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final acceptance. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity and for short circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices and demonstrate compliance with requirements, operating each operable device at least six (6)times. B. Test receptacles with Hubbell 5200, Woodhead 1750 or equal for correct polarity, proper ground connection and wiring faults. C. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES 26 14 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 1. CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 44 10 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the low-voltage fused and non-fused switches as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. The switches and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and UL. 1.04 SUBMITTALS -- FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000, 260100, and as stated herein. B. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Master drawing index 2. Dimensioned outline drawing 3. Conduit entry/exit locations 4. Switch ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 5. Fuse ratings and type 6. Cable terminal sizes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS -- FOR INFORMATION A. When requested by the Engineer the following product information shall be submitted: 1. Descriptive bulletins 2. Product sheets. 1.06 SUBMITTALS--FOR CLOSEOUT A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in section 1.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 44 10-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.08 NOT USED 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions prior to installation. Installation of all switches shall comply with the National Electric Codes clearance and mounting height requirements. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Three (3)copies of these instruction manuals shall be submitted with the closeout documents listed in section 1.06. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. Siemens C. Eaton D. ABB 2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide switches as shown on drawings, with the following ratings: 1. 30 to 1200 amperes 2. 250 volts AC, DC; 600 volts AC (30A to 200A 600 volts DC) 3. 2, 3, 4, and 6 poles 4. Non-Fusible and Fusible 5. Copper/aluminum standard mechanical lugs. B. Construction 1. Switchblades and jaws shall be plated copper. 2. Switches shall have a handle that is easily pad lockable in the OFF position. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 44 10-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3. Switches shall have defeat-able door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the handle is in the ON position. 4. Switch assembly and operating handle shall be an integral part of the enclosure base. 5. Fusible switches rated 100A to 1200A shall have reinforced fuse clips. 6.Switch blades shall be readily visible in the OFF position. 7. Switch operating mechanism shall be non-teasible, positive quick-make/quick-break type (except 30A plug fuse-type). 8. Fusible switches shall be suitable for service entrance equipment. 9. Switches shall have line terminal shields. 10. All exterior switches shall be heavy-duty type. 11. All interior switches shall be general-duty type unless otherwise noted. C. Enclosures A. Exterior: All enclosures shall be NEMA 3RX rainproof Stainless Steel unless otherwise noted. B. Interior: All enclosures shall be NEMA 1 unless otherwise noted. D. Fuses 1. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type such as Bussmann Low-Peak Yellow or equal. 2.04 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers nameplates shall be front cover mounted, contain a permanent record of switch type, ampere rating, and maximum voltage rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. All switches shall be cleaned free of debris after installation and prior to final acceptance by the owner. Remove all miscellaneous paint markings, grease and tar. 3.02 FACTORY TESTING A. Standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of UL and NEMA standards. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. The equipment shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 44 10-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 END OF SECTION 26 44 10 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 44 10-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 51 00 LUMINAIRES PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting fixtures 2. Lamps 3. Ballasts 4. Emergency lighting units 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C78 Series Lamps 2. C82.1-97 Electric Lamp Ballast- Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 3. C82.2-84 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts- Methods of Measurements 4. C82.4-92 Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type) 5. C82.11-93 High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. C62.11-93 IEEE Recommended Practice on Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 844-95 Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 2. 924-95 Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 3. 935-95 Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 4. 1029-94 High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts 5. 1570-95 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures 6. 1571-95 Incandescent Lighting Fixtures 7. 1572-97 High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Emergency Lighting Unit: Fixture with integral emergency battery power supply and means for controlling and charging battery. Emergency units are available with integral lamps only. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. Fixture: Complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include battery and means for controlling and recharging battery. Emergency lighting units are available with and without integral lamp heads and lamps. C. Luminaire: Fixture. D. Average Life: Time after which 50%will have failed and 50% will have survived under normal conditions. E. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): The root mean square (RMS) of all the harmonic current components divided by total fundamental (60 hz) current. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00, 26 01 00, and as stated herein. B. Product Data: 1. Describe fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the following information: a. Outline drawings of fixtures indicating dimensions and principal features. b. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of independent laboratory tests. C. Data on batteries and chargers of emergency lighting units. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail nonstandard fixtures indicating dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. D. Supplies: 1. Submit sample of fixture if different than specified. E. Miscellaneous: 1. Warranty for rechargeable battery. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Coordination drawings for fixtures that require coordination with other equipment installed in the same space. F. Substitutions to Specified Product 1. Prior approval requests will include the following a. Full submittal data, by type, clearly highlighted and arrowed to identify the specific proposed manufacturer's nomenclature b. Full submittal data of lamps of proposed manufacturer c. Full submittal data of ballast/driver(LED) data of proposed manufacturer d. LED lumen data shall include: i. Lumen output ii. L70 and L90 testing iii. Confirmation of independent test lab data ITL iv. Color temperature and CRI with quantity of McAdam Ellipse steps v. Data shall include sphere and goniometer results for total lumen, total power, Iuminaire efficacy, CRI and junction temperature for the specified color temperature vi. Make and brand of LED diode should be clearly identified on submittal data vii. LED dimming shall be equal in range and quality to the specified drivers, Quality of dimming to be defined by dimming range, freedom from perceived flicker or visible stroboscopic flicker, smooth and continuous change in level (no visible steps in transitions), natural square law response to control input, and stable when input voltage conditions fluctuate over what is typically experience in a commercial environment. viii. All substitutions must meet specified fixtures certifications UL,ETL,CE,CSA,RoHS,DLC, Energy Star) 2. Provide lighting calculations with the prior approval request based on reflectance values and light loss factors provided by the engineer and displayed on lighting calculation drawings. (may be unique by area) Calculations shall be shown on one sheet with dimensions as shown on construction set. Data will be submitted electronically in dxf format on a flash drive and with printed calculations on Architectural E size sheets to scale with construction set sheets. a. Discrepancies between prior approval data calculations and the original design calculations will result in immediate disqualification of review due to time based constraints on the bid process 3. Prior approval request may require a sample of both the proposed and specified fixtures provided by the alternate manufacturer at NO additional cost to the project. Samples of both specified and proposed must be provided within 10 working days of request. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-3 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 4. Energy calculations (Comcheck) must be provided with specification sheets including lamp and ballast data supporting input wattages highlighted in yellow and clearly identified by type. Input voltages must coincide with panel schedules. This data will be submitted under separate cover with the prior approval request 5. All data will be submitted electronically and in a bound format a. Bound data will be secured in hard binder with 3" rings for ease of review. b. Types will be marked with a tab by type and indexed for ease of reference 6. LED warranty information MUST be included by type and marked in RED to clearly identify the manufacturer's warranty terms. Warranty data MUST meet or exceed the specified manufacturers terms 7. Prior approvals MUST be received and acknowleged to the specifiers office no less than 15 days prior to bid. 8. ALL prior approval data must be submitted in one package with complete information. Information that is incomplete will be rejected without review. 9. The prior approval will be returned marked approved or rejected by type with no explanation. If any specification is deemed not equal the review will be stopped and the type rejected with no explanation. 10. Lumen output for the proposed fixture must be highlighted in yellow for clear identification 11. All inverter systems that supply power to LED fixtures must have pure PWM sine wave function and work with any type of lighting load. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect fixtures from damage. B. Store lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity; laid flat and blocked off ground. C. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scarring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-4 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 2. Terms "listed and "labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Coordinate fixtures mounting hardware and trim with ceiling system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES, GENERAL: A. Comply with requirements specified in Paragraphs below and lighting fixture schedule. 2.02 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL: A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support components to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85% 2. Specular Surfaces: 83% 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75% 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90% E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100% virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass except as indicated. 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and UV radiation. 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch, minimum. 2.03 LED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LED LAMPS A. All LED products must be UL, ETL and/or CSA listed LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-5 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 B. All LED products must have LM-79 and LM-80 testing noted on specification sheet by an independent test lab 1. See note P this section C. All LED products should be identified as L70 and/or L90 ratings based on independent test lab data D. All outdoor pole mounted products must have surge suppression within each fixture. 1. See note P this section E. All outdoor and wet location listed products must clearly state the IP rating carried on the fixture based on independent test lab data. F. All LED products must be serviceable for accessable for field reapair needs G. All outdoor lighting color rendering should be within a 7 step McAdams Ellipse. All outdoor lighting should be 4000 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section H. All indoor lighting color rendering should be within a 3 step McAdams ellipse. All indoor lighting should be 4000-4100 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section I. All control systems that interface with an LED product will be supported by a project"integrator" until project completion. This includes contact with the installer prior to installation, availability during installation, and final checkout and startup after installation. The quantity of days required for startup will be based on the manufacturer/agents discretion and need. 1. The project integrator must be capable of performing low voltage and dmx terminations. High voltage terminations are performed solely by the electrical subcontractor. 2. Reporting of final startup completion of the controls system back to the engineer is mandantory. J. Invitation to attend the training with the owners representative should be made to the engineer no less than 5 days prior to training K. Signature confirmation of training and startup is required within 5 business days after completion back to the engineers office. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-6 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 1. A follow up call will be made to the owner 30-45 days after the startup and training of the controls system by the manufacturers representative to ensure all systems are operating to design specification. A 3 hour onsite system fine tuning at no additional cost to the owner is inclusive if requested by the owner at that time for additional training and programming. L. All LED drivers should be capable of 0-10 volt controls and DMX control and shall dim to 1% of total lumen output . Where specifically specified the dimming driver may be required to dim to .1% of lumen output , otherwise known as "dim to dark" M. Driver manufacturers must have a 5 year history producing dimmable electronic LED drivers for the North American market. N. Ambient driver tiemperatures must be within -20 degrees to 50 degrees C (4 degrees to 122 degrees F) O. Driver must limit inrush current. 1. Base specification: meet or exceed NEMA 410 driver inrush standard of 430 amp per 10 amps load with a maximum of 370 amps/2 seconds 2. Preferred specification : Meet or exceed 30ma's at 277 VAC for up to 50 watts of load and 75A at 240us att 277 VAC for 100 watts of load 3. Withstand up to a 1,000 volt surge without impairment of performance as defined by ANSI C62.41 Category A 4. No visible change in light output with a variation of plus/minus 10% line voltage input. 5. Total harmonic distortion less than 20%, and meet ANSI C82.11 maximum allowable THD requirements at full output. THD shall at no point in the dimming curve allow imbalance current to exceed full output THD 6. See note P this section. P. Any exceptions are at the engineers discretion based on project needs and applicability. 2.04 FINISH: A. Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion-resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters and defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures. B. Hardware: All hardware shall be stainless steel. C. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-7 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Set units plumb, square and level with ceiling and walls, in alignment with adjacent fixtures, and secure according to manufacturer's printed instructions and approved submittals. B. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to the bottom of fixture for ceiling-mounted fixtures and to the center of fixture for wall-mounted fixtures. C. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on the job prior to commencing installation and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type, style and pattern of ceiling being installed. D. Where recessed fixtures are supported by ceiling support grid, install additional support wires near each corner of the fixture. E. Make branch circuit wiring connections with conductors having an insulation temperature rating suitable for the fixture. F. Ground and bond fixtures in accordance with Section 26 06 00. G. Install lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions and fixture schedule. H. Program all control system sequences as required. Refer to section 3.04 for additional requirements. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Give 7-days notice of dates and times for field tests. C. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. D. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. 1. Duration of supply. 2. Low battery voltage shut-down. 3. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal. 4. Low supply voltage transfer. LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-8 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 E. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. Contractor shall meet on site with the Engineer to confirm the aiming of all lights. C. Set and adjust photocells and/or time switches for proper operation as directed by Owner. 3.04 PRE-CONSTRUCTION JOBSITE VISIT: A. Pre-construction On-site Services to be provided by Lighting/Controls vendor/supplier: The project electrical contractor shall contact Lighting vendor/supplier to schedule a jobsite meeting prior to the installation of the lighting control system. Purposeof the meeting is to review submittals and installation documentation provided by the system manufacturer. Discussion should include wiring conventions and specific wiring requirements. Installation of specific devices is also to be addressed. Prior to start-up Lighting manufactures representative shall send a field service technician to visit the jobsite to confirm progress and answer any additional questions. Start-up date is to be confirmed at the time of this visit. Training agenda shall be provided to the contractor/distributor. Contractor/distributor shall confirm with the owner's representative and specifying engineer attendance at lighting system demonstrations and for training. Contra ctor/d istri b utorshal I provide to field service technician programming information as required for start- up such as but not limited to zone assignments, time schedules for operation, presets for all control stations, programming sequences for dynamic LED fixtures, emergency operation, blink-warn, and system override. Programming information is required for system set-up and pre-start-up. B. Lighting Control System Start-up and Training 1. Prior to energizing lighting control system the following must be completed: No component of the lighting control system shall be energized until a factory certified field service engineer has approved the installation of the system by the project electrical contractor. The electrical contractor/distributor shall contact the Lighting vendor/supplier at least 3 weeks prior to the requested start-up date to schedule a field service technician to be at the jobsite. Request shall be in writing and shall include filled out start-up request form and dated jobsite photos of the dimmer and/or relay panels. Lighting Control system is defined as the dimmer/relay panel(s) and all associated LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-9 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 control stations and related accessories. The electrical contractor is responsible to install the entire lighting control system, all power feeders, all load wiring, and control wiring. Equipment shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions, contract documents, and national and local codes and regulations. Equipment shall be plumb and level to the finished floor. All components of the lighting control system shall be clean, free of dust and paint spatters. Components shall be unmarred or damaged. All cable shall be dressed, neatly routed, and labeled. All conduit shall be securely attached to the dimmer/relay panel. Start-up services are not provided in conjunction or in association with anycom mission ing of lighting or other related control systems. 2. System Start-up Each dimmer/relay shall be tested by the electrical contractor(with a multi-meter)to confirm what voltage is being passed and to confirm that no voltage is being passed when the circuit is open. A representative of the owner shall be present to observe the testing/demonstration of the dimmer/relay panels. Each individual dimmer/relay panel shall be load tested with all circuits on while under load for a minimum of 1 hour. Where external devices are to be attached to the dimmer/relay panel including photocell, occupancy sensor, time clock, DMX controller, and/or control stations, operation of each device should be verified at the panel and specific circuits that are programmed to be controlled by the external device(s). Where control signals originate from the dimmer/relay panel for control of lighting fixtures, the control signal shall be tested by the electrical contractor to confirm that it is being delivered to each lighting fixture. Proper operation of the lighting fixtures shall beconfirmed as part of the system testing/demonstration. 3. Training Training shall be provided for the owner's representative and contractor. Prior to start-up the owner's representative and electrical contractor/distributor shall acknowledge receipt of training agenda. The electrical contractor/distributor shall confirm that the specifying engineer has been contacted and been invited to attend the system demonstration and/or training. All product and lighting control system documentation and operation's manuals shall be provided by electrical contractor/distributor at the time of training. Training is to include, but not be limited to: basic operation of lighting control system, set-up of system and control panels, operation of control stations, programming of system, basic de- bugging, and overall system testing. At completion of training session all in attendees shall LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-10 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 sign the start-up technician's field service report to confirm participation in the training session. Completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor/distributor and specifying engineer. 3.05 Follow-up Contact Services Approximately 90 days following the initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the electrical contractor/distributor to confirm that the system is operating correctly and answer any questions that have come-up since system initialization. 3.06 Extended Follow-up Contact On-site Services Approximately 300 days following initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the owner's representative in order to schedule a job site visit. The purpose of the visit shall be to confirm that all lighting control equipment that was initialized by lighting/control vendor/supplier is fully functioning. Any equipment not functioning as originally specified shall be repaired as required. In addition if the end user has adjustments that need to be made to programming or to any of the control of the system these shall be made during the jobsite visit. If further training on the system is required this shall be provided at the time of the visit or scheduled at a time of mutual convenience. A completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor, specifying engineer, and the owner's representative. END OF SECTION LUMINAIRES 26 51 00-11 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 74 00 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS (ROUGH-IN) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions and Special Conditions govern work under this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes work required to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes with covers, terminal boards, and grounding to accommodate the installation of the telephone/data cabling system by Owner/Owner's vendor. Note that some indicated ceilings are inaccessible and extensions of raceways to accessible ceiling areas will be required. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 26—ELECTRICAL 1.04 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. It is the intent of this Specification to provide a system of raceways and outlets to accommodate the installation of telephone and data cabling by the Owner's vendor under a separate contract. The Contract Documents indicate the location and size of the main telephone service raceway and the location of telephone/data outlets and terminal boards. Routing of raceway system between outlets and terminal points shall be determined in the field by the contractor. Design of the system is based upon the premise that the telephone/data system installer will provide UL listed low smoke producing plenum cabling conforming to NEC requirements, permitting open wiring in plenum areas above accessible ceilings. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Raceways: All raceways shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Section 26 13 60. B. Outlet Cover Plates: All outlet cover plates shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 14 00. Provide blank covers for unused outlet boxes. C. Terminal Boards: Terminal boards shall be 3/4-inch type Marine grade plywood having two coats of insulating oil base exterior enamel paint applied before installation on both sides and all edges. The quantity and dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings. D. Cabling: By Owner's vendor under separate contract. E. Jacks: By Owner's vendor under separate contract. PART 3— EXECUTION TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS(ROUGH-IN) 26 74 00-1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Install terminal boards straight and level at locations indicated on drawings. Attach to masonry walls using expansion anchors, to CMU walls using toggle bolts, and to sheetrock and plaster walls using wood or sheet metal lag bolts fastened into the wall supporting the structure. The use of toggle bolts in sheetrock and plaster walls is not acceptable. Install anchors at a maximum of 24- inches on center at the perimeter of each board. B. At the main terminal board, stub-up the service entrance conduits at one end of the board within 3 inches of the supporting wall. C. Service entrance conduits shall be rigid galvanized steel or PVC encased in concrete with steel reinforced where it passes through the foundation and for at least 5' beyond the building line. D. Unless otherwise indicated, distribution raceways shall be electrical metallic tubing, except the PVC Schedule 40 may be used where raceway is buried in concrete slabs, columns, or beams. Provide insulating bushings at the ends of all raceways. E. The conduit size for each outlet shall be 1-1/4 inch minimum. F. Boxes shall be steel having the minimum dimensions of 4-11/16'W-11/16"x2-1/8". G. Provide conduit from each outlet location to an accessible location above a lay-in type ceiling. Terminate conduit with bushing. H. Provide raceways sufficient to accommodate telephone cabling where passing through mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, pipe chases, mechanical chases, areas without ceilings (exposed structure), and nonaccessible areas such as ceiling plenums and crawl spaces. I. Provide 3/4-inch conduit with #6 AWG bare copper ground wire from main terminal location and bond to building grounding system as indicated on drawings. J. Contact local telephone company to coordinate the exact telephone service entrance location and requirements prior to installing the telephone service raceways. K. Refer to construction drawings for additional requirements. END OF SECTION 26 74 00 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEMS(ROUGH-IN) 26 74 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SECTION 26 75 00 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH-IN) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions and Special Conditions govern work under this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes work required to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes and grounding of a cable TV system. Note that some indicated ceilings are inaccessible and extensions of raceways to accessible ceiling areas will be required. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 26— ELECTRICAL 1.04 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. It is the intent of this Specification to provide a system of raceways, outlet boxes and grounding to accommodate a CATV system by the Owner's vendor under a separate contract. The Contract Documents indicate the location and size of the main Cable service raceway and the location of TV outlets. Routing of raceway system between outlets and terminal points shall be determined in the field by the contractor. Design of the system is based upon the premise that the cable TV system installer will provide UL listed low smoke producing plenum cabling conforming to NEC requirements, permitting open wiring in plenum areas above accessible ceilings. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Raceways: All raceways shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Section 26 13 60. B. Outlet Cover Plates: Provide outlet cover plates in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 14 00. Provide where outlet boxes are unused. C. Terminal Boards: Terminal boards shall be 3/4-inch type Marine grade plywood having two coats of insulating oil base exterior enamel paint applied before installation on both sides and all edges. The quantity and dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings. Label terminal board "CATV". PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Install terminal boards straight and level at locations indicated on drawings. Attach to masonry walls CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH-IN) 26 75 00- 1 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 using expansion anchors, to CMU walls using toggle bolts, and to sheetrock and plaster walls using wood or sheet metal lag bolts fastened into the wall supporting the structure. The use of toggle bolts in sheetrock and plaster walls is not acceptable. Install anchors at a maximum of 24-inches on center at the perimeter of each board. B. At the main terminal board, stub-up the service entrance conduits at one end of the board within 3 inches of the supporting wall. C. Unless otherwise indicated, distribution raceways shall be electrical metallic tubing, except the PVC Schedule 40 may be used where raceway is buried in concrete slabs, columns, or beams. Provide insulating bushings at the ends of all raceways. D. The conduit size for each outlet shall be 1-1/4-inch minimum. E. Boxes shall be steel having the minimum dimensions of 4-11/16"x4-11/16"x2-1/8". F. Provide conduit from each outlet location to an accessible location above a lay-in type ceiling. Terminate conduit with bushing. G. Provide raceways sufficient to accommodate cabling where passing through mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, pipe chases, mechanical chases, areas without ceilings (exposed structure), and non-accessible areas such as ceiling plenums and crawl spaces. H. Provide 3/-inch conduit with #6 AWG bare copper ground wire from main terminal location and bond to building grounding system as indicated on drawings. I. Provide pull wire or mylar cord in any empty conduit. J. Coordinate final termination with the Architect, Owner's representative and the Local Cable TV provider. END OF SECTION 26 75 00 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM (ROUGH-IN) 26 75 00-2 25029 Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Rev 02/2026 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 tK Environmental Inspection Report August 27, 2025 AMERICAN BANK CENTER 1901 NORTH SHORELINE BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS Prepared for: LEVY DYKEMA ARCHITECTS Prepared by: SITEX, INC. 5233 IH 37 SUITE A3 CORPUS CHRISTI,TEXAS 78408 (361) 887-9400 SITEX PROJECT NUMBER: 23173 HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 tK August 27, 2025 Ms. Madeline Dykema, AIA, NCARB Project Manager Levy Dykema Architects 807 North Upper Broadway Corpus Christi,TX 78401 RE: Limited Environmental Inspection Level 2 Suites and Restrooms American Bank Center 1901 Shoreline Boulevard Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Sitex Project Number: 23713 Dear Ms. Dykema: Enclosed is the report for the environmental inspection performed at 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard in Corpus Christi, TX. The inspection was performed on August 15, 2025 by Mr. Frank Medina of Sitex, Inc. Mr. Medina is licensed as an Asbestos Inspector(#60-3185) by the Texas Department of State Health Services. SCOPE OF WORK The scope of this project was limited to suspect asbestos materials and lead-containing paint films associated with the suites and restrooms on Level 2 at the above reference property. Thirty-eight(38)samples of suspect asbestos materials and five (5) samples of suspect lead-containing paint were collected. Asbestos Result Summary Suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACM) were collected according to protocol established by the Texas As- bestos Health Protection Rules (TAHPR) §296.191(a)(2) for building demolitions and renovations. During the in- spection, sampled materials were assigned a sample number and a homogenous area number. Samples were collected of each area and the friability and condition of the suspect material was assessed. The State of Texas defines asbestos-containing materials as having greater than one percent (>I%) asbestos con- tent. No asbestos was detected in any of the samples collected. Lead in Paint Result Summary Paint sampling was conducted in accordance with commonly accepted commercial and professional standard practices for similar assignments. The intent of the project was to identify painted surfaces that may contain HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 elevated levels of lead. Visually discernable painted surface coatings associated with the above-referenced build- ing were sampled for lead content. The State of Texas defines lead-based paint as having>_ 1.0 mg/cm as measured by XRF or laboratory analysis, or >_5000 parts per million (ppm) lead,>_0.5%lead by weight, or>_5000 ri concentration, as measured by labor- atory analysis. All samples collected were below the regulatory limit for being considered lead containing paint. Sampled Materials Data Tables I and II contain the homogenous area numbers, material types, material descriptions, material locations, condition assessments, and a summary of the analytical results for asbestos. A list of definitions can be found following the text of this report. Table III associates homogenous paint descriptions, locations, and a summary of the analytical results. The complete laboratory analytical results for asbestos and paint film samples are listed in separate laboratory documents following the text of this report. ANALYTICAL METHODS Asbestos and lead analyses were performed at SanAir Technologies Laboratories Inc. laboratory in North Chester- field, VA. SanAir is an American Industrial Hygiene Association participant laboratory(#162952), a National Insti- tute of Standards and Technology NVLAP-accredited laboratory(#200870), and licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services(#30-0440)for asbestos laboratory analysis. Polarized light microscopy(PLM) lab analyses of asbestos samples was performed using standard oil immersion and optical staining techniques, in accordance with EPA 600/R-93/116 protocol. Lead-based paint film lab analyses were performed via EPA Method SW- 846/M3050B/7000B, using flame atomic absorption spectrophotometry. LIMITATIONS This sampling report does not guarantee that asbestos-containing materials are not present. The scope of this project was limited to the materials sampled within this report. Areas such as, but not limited to, beneath existing flooring, inside walls, inside doors, interior of ductwork, interior of mechanical or other equipment, interior of piping flanges/valves, interior of electrical components, behind all non-movable finish materials, and all other portions of the building not designated in the Scope of Work, including the building exterior, were specifically excluded and not sampled for the presence of asbestos. As sampling was limited to specific areas of the facility designed by the Client, this report does not constitute a comprehensive asbestos building survey. This sampling report likewise does not guarantee that lead-containing paint is not present in the building. The scope of this project was limited to the paint films sampled within this report. All other portions of the building not designated in the Scope of Work, including the building exterior,were specifically excluded. The following analytical results pertain to only the samples analyzed and may not reflect the actual composition of the entire homogeneous area. Sitex, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any subsequent use or interpretations HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 1VI SET 05/06 S, Est. 1987 of these analytical results. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any other state or federal government agency. Please call us if you have any questions regarding this inspection report. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you. Sincerely, ?AAPP Stacy Kraatz Frank Medina Asbestos Consultant (#10-5874) Asbestos Inspector(#60-33185) South Texas Regional Manager Sitex, Inc. Sitex, Inc. HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 OC List of Asbestos Definitions Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) - any material containing more than one percent asbestos (chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite,tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos). Demolition -the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structure member and any related razing, remov- ing, or stripping of asbestos products. Disturbance - contact which releases fibers from ACM or debris containing ACM including activities which that disrupts the matrix of ACM, render ACM friable, or generate visible debris. Encapsulation - a method of control of asbestos fibers in which the surface of ACM is penetrated by or covered with a liquid coating prepared for that purpose. Enclosure-the construction of an airtight, impermeable,semi-permanent barrier surrounding asbestos to prevent the release of asbestos fibers into the air. Fiber-a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer,with a length-to diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1. Friable Materials - any material that when dry can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pres- sure. Homogeneous Area -an area of surfacing material or thermal system that is uniform in color and texture. Intact - means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that it is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix. Removal -all operations where ACM is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demoli- tion operations. Renovation -the modifying of any existing structure, or portion thereof. Repair- overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsu- lation or other repair of ACM attached to structures or substrates. HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Table I—Asbestos Sample Materials Summary HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 2 2 k k k k 2 k 2 k k / C \ U ¢ � / 2 k k \ k 2 k 2 k \ * % / ® / 2 f f / / / / f 0 / / / / / / / / / / 0 \ � � U 10 f � \ \ 5 m c \ Co Ur) V) ° � \ k / / 41 � \ e g Lu k % \ \ / a) rn0 Q % / 3 5 3 \ ƒ ^ f LLI a « .$ / y § \ /§ Q A \ \ \ ° m L 2 V Q e = « o 0 0 \ $ •m gN k 2 / \ \ 1 \ 2 ƒ ± / / / ' a / / ca \ \ \ \ / / \ \ \ / \ � 7 n \ & f i / § 2 / Li e ƒ 2 0 � \ � 5 .> I - k \ / / ( $ k 2 Ln 2 k / i / \ \ \ ( \ E e = < t e $ • Q > 3 y / \ ° � / \ / $ % C ƒ ) E \ C a -C 2 \ a _ < R U / % U / z 0 \ / 2 / \ / 2 \ / \ R \ ƒ 6 R g L \ , / Q \ g § / i { / / j D $ e » LL u 2 ¥ g E m G E � e Cl) § \ Q ƒ u \ > I / 2 / 4 * i 3 k : % \ \ 5 2 % i 5 u / / ra \ ® 2 / e 2 f / \ ƒ \ o u -i .E u V > u e 7 u uLn 2 \ LLQ , z m @ \ V 0 w a � z w O H � Q o g } � O Q 00 ^ U v M L r � d w a U V O cn W �_ o d > i U w 0 O _ ++ C • Vf O Q w N m O �. 0 m O x M W L7 vj M co O Z Q Ln O xo W c 3 m Z U o W a a, Q O >_ a LL '(LJ o O w CO a °i 3 s ai W a i v Q N O Z in � w o 0 LL o v o Z � o tlo O O Ln L.L o Z O x `� V CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Table II —Asbestos Sample Locations/ Homogenous Area Association HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 TABLE II: ASBESTOS SAMPLE NUMBER,-->HOMOGENEOUS AREA 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard, Corpus Christi,TX 78401 SAMPLE# H.A.* SAMPLE LOCATION 1 1 Suite 102 2 1 Hallway 3 1 Hallway 4 2 Suite 102 5 2 Private Suite 6 2 Suite 1 7 3 Suite 102 8 3 Private Suite 9 3 Suite 1 10 4 Suite 102 11 4 Suite 1 12 4 Suite 102 13 5 Eastside of Building 14 5 Northside of Building 15 5 Northside of Building 16 6 Private Suite 17 6 Private Suite 18 6 Private Suite 19 7 Suite 1 20 7 Suite 2 21 7 Suite 3 22 7 Suite 4 23 7 Suite 5 24 7 Suite 6 25 8 Suite 2 26 8 Suite 4 27 8 Suite 5 28 9 Suite 4 29 9 Suite 4 30 9 Suite 4 31 10 Suite 1 32 10 Suite 3 33 10 Suite 5 34 10 Suite 7 HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 OC TABLE II: ASBESTOS SAMPLE NUMBER<*HOMOGENEOUS AREA 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard, Corpus Christi,TX 78401 SAMPLE# H.A.* SAMPLE LOCATION 35 10 Suite 9 36 11 Bar on NE Side 37 11 Bar on NE Side 38 11 Bar on NE Side * Homogeneous Area HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Table III—Lead in Paint Sample Summary HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 SIT Est. 1987 TABLE III—PAINT FILM SAMPLE SUMMARY 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 PAINT COLOR ANALYSIS ANALYSIS LEAD SAMPLE# LAYER SAMPLE LOCATION SUMMARY SUMMARY BASED DESCRIPTION ppm %by weight PAINT L1 Light Green Corridor/Concourse <91.3 0.009 No L2 Dark Blue Corridor/Concourse <84.7 0.009 No L3 Blue Men's Restroom <83.1 0.008 No L4 Silver Northeast Bar <86.2 0.009 No L5 Midnight Blue Suite 3 <95.7 0.010 No EPA, HUD, and Texas Standards for paint being considered lead-containing are: 1.0 mg/CM2-X-ray fluorescence (XRF); >_ 5000 parts per million (ppm); >_ 5000 mg1kg concentration; >_0.5% by weight HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Asbestos and Paint Sample Location Diagrams HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 1 `, ' mmhmmn a i a i ' ^ T N O T '.1 T LL M fC `p L T n T C � O N a-+ N v 0 O M T N 1 N C N m N 13 {] M [A +O+ N V) L C O VI M Q3 0 Cl) N ti N C p N 0 T N ti O N T T co W M �.uj GO :,..:... ...... :.... .......... ...._.... ...,....: N OLn LL o O z V I 11 4 1 9 1 13 � J a a ,r f {I E m L C) i 0 v J � 111 J v r. M i E J fC a J IJ 44 13 31 D W uj:— rll ..,....,.. ... ,.... :. .,,..,..........._ . ,...... .. _. _... .ce > CD c OLn LL o Z z O V CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Asbestos Polarized Light Microscopy Laboratory Analytical Results HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 sanATir Technologies Laboratory The Identification Specialists Analysis Report prepared for SITEX Inc. Report Date: 8/26/2025 Project Name:American Bank Center Project#: 23173 SanAir ID#: 25055001 MWLi--J TESTING NVLAP LAB CODE 600227-0 11709 Chesterdale Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45246 888.895.1177 1513.438.6066 1 LabReports@SanAir.com I SanAir.com Page 1 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAir IDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Dear Frank Medina, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 38 sample(s)were received on Tuesday, August 19, 2025 via Fed Ex. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 23173-1, 23173-2, 23173-3, 23173-4, 23173-5, 23173-6, 23173-7, 23173-8, 23173-9, 23173-10, 23173-11, 23173-12, 23173-13, 23173- 14, 23173-15, 23173-16, 23173-17, 23173-18, 23173-19, 23173-20, 23173-21, 23173-22, 23173-23, 23173-24, 23173-25, 23173-26, 23173-27, 23173-28, 23173-29, 23173-30, 23173-31, 23173-32, 23173-33, 23173-34, 23173-35 , 23173-36, 23173-37, 23173-38. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, f 0ze'°'4 - (e6� Maureen Y. Haley Asbestos Laboratory Manager SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis Pages - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions: - 36 samples in Good condition. - 2 samples in Layer Missing condition. (#7, #36) 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 Fax: 804.897.1177 www.SanAir.com LabReports@SanAir.com Page 2 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components -91 SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-filbrANW Asbestos Fibers 23173-1 /25055001-001 Black 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Suite 102,Cove Non-Fibrous Base Homogeneous 23173-1 /25055001-001 Tan 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Suite 102,Mastic Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-2/25055001-002 Black 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Hallway,Cove Non-Fibrous Base Homogeneous 23173-2/25055001-002 Tan 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Hallway,Mastic Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-3/25055001-003 Black 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Hallway,Cove Non-Fibrous Base Homogeneous 23173-3/25055001-003 Tan 100%Other None Detected Covebase Mastic-Hallway,Mastic Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-4/25055001-004 Grey 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 102 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-5/2SOSS001-005 Various 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Private Suite Non-Fibrous Heterogeneous 23173-6/25055001-006 Various 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 1 Non-Fibrous Heterogeneous 23173-7/25055001-007 Black 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Suite 102, Non-Fibrous Flooring Homogeneous Analyst: _— Approved Signatory: #-I—'- 4V-4_ .-.-, Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 3 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanNi r FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic llllll� Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 23173-7/2SOSS001-007 Not Submitted Laminate Floor Mastic-Suite 102, Mastic 23173-8/25055001-008 Black 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Private Non-Fibrous Suite, Flooring Homogeneous 23173-8/25055001-008 Blue 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Private Non-Fibrous Suite, Mastic Homogeneous 23173-9/25055001-009 Clear 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Suite 1, Non-Fibrous Mastic Homogeneous 23173-9/25055001-009 Burgundy 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Suite 1, Non-Fibrous Flooring Homogeneous 23173-9/25055001-009 Blue 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Suite 1, Non-Fibrous Mastic Homogeneous 23173-10/25055001-010 Tan 60%Cellulose 5%Other None Detected Ceiling Tile-Suite 102 Fibrous 35%Glass Homogeneous 23173-11 /25055001-011 Tan 65%Cellulose 10%Other None Detected Ceiling Tile-Suite 1 Fibrous 25%Glass Homogeneous 23173-12/25055001-012 Tan 65%Cellulose 15%Other None Detected Ceiling Tile-Suite 102 Fibrous 20%Glass Homogeneous 23173-13/25055001-013 Blue 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Sheet Flooring-Hallway,Flooring Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Analyst: — Approved Signatory: 4V_&..- Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 1 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 4 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanNi r FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance W .A77ibrou s %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 23173-13/2SOSS001-013 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Sheet Flooring-Hallway,Mastic Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-14/25055001-014 Green 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Sheet Flooring-Hallway Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-15/25055001-015 Blue 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Sheet Flooring-Hallway,Flooring Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-15/25055001-015 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Sheet Flooring-Hallway,Mastic Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-16/25055001-016 Grey 100%Other None Detected Ceramic Grout Private Suite Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-17/25055001-017 Grey 100%Other None Detected Ceramic Grout Private Suite Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-18/25055001-018 Grey 100%Other None Detected Ceramic Grout Private Suite Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-19/25055001-019 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 1 Homogeneous 23173-20/25055001-020 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 2 Homogeneous 23173-21 /25055001-021 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 3 Homogeneous Analyst: — Approved Signatory: 4V_&..- Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 1 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 5 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic -ponents SanAir ID/Description Appearance �Fibrous, Co %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 23173-22/2SOSS001-022 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 4 Homogeneous 23173-23/25055001-023 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 5 Homogeneous 23173-24/25055001-024 Grey 10%Cellulose 90%Other None Detected Stainless Steel Sink Coating-Suite Non-Fibrous 6 Homogeneous 23173-25/25055001-025 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 2 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-26/25055001-026 Grey 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 5 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-27/25055001-027 Grey 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 7 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-28/25055001-028 Various 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 4 Non-Fibrous Heterogeneous 23173-29/25055001-029 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 4 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-30/25055001-030 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Carpet Mastic-Suite 4 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-31 /25055001-031 White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 1, Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Analyst: — Approved Signatory: 4v-la— Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 1 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 6 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanNi r FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance W .A77ibrou s %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 23173-31 /2SOSS001-031 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 1,Joint Compound Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-32/25055001-032 White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 3, Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-32/25055001-032 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 3,Joint Compound Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-33/25055001-033 Pink 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 5, Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-33/25055001-033 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 5,Joint Compound Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-34/25055001-034 Pink 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 7, Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-34/25055001-034 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 7,Joint Compound Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-35/25055001-035 Pink 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 9, Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-35/25055001-035 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall-Suite 9,Joint Compound Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 23173-36/25055001-036 Black 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Non-Fibrous Flooring Homogeneous Analyst: — Approved Signatory: 4V_&..- Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 7 of 11 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055001 SanNi r FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 4:01:34 PM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Graham, Daniel Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic llllll� Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 23173-36/25055001-036 Not Submitted Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Mastic 23173-37/25055001-037 Black 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Non-Fibrous Flooring Homogeneous 23173-37/25055001-037 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Non-Fibrous Mastic Homogeneous 23173-38/25055001-038 Black 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Non-Fibrous Flooring Homogeneous 23173-38/25055001-038 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Laminate Floor Mastic-Bar Area, Non-Fibrous Mastic Homogeneous Analyst: Approved Signatory: ";�w .V-�. Analysis Date: 8/26/2025 Date: 8/26/2025 11709 Chesterdale Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45246 1513.438.6006 Fax: 804.897.1177 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 8 of 11 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Disclaimer and Additional Information This report is the sole property of the client named on the SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc. (SanAir) chain-of-custody (COC). Results in the report are confidential information intended only for the use by the client named on the COC. Neither results nor reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written permission to maintain client confidentiality. The final report cannot be reproduced, except in full,without written authorization from SanAir to assure that parts of the report are not taken out of context. This report and any information contained within shall not be edited, altered, or modified in any way by any persons or agencies receiving,viewing, distributing, or otherwise possessing a copy of this final report. The laboratory reserves the right to perform amendments to any finalized report, of which shall supersede and make obsolete any previous editions. Such changes, modifications, additions, or deletions shall be effective immediately upon notice thereof, which may be given by means including, but not limited to, posting on the SanAir client portal website, electronic or conventional mail, or by any other means. The information provided in this report applies only to the samples submitted in the condition they were received at the laboratory and is relevant only for the date,time, and location of sampling. Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted on the report. The accuracy of the results is dependent upon the client's sampling procedure and information provided to the laboratory by the client on the COC, which includes the project name, project number, P.O. number, sample collection dates, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications/location, sample type, selected analysis type, and total area or volume that may affect the validity of the results. SanAir assumes no responsibility for the sampling procedure and will provide evaluation reports based solely on the sample and information provided by the client. SanAir assumes no responsibility or liability for the manner in which results are used or interpreted. This report does not constitute and shall not be used to claim product, process, system, or person certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, NELAC,AIHA LAP, LLC or any other agency of the U.S. government; all or some tests contained in this report may not be accredited by every local, state, and federal regulatory agency. Refer to the SanAir website at www.sanair.com for copies of current certificates and scopes of various accreditations, certifications, and licenses or contact the laboratory at iaq@sanair.com for inquiries regarding the status or scope of an accreditation or certification. Fibers smaller than 5-microns cannot be seen with this method due to scope limitations. Polarized- light microscopy is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor covering and similar non-friable organically bound materials. Quantitative transmission electron microscopy is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing. Samples are held for a period of 60 days. Asbestos Accreditations, Certifications, and Licenses National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) Lab Code 600227-0 State of Connecticut Department of Public Health Registration Number: PH-0817 State of Rhode Island Department of Health, Certification Number: PLM00144,TEM00144 State of West Virginia Bureau for Public Health, Analytical Laboratory Number: LT000637 Texas Department of State Health Services License Number: 300510 Revision#02, 6/21/2024 Page 9 of 11 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 slT Est. 1987 tK Lead in Paint Laboratory Analytical Results HOUSTON • CORPUS CHRISTI CORPUS CHRISTI OFFICE: 52331H 37 Suite A3 • Corpus Christi,Texas 78408 • Phone 361-887-9400 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 sanATir Technologies Laboratory The Identification Specialists Analysis Report prepared for SITEX Inc. Report Date: 8/26/2025 Project Name:American Bank Center Project#: 23173 SanAir ID#: 25055007 ed Labor. Pba r Lead N . dab ID#162951 10501 Trade Court, North Chesterfield, Virginia 23236 888.895.1177 , 804.897.1177 1 fax: 804.897.0070 1 LabReports@SanAir.com I SanAir.com Page 1 of 5 CONFORMED SET SanAir IDNumber �r 05/06/2026 25055007 A•I FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 9:52:47 AM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Dear Frank Medina, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 5 sample(s)were received on Tuesday, August 19, 2025 via Fed Ex. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): L1, L2, L3, L4, L5. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, Abisola Kasali Metals Laboratory Director SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter - Chemistry Analysis - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions: - 5 samples in Good condition. 10501 Trade Ct., N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 1804.897.1177 Fax: 804.897.0070 www.SanAir.com LabReports@SanAir.com Page 2 of 5 CONFORMED SET SanAIrIDNumber 05/06/2026 25055007 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 8/26/2025 9:52:47 AM Name: SITEX Inc. Project Number:23173 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date:8/15/2025 Received Date:8/19/2025 10:55:00 AM Analyst: Templeton, Kat Test Method: SW846/M3050B/7000B Lead Paint Analysis PAINT pg Plb ir Sample Size Calculated Sample Sample Sample In Sample (grams) RL Results Results 25055007- 1 L1 <10 0.1095 91.3 <91.3 <0.009% Light Green Paint-Concourse Ng/g(ppm) By Weight 25055007-2 L2 <10 0.118 84.7 <84.7 <0.009% Dark Blue Paint-Concourse Ng/g(ppm) By Weight 25055007-3 L3 <10 0.1203 83.1 <83.1 <0.008% Blue Paint-Mens Restroom NJ/g(ppm) By Weight 25055007-4 L4 <10 0.116 86.2 <86.2 <0.009% Silver Paint-NE Bar Ng/g(ppm) By Weight 25055007-5 L5 <10 0.1045 95.7 <95.7 <0.010% Midnight Blue Paint-Suite 3 Ng/g(ppm) By Weight Method Reporting Limit <10 pg/0.1 g paint Sample L2 contained substrate. Signature: ��r,, Reviewed: L Date: 8/25/2025 Date: 8/25/2025 10501 Trade Ct., N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 1804.897.1177 Fax: 804.897.0070 1 www.SanAir.com I LabReports@SanAir.com Page 3 of 5 CONFORMED SET Disclaimer 05/06/2026 This report is the sole property of the client account named on the chain-of-custody(COC) submitted to SanAir Technologies Laboratory,Inc. (SanAir). Results in the report are confidential information intended only for the use by the customer listed on the chain of custody.Neither results nor reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written permission. Final reports cannot be reproduced, except in full,without written approval from SanAir to assure that parts of the report are not taken out of context. This report and any information contained within shall not be edited, altered, or modified in any way by any persons or agencies receiving,viewing, distributing, or otherwise possessing a copy of this final report. The laboratory reserves the right to perform amendments to any finalized report, of which shall supersede and make obsolete any previous editions. Such changes,modifications, additions, or deletions shall be effective immediately upon notice thereof, which may be given by means including but not limited to posting on the SanAir client portal website, electronic or conventional mail, or by any other means. The information provided in this report applies only to the samples submitted and is relevant only for the date,time, and location of sampling. The accuracy of the results of the analysis is dependent upon the method of sample procurement and information provided by the client on the COC. SanAir is not responsible for the method of sample procurement. SanAir assumes no responsibility for information provided by the client on the COC such as project number,project name, collection dates,po number, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications, sample type, selected analysis type, flow rate,total volume or area, and start stop times that may affect the validity of the results in this report. SanAir only assures the precision and accuracy of the data it generates and assumes no responsibility for errors or biasing that occur during collection prior to SanAir's receipt of the sample(s). Evaluation reports are based solely on the sample(s)in the condition in which they are received at the laboratory and on the information provided by the client on the COC. Sample(s) were received in good condition unless otherwise noted on the report.All quality control results are acceptable unless otherwise noted. SanAir does not make contamination corrections to reports based upon analysis of laboratory and/or field blanks. When the client requires samples to be tested that deviate from a specific method or condition, all reported results may be affected by the deviation. SanAir assumes no responsibility or liability for the manner in which the results are used or interpreted. SanAir's Method Detection Limits(MDL) and Reporting Limits (RL)have been derived using various materials meeting each accrediting agencies'standards.All samples are disposed of after 60 days unless otherwise requested by the client. For Lead Exposure Limits,refer to HUD Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards and State and Federal Regulations,where applicable. SanAir Technologies Laboratory,Inc.participates in the Environmental Lead Accreditation Program(ELAP)administered by AIHA LAP,LLC(Laboratory ID LAP-162952), and has met the EPA's NLLAP program standards. SanAir also participates in the State of New York's DOH-ELAP program (NY Lab Id No. 11983)for lead in paint. This report does not constitute nor shall be used by the client to claim product,process, system, or person certification, approval, or endorsement by AIHA LAP, LLC, NELAC,NIST, and/or any other U.S. governmental agencies.All or some test results contained in this report may not be accredited by every local, state or federal regulatory agency. Refer to the SanAir website at www.sanair.com for copies of current certificates and scopes of various accreditations, certifications, and licenses or contact the laboratory for inquiries regarding the status or scope of an accreditation or certification. AIHA LAP,LLC Lab ID: LAP-162952 New York State Department of Health Laboratory ID No: 11983 State of Connecticut Department of Public Health Environmental Laboratory Registration Number: PH-0105 Ohio Department of Health Environmental Lead Laboratory Approval Number E10049 State of Rhode Island Department of Health Environmental Lead Laboratory No LA000371 Revision Date 3/24/2025 Page 4 of 5 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb CONFORMED SET Inspection Checklist 05/06/2026 Energy Code: 2015 IECC Requirements: 0.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section # Plan Review F omplies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C103.2 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies [PR4]1 ;calculations provide all information ;❑Does Not ;with which compliance can be ;determined for the interior lighting T❑Not Observable and electrical systems and equipment ;❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to ;the standard are claimed. Information provided should include interior :lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 12 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 13 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 3 of 5 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Rough-In Electrical Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C405.2.1 ;Lighting controls installed to uniformly ❑Complies [EL15]1 i reduce the lighting load by at least ;❑Does Not 50%. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1 :Occupancy sensors installed in ;❑Complies [EL18]1 :required spaces. ;❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1, ;Independent lighting controls installed ;❑Complies C405.2.2. per approved lighting plans and all ;❑Does Not 3 ;manual controls readily accessible and; [EL23]2 visible to occupants. ;❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.2. ;Automatic controls to shut off all ;❑Complies 1 :building lighting installed in all ;❑Does Not [EL22]2 s buildings. ' ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.3 :Daylight zones provided with ;❑Complies [EL16]2 i individual controls that control the T]Does Not ;lights independent of general area blighting. :❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.3, 'Primary sidelighted areas are ;❑Complies C405.2.3. equipped with required lighting ;❑Does Not 1, controls. C405.2.3. :❑Not Observable 2 ❑Not Applicable [EL20]1 C405.2.3, ;Enclosed spaces with daylight area ;❑Complies C405.2.3. :under skylights and rooftop monitors T]Does Not 1, are equipped with required lighting C405.2.3. icontrols. :❑Not Observable 3 ;❑Not Applicable [EL21]1 C405.2.4 Separate lighting control devices for ;❑Complies [EL4]1 :specific uses installed per approved ;❑Does Not ;lighting plans. ' ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.4 ;Additional interior lighting power ;❑Complies [EL8]1 :allowed for special functions per the ;❑Does Not approved lighting plans and is ' automatically controlled and ;❑Not Observable ;separated from general lighting. :❑Not Applicable C405.3 ;Exit signs do not exceed 5 watts per ;❑Complies [EL6]1 iface. ;❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 4 of 5 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C303.3, Furnished O&M instructions for ❑Complies C408.2.5. :systems and equipment to the ;❑Does Not 2 ;building owner or designated [FI17]3 representative. :❑Not Observable ;❑Not Applicable C405.4.1 ;Interior installed lamp and fixture ;❑Complies See the Interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [FI1811 :lighting power is consistent with what ;❑Does Not is shown on the approved lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts ;❑Not Observable :are less than or equal to allowed :❑Not Applicable watts. C408.2.5. Furnished as-built drawings for ❑Complies 1 electric power systems within 90 days ❑Does Not [FI16]3 of system acceptance. ❑Not Observable ;❑Not Applicable C408.3 ;Lighting systems have been tested to ;❑Complies [FI33]1 :ensure proper calibration, adjustment, ':❑Does Not programming, and operation. ❑Not Observable: ;❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 5 of 5 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Location: Corpus Christi, Texas Climate Zone: 2a Project Type: Alteration Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 1601 N. Shoreline Blvd. Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description 1 GWH-1: Heating: Hot Water Boiler, Capacity 1250 kBtu/h, Gas Proposed Efficiency: 81.00 % Et, Required Efficiency: 80.00 % Et Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement. The proposed mechanical alteration project represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Jacob Sorensen, PE 04 / 02/18/2026 Name-Title Si0fiature Date Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 1 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2015 IECC Requirements: 100.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section # Plan Review F omplies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C103.2 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [PR2]1 calculations provide all information ;❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the mechanical TlNot Observable systems and equipment and ❑Not Applicable document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Load calculations per acceptable engineering standards and handbooks. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 1 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 13 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 2 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Footing / Foundation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C403.2.4. ,Snow/ice melting system sensors for ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 5, :future connection to controls. Freeze ;❑Does Not C403.2.4. ;protection systems have automatic 6 :controls installed. :❑Not Observable [F09]3 :❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 3 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Plumbing Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C404.5, Heated water supply piping conforms ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. C404.5.1, ;to pipe length and volume ;❑Does Not C404.5.2 requirements. Refer to section details. ; [PL6]3 F❑Not Observable ;❑Not Applicable C404.6.3 Pumps that circulate water between a ;❑Complies ;Requirement will be met. [PL7]3 heater and storage tank have controls ;❑Does Not that limit operation from startup to <= 5 minutes after end of heating ❑Not Observable ;cycle. ❑Not Applicable ; C404.7 Water distribution system that pumps ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. [PL8]3 :water from a heated-water supply ;❑Does Not pipe back to the heated-water source ' through a cold-water supply pipe is a ;❑Not Observable demand recirculation water system. ❑Not Applicable ; Pumps within this system have controls that start the pump upon receiving a signal from the action of a ; user of a fixture or appliance and limits the temperature of the water entering the cold-water piping to 1047. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 4 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C402.2.6 ,Thermally ineffective panel surfaces of❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME41]3 sensible heating panels have ;❑Does Not insulation >= R-3.5. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.13;Unenclosed spaces that are heated ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME71]2 :use only radiant heat. ;❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.6. Demand control ventilation provided ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. 1 for spaces >500 ft2 and >25 ;❑Does Not [ME59]1 people/1000 ft2 occupant density and ❑Not Observable' :served by systems with air side ;economizer, auto modulating outside ;❑Not Applicable air damper control, or design airflow >3,000 cfm. C403.2.6. ;Enclosed parking garage ventilation ❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. 2 has automatic contaminant detection ❑Does Not [ME115]3 :and capacity to stage or modulate ' fans to 50%or less of design capacity. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable ' C403.2.7 Exhaust air energy recovery on ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME57]1 :systems meeting Table C403.2.7(1) ❑Does Not ;and C403.2.7(2). ❑Not Observable' ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 Kitchen exhaust systems comply with ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME116]3 i replacement air and conditioned ;❑Does Not ;supply air limitations, and satisfy hood rating requirements and maximum ❑Not Observable exhaust rate criteria. :❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 ;HVAC ducts and plenums insulated. ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME60]2 Where ducts or plenums are installed ;❑Does Not in or under a slab,verification may need to occur during Foundation :❑Not Observable Inspection. :❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 Ducts and plenums sealed based on ❑Complies :Requirement will be met. [ME10]2 static pressure and location. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.4.2 ;Temperature reset by representative ;❑Complies ;Requirement will be met. [ME69]3 :building loads in pumping systems for ;❑Does Not chiller and boiler systems >500,000 Btu/h. :❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.4.2. ;Hydronic systems greater than ;❑Complies ;.Requirement will be met. 4 i 500,000 Btu/h designed for variable ;❑Does Not [ME68]3 ;fluid flow. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.4.2. :System turndown requirement met ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. 5 :through multiple single-input boilers, ;❑Does Not [ME107]3 :one or more modulating boilers, or a I❑Not Observable;See the mechanical systems list for values. combination of single-input and modulating boilers. Boiler input '❑Not Applicable between 1.0 MBtu/h and 5 MBtu/h has 3:1 turndown ratio, boiler input between 5.0 MBtu/h and 10 MBtu/h has 4:1 turndown ratio, boiler input > 10.0 MBtu/h has 5:1 turndown ratio. 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 5 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C408.2.2. ;Air outlets and zone terminal devices ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 have means for air balancing. ;❑Does Not [ME53]3 ;❑Not Observable 1 ❑Not Applicable C403.5, Refrigerated display cases, walk-in ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. C403.5.1, coolers or walk-in freezers served by ;❑Does Not C403.5.2 ;remote compressors and remote [ME123]3 :condensers not located in a ;❑Not Observable condensing unit, have fan-powered :❑Not Applicable condensers that comply with Sections C403.5.1 and refrigeration compressor; ;systems that comply with C403.5.2.. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 6 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C303.3, ;Furnished O&M manuals for HVAC ❑Complies Requirement will be met. C408.2.5. systems within 90 days of system ;❑Does Not 3 acceptance. [FI8]3 :❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.2 HVAC systems and equipment ;❑Complies ;Requirement will be met. [F127]3 capacity does not exceed calculated ;❑Does Not loads. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Thermostatic controls have a 5 °F ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. 1.2 deadband. ;❑Does Not [FI38]3 :❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. ;Temperature controls have setpoint ;❑Complies ,Exception: Requirement does not apply. 1.3 :overlap restrictions. ;❑Does Not [F120]3 ' ❑Not Observable ;❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. ;Each zone equipped with setback ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. 2 :controls using automatic time clock or ;❑Does Not [F139]3 :programmable control system. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. 'Automatic Controls: Setback to 55°F ;❑Complies ;Exception: Requirement does not apply. 2.1, (heat) and 85°F (cool); 7-day clock, 2- :❑Does Not C403.2.4. hour occupant override, 10-hour 2.2 backup :❑Not Observable [F140]3 ;❑Not Applicable C408.2.1 ;Commissioning plan developed by ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. [F128]1 'registered design professional or ;❑Does Not approved agency. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC equipment has been tested to ❑Complies :Requirement will be met. 1 ensure proper operation. ❑Does Not [FI31]1 ;❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC control systems have been ;❑Complies ,Requirement will be met. 2 tested to ensure proper operation, :❑Does Not [FI10]1 calibration and adjustment of controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.4 :Preliminary commissioning report ;❑Complies ;Requirement will be met. [F129]1 :completed and certified by registered ;❑Does Not design professional or approved agency. :❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. ;Furnished HVAC as-built drawings ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. 1 :submitted within 90 days of system ;❑Does Not [F17]3 :acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. :An air and/or hydronic system ;❑Complies :Requirement will be met. 3 :balancing report is provided for HVAC ;❑Does Not [F143]1 systems. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 7 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.l D C408.2.5. `Final commissioning report due to ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 4 building owner within 90 days of ;❑Does Not [FI30]1 receipt of certificate of occupancy. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 1 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 13 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: 24223 CoCC Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements Report date: 02/18/26 Data filename: Page 8 of 8 CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 ARENA REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS FF&E I FULL PAGE SPEC 2/19/2026 1 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing LEVY DYKEMA PURCHASING CONFORMED SET 05/06/2026 Contents AC-01 - CUSTOM STANDING COAT RACK W/TRAY.........................................................................1 ART-01 - SUITE HOLDER ART SELECTIONS............................................................................................2 SG-01 - CUSTOM BAR STOOL.....................................................................................................................3 SG-02 - CUSTOM BARREL CHAIR.............................................................................................................. 4 SGF-01 - COM BACK AND SEAT VINYL @ SG-01 & SG-02 .............................................................6 SGF-02 - COM BACK FABRIC @ SG-02 ....................................................................................................7 SGL-01 - COL HIDE SIING BACK @ SG-01 ..............................................................................................8 TA-01 - CUSTOM BAR TABLE...................................................................................................................... 9 TA-02 - CUSTOM SIDE TABLES.................................................................................................................10 TA-03 - CUSTOM ACCESSIBLE DINING TABLE................................................................................... 11 LEVY LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING Issue Date: 2/19/2026 AC-01 Revision Dates: CUSTOM STANDING COAT RACK W/TRAY AREAS: Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 2 (S2),Suite 3(S3),Suite 4(S4),Suite 5 (S5),Suite 6(S6),Suite 7(S7),Suite 8 (S8),Suite 9(S9) QUANTITY: 10 ea DIMENSIONS: W: 16" D: 16" H:72" OFCI OFOI CFCI CFOI Arch FFE O O O O O • VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO,FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION ❑FINISH SAMPLE ❑SHOP DWGS ADDITIONAL NOTES SOLID OAK WOOD CUSTOM STANDING COAT RACK W/FIXED TRAY AND METAL WEIGHTED BASE.WOOD STAIN TO MATCH PREVIOUS FINISH OF WD-02. METAL FINISH TO MATCH WOOD FINISH.BRUSHED OIL RUBBED BRONZE OR TO DESIGNERS CONTROL SAMPLE,COMMERCIAL GRADE TOPCOAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4) PASSES.COMMERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION. HD NYLON GLIDES.SHIPS K/D, 1 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E D Y K E M A 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING Issue Date: 2/19/2026 ART-01 Revision Dates: SUITE HOLDER ART SELECTIONS Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 2 (S2),Suite 3(S3),Suite 4(S4),Suite 5 (S5),Suite 6(S6),Suite 7(S7),Suite 8 (S8),Suite 9(S9) QUANTITY: 10 ea DIMENSIONS: FRAME DIMENSIONS:4'9"x 3'3" ORIENTATION: LANDSCAPE FRAME FINISH: BLACK INSTALLATION: SECURITY HARDWARE OOFCI OFOOI CF0 CI CFOOI I Ar0ch F0 NOTES SUITE HOLDERS TO SELECT FROM PRE-APPROVED IMAGE BANK PROVIDED BY GRAND IMAGE.1 SELECTION PER SUITE HOLDER.SELECTION INCLUDES FRAME,MAT,AND PRINT/ ART. VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTAC GRAND IMAGE VISHAL GOKLANI PO BOX 80507 206-624-0444 X160 SEATTLE,WA VISHAL@GRANDIMAGE.COM UNITED STATES,98108 HTTPS://WWW.GRANDIMAGE.COM/ 2 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E D Y K E M A 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING /� Issue Date: 2/19/2026 SG-01 Revision Dates: CUSTOM BAR STOOL AREAS: Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 2 (S2),Suite 3(S3),Suite 4(S4),Suite 5 (S5),Suite 6(S6),Suite 7(S7),Suite 8 (S8),Suite 9(S9) QUANTITY: 81 ea WIDTH: 181, HEIGHT: 41" DEPTH: 22" SEAT HEIGHT: 30" OOFCI OFOOI CF0 CI CFOOI I Ar0ch F0 SGF-01,SEAT UPHOLSTERY SGL-01,BACK UPHOLSTERY VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO, FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION MCFA [--]FINISH SAMPLE ❑FLAMECERT ❑PROTOTYPE [—]SEAMING SHOPDWGS ❑STRIKE OFF DIAGRAM ADDITIONAL NOTES UPHOLSTERED CUSTOM BAR STOOL.TIGHT SEAT W/NAIL HEADS @ BASE. SOLID WHITE OAK HARDWOOD TURNED LEGS&STRETCHERS,STAINED TO MATCH DESIGNERS CONTROL(ESPRESSO).NAIL HEAD FINISH TO MATCH ANTIQUE BRASS.COMMERCIAL GRADE TOP COAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4) PASSES.COMMERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION.CONCEALED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATES CONTOURED AT SEATS AND BACKS.HD NYLON GLIDES AT FEET.FULLY UPHOLSTERED SEAT&BACK W/MINI WELTS AT SEAMS.DOUBLE STITCHED.SEAT CUSHION:2.2 DENSITY 32LB COMPRESSION, DARCON WRAPPED.TIGHT BACK W NAIL HEAD DETAIL.LOOSE BACK&SEAT W SELF WELT.STATIONARY GLIDE.FLAMABILITY:CERTIFIED TO PASS CALIFORNIA TECHNICAL BULLETIN 117-2013 AND LABELED.SEAT&BACK CUSHION:3". CONCEALED ZIPPER.HD NYLON GLIDES.COM FABRICS.SEAT&INSIDE BACK= 1.2 YARDS/PC/54"W.OUTSIDE BACK= .65 YARDS YARDS/PC/5411W. 3 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E D Y K E M A 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING SG-�2 Issue Date: 2/19/2026 Revision Dates: CUSTOM BARREL CHAIR AREAS: Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 2 (S2),Suite 3(53),Suite 4(S4),Suite 5 (S5),Suite 6(S6),Suite 7(S7),Suite 8 (S8),Suite 9(S9) QUANTITY: 22 ea WIDTH: 38.5" HEIGHT: 30.5" DEPTH: 36" SEAT HEIGHT: 16.5" SEAT DEPTH: 24.5" OOFCI OFOOI CFCCI C—OI I Ar0ch F0 SGF-01,MAIN UPHOLSTERY SGF-02,BACK UPHOLSTERY VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO, FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION MCFA [--]FINISH SAMPLE ❑FLAMECERT [—I PROTOTYPE [—]SEAMING ❑SHOPDWGS ❑STRIKE OFF DIAGRAM ADDITIONAL NOTES FULLY UPHOLSTERED CUSTOM BARREL CHAIR.SOLID WHITE OAK HARDWOOD LEGS&FRAME,STAINED TO MATCH DESIGNERS CONTROL (GREY WASHED OAK).NAIL HEAD FINISH:BRONZE.COMMERCIAL GRADE TOP COAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4) PASSES.COMMERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION.CONCEALED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATES CONTOURED AT SEATS AND BACKS.HD NYLON GLIDES AT FEET.FULLY UPHOLSTERED SEAT& BACK W/MINI WELTS AT SEAMS.DOUBLE STITCHED.SEAT CUSHION:2.2 DENSITY 32LB COMPRESSION, DARCON WRAPPED.TIGHT BACK W NAIL 4 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING SG-�2 Issue Date: 2/19/2026 Revision Dates: CUSTOM BARREL CHAIR HEAD DETAIL.LOOSE SEAT W SELF WELT.STATIONARY GLIDE.FLAMABILITY: CERTIFIED TO PASS CALIFORNIA TECHNICAL BULLETIN 117-2013 AND LABELED.SEAT&BACK CUSHION:3".CONCEALED ZIPPER. HD NYLON GLIDES.COM FABRICS @ INSIDE BACK„SEAT&FRONT/SIDE SKIRT. = 5.5 YARDS/PC/54"W.COM FABRICS @ ENTIRE OUTSIDE BACK=2.55 YARDS/PC/54"W.COM FABRICS @ BACK STRAP= 1 YARDS/PC/54"W. 5 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING SG _O Issue Date: 2/19/2026 Revision Dates: COM Back and Seat Vinyl @ SG-01 & SG-02 QUANTITY: 240.2 yd MODEL NAME: Denali COLOR: 95 Woodland WIDTH: 54.000" CONTENT: 100%PVC Vinyl ABRASION: ASTM D4157 100,000 Double Rubs BACKING: 70%Polyester,30%Cotton FINISH: Soil&Stain Resistant Topcoat FLAMMABILITY: FMVSS 302 CA Technical Bulletin 117-2013 UFAC Class 1 NFPA 260 www.unitedfabrics.com OFCI OFOI CFCI CFOI Arch FFE O O O O O • NOTES **CFA REQUIRED ON ALL FABRICS VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT UNITED FABRICS ERIN RENEE AGENCY 469-271-0254 ERIN@ERINRENEEAGENCY.COM 6 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING SG _OZ Issue Date: 2/19/2026 Revision Dates: COM Back Fabric @ SG-02 QUANTITY: 56.1 yd MODEL NAME: Crafted Wool MODEL NUMBER: 3564-977 COLOR: Copper WIDTH: 591, CONTENT: 65%Wool, 15%Cotton,8%Acrylic,7% Polyester,5%Viscose ABRASION: 100,000 Double Rubs Wyzenbeek FLAMMABILITY: California TB 117-2013,UFAC Class 1, NFPA 260 Class 1 bernhardttextiles.com OOFCI OFOOI CFCCI CFOOI I Ar0ch F0 NOTES **CFA RQUIRED ON ALL FABRICS VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT BERNHARDT TEXTILES THE BASNIGHT GROUP 512-340-0995 EMILY@THEBASNIGHTGROUP.COM HTTPS://B ERN HARDTTEXTI LES.COM 7 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E D Y K E M A 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING SG�_O Issue Date: 2/19/2026 Revision Dates: COL Hide Sling Back @ SG-01 QUANTITY: 52.65 yd MODEL NAME: Serengeti COLOR: Medium Brindle CONTENT: Bovine-Hair on hide HIDE SIZE(SF): 35-40 sq ft mooreandgilesleather.com OOFCI OFOOI CFCCI CFOOI I Ar0ch F0 NOTES **CFA REQUIRED ON ALL FABRICS VENDOR VENDOR CONTACT MOORE&GILES MATT SMITH 1081 TANNERY ROW 214-564-6329 FOREST,VA MATTHEW@SMITHBROWN.COM USA,24551 HTTPS://WWW.MOOREANDGILES.COM/ 8 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@levydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING Issue Date: 2/19/2026 TA-01 Revision Dates: CUSTOM BAR TABLE AREAS: Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 3 (S3) QUANTITY: 9 ea FINISH: METAL ACCENT-ANTIQUE BRASS TOP FINISH: AMBER ON MAPLE LEG/BASE FINISH: AMBER ON MAPLE DIAMETER: 32" HEIGHT: 43" OFCI OFOI CFCI CFOI Arch FFE O O O O O • VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO,FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION ❑CFA [--]FINISH SAMPLE ❑FLAMECERT ❑PROTOTYPE [—]SEAMING ❑SHOPDWGS ❑STRIKE OFF DIAGRAM ADDITIONAL NOTES CUSTOM BAR HEIGHT TABLE.WHITE SOLID OAK HARDWOOD TOP.1.25" THICK TOP.FINISH TO MATCH AMBER ON MAPLE.COMMERCIAL GRADE TOP COAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4) PASSES.COMMERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION.SS304 STAINLESS STEEL LEG/BASE.FINISH:TO MATCH POWDER COAT OIL RUBBED BRONZE OR BRUSHED ANTIQUE BRASS.EDGE EASED.HD NYLON GLIDES. 9 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E DYKEMA 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING Issue Date: 2/19/2026 TA-02 Revision Dates: Custom Side Tables Club Lounge(CLO),Suite 1 (S1),Suite 2 (S2),Suite 3(S3),Suite 4(S4),Suite 5 (S5),Suite 6(S6),Suite 7(S7),Suite 8 (S8),Suite 9(S9) QUANTITY: 18 ea DIAMETER: 17" HEIGHT: 151, OFCI OFOI CFCI CFOI Arch FFE O O O O O • VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO,FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION ❑CFA [--]FINISH SAMPLE ❑FLAMECERT ❑PROTOTYPE [—]SEAMING ❑SHOPDWGS ❑STRIKE OFF DIAGRAM ADDITIONAL NOTES RECLAIMED WOOD BARREL SHAPE SIDE TABLE/STOOL.WHITE SOLID RECLAIMED OAK IN THE RAW FOR TOP;MILLED FOR BASE.FINISH TO MATCH DESIGNERS CONTROL(RECLAIMED OAK).COMMERCIAL GRADE TOP COAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4) PASSES.COMMERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION. HD NYLON GLIDES. 10 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com LEVY CONFORMED SET Arena Rehabilitation and Improvements FF&E D Y K E M A 05/06/2026 20-25029 PURCHASING Issue Date: 2/19/2026 TA-03 Revision Dates: CUSTOM ACCESSIBLE DINING TABLE QUANTITY: 3 ea TOP FINISH: AMBER ON MAPLE WIDTH: 36" LENGTH: 36" HEIGHT: 30" - OOFCI OFOOI CFCCI CFOOI I Ar0ch F0 - VENDOR VENDOR REP CONTACT WORKLOGICS NANCY NEASE 3801 AVALON PARK EAST BLVD.,SUITE 200 858-967-0861 ORLANDO,FL NANCY@STUDIO-1010.COM USA,32828 REQUIRED ITEMS FOR DESIGNER APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION ❑CFA [--]FINISH SAMPLE ❑FLAMECERT ❑PROTOTYPE [—]SEAMING ❑SHOPDWGS ❑STRIKE OFF DIAGRAM ADDITIONAL NOTES CUSTOM ACCESSIBLE DINING TABLE.WHITE SOLID OAK HARDWOOD TOP. 1.25"THICK TOP.FINISH TO MATCH DESIGNERS CONTROL(AMBER ON M APLE).COM M ERCIAL GRADE TOP COAT PU FINISH W/SANDING SEALERS BEWTEEN COATS FOR HIGH DURABILITY AND HEAVY TRAFFIC USE.(3-4)PASSES. COM M ERCIAL GRADE CONSTRUCTION.SS304 STAINLESS STEEL LEG/BASE. FINISH TO MATCH POWDER COAT OIL RUBBED BRONZE.ADJUSTABLE HD NYLON GLIDES. 11 LEVY DYKEMA Purchasing 1 620 Congress Ave Suite 100 Austin,TX 78701 1 Ph:512.342.9177 x111 1 Email:purchasing@Ievydykemapurchasing.com r - > z � aw > Ll zLL� o Qz>OQ � Q >�v> >w z z z J > a w � zoQw ��>O � > o S-Z}z� wOH ~� w�a"' � ~"' SQaQ�wvi Q wvav � �vz �UoJ�Oow w w n Z acwc � OQ OV =V Q �� � OmJ w Q Z > > <'<O>O Q � w0V - Vna � . QQ- �QQ� w Q U U< O J O- Q_ w Z Q 7 00 >—>z o 0 m z Q v O w z > S Q w c w z Q O z w w 0 S w w w w Q > J ,JOv, viw S = � �=�H Hw w wwaJo �wo mom ago= w z z � o = a 'If o� ow � F- o p 3 oz � zv z � JQ- � Q z OO z � QOQQOQ > �v� � L z < C" z W w u.iwHL7 z �ZvSZ�0oH� �o �w O Z Q w OE J w Z Q WLu J ZQ0HSOv~i Qv=iV Q > - v <QWCW vVi f! ---------_ --k" r } j�: . .= -- 3uwW,a It xs > z aw > o o oaa zLL� o Qz>OQ � <- >wz z Z 0-Lu � zoQw ��>O � > o sz> � OH �Hwpa°n � �°n = QaQ�wvi 4J Q C), ZZ ~ wolo� � CN<� JQ� >w Qz�a wuQ z z� O a oz> U0w~ J� OJz � OQ=OO Z> 0 Qv0 z - >ef . y Q Z w S g w w w Q > w J ,JOv° viw = = � s -- = a VJ 11111111 111 w a���Jww7o�Oo�QZfwQQ� vozw O�z�NmoQ>� Jmz= =z��a>UHg>Q o z a � O oQ ��cwcH=� oz C2Q o0"D QQoa a � Hz oH�w � oFz w OcoEl := ZQf--Uu <C < wwJ= I I T � - - 6� ION '_ nrurt IF J • LLJ - - - • $ � 4m-------- p - bi ,. IN om © P g f�® I© 0 1 I 1 - - Jim - I - ��� E —PIN _ mluw i ak7 ® - as- g.. kE1 ...i................. _ T1 T1 ---- ---------- - -- r. a a CD W CD z O' X o w u > z � aw > o - w o 0aa zLL� o Qz>OQ � Q >�v> >w z z z J > a w � zoQw ��>O � > o sz> wOH ~� w�a"' � ~"' SQaQ�wvi Q wvav � �vz �UoJ�Oow w w n Z acwc � oQ Q O> z J O �1 Q � wo< -n�ov QQwU �Q � w - Q U U O OJ w Q_ w Z Q 7 00 —>z o0mz Qv0z � SQwC7oc z Q o zwwo S O gww2 J ,Jv, viw w wwaJo �wo , �-0 OV)a z z � o = a o ou� o - �-Lu p Y 3 z�� of I-Qozzv z � JQ- Q z Oo"Dz � QuQOQQOQ > -v� � WO w� H '7ZHzviZ �H� � _ o w O z Q w 0 - -L w U Q Lu w S �111111111110 : z ° 0GQ�vQ � > w U 3NIII2OHS N I I II — — 21 7 o O - �" - - '. o o ®o O z _ n N� I I Illf 13 e mLL v''" I\IIII O ® o U o �I o u+ w \ NT IX c - - ail go as I�� III = o m o = Z x 0 w � 0) > �, � 1'IYH0 Sl7d�100 JO /W0 co 1048E StlX31'I151NH75fIdN07'OAl93NI13NOH9'N 109E Z - S1N3W3AO'ddWl Co °� T,j 79 NOIIVIIIISVH3H VN311V xa.aimsaa N2...a z o� 2 22 2 2M22 a a s gg addddd �� g a a a s s wwwwwwwwwwwww w 0 z° 0 0 0 oa<� LLo �o�o Q QwQ d d 000V,o,;,0�26— Ld—————— a 0a 0-0-0�0�0�0 0 � o� w d a z o ov N CY) a OM E o o N v W v¢ p < Wa a = w d L u¢ z a u Q LL o o N o me « � N N Nmmmmmmmmm ,e>> >o co tA 7 o O O -3sco Q I ` CYO, Q Z V CL w a o c0 _ b W Z O W _ V n OC Z glp cc J rn 'm Q °Q� o 0 og c °° LL s =LL m 66I Ln W N LN -Q a - z N a�1 0o o a Y LU 00 00 ~0 0 g Q a z E� ZO NJ w y m a o � 3 e Li W er Q LLI Z > {` \4 r i� L�. co m 's - o Q - z =r U r = J 2 ® z �<J e � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap SVX31 SNO11VIA3MGG 8 S31ON lVM3N30 `0 g w _ 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !0 AI/0 rn 00 1049E 5tlX31I151i1H75fIdN OJ'OAl93NIl3LOH5'N 109E �1 y y, Z S1N3W3AOMdW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea N.—Isaa I 31VOI ONoisu3a - LU zg.. �awz� Z - - W s W 3 z �o W _ _�o�. _od d� _dam za_z<p� a�a ao w,.wdwpo - ai LU 3 LU H - d W - zap m /I� as 0 ol -_w3� w3 _ d_d ------------- - --- - ., m 3 _ - _ - Y G C u z o 0 o n n n n n n n a a u u u u a u u n n c n n n- ------------- a a a--- a 9 ➢' rc 4 Li �o - - ,� ,. c�cc�wwwwwww¢ww�wwwww-ww..wwwwww,.,.,.,.,.,.,. ,.,.,.,.----------- i i i i i i i i=iiii _- O _ - - a - - - o 7 -- LU m m z s c G o ma a a a a a a a<a a m m m m m m a m m m o m m m.m a - -- e � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap Ems*< 1 SVX31 JNROGNM ivnid3DNO3 g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl9 3NI13LOHS'N L09L M y Z` S1N3W3AOMdW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea nou—.. oisu3a H II O Z zLLI _ 1 �c ►A } !� I i 1 0 r # z LU c z W M W H H CIDstX 1 NV]cl �i]-IVS ]III ¢s=peci 00 11 Slc/%lO E17d8OJ �G �1/N = Q1 I.0VOLSVMI'IISINH3 SndNOJ'OAIS 3NIMOHS'N L09L bison 5� y S1NUMMOIddW1 a o r. 78 NOIIVIIIIBVH3S VN32IV rvaial.— - t y w LU 4 1�e ® o O aJ 3 a 5 W Q W o w 3 `��` w O LU 5 V o W n. LL 0Do�� I I I u a O f�z Z V NP I o33 LU W CZL ERI LU - a - a Z W WIL cc � ,r � m� t7 • • � �° O Lu O W m Z OC W N W U. W _ LL Z � So W - - Z - Q Z N --_ ' - cy Lu pZasp,w- e � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap Ems*< 1 SVX31 SMIl3aino All-IISISS330V � g Fy _ 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndNOJ'OOl9 31NI13L01HS'N L09L h y Z` S1N3W3AOMdW1 a 14 q N° 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry aaarea nouaa�s3a oisu3a 72 EE nM LLJ LU J LL a z &SIH k Q ---J LLJ LU boo IldJV a'�N N.11 �d rv�Nlw �s h�rvn rv,n rviw ss H1iv�Gwr.zr aoozi�Nw ssNIH zo dIIII d Nil IIIINIH a a a a za- z�. t v a a a a a3Hzo�,.do iaaanaaaaa.m-w - - �q 0e aE w =w - o 0 e � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap Ems*< 1 SVX31 SMI-13aino All-IISISS330V � g Fy _ 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl9 31MI13L01HS'N L09L y S1N3W3AOMdW1 a 14 q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry aaarea nouaa�s3a oisu3a 3 043 % f tHt 'oo o — o o z vss e srvm sa N LL fz a m � I I gz s,aw z �m as O I I C oe- w ftelrv0 �1SN a /� hvsrvozlao�U.zs s � F — — g=0 _ a ff (J rviww� - c - - a o a'> x(.)rvlw. z3 /IL x o r i o IW.tE rc �rc 0 w o _ E o rt F ? N vV' _____ z of •� — Ou z4�N u k — a � ss a 3 xtlyV w. — N NID NIA 09T Ni — Nil I I \ ! ; z7± 30V NQSSi3Nn3@n9 AilliGISS300V 2=eHO sd_o y 22 a ! § ) $ \ k ; \{ : •_ LOVOL SVX3s��k�Ao d m ~^ ; \) IL \ ) § 1�4 = Jx: ) 79 Noin me¥H2 VN 11V 3u ; lb ~ \ \ \ \ SaoinJaS buuaaulbu3 ;o 4uawpoda4 p SVX31 S310N WHANAE) co skk¢ W o 1S 2�HS Snd2JO3 13 ),ir LL d o �y w 0 p 1048L5tlX31'I151N H]SfId NO3'0Al83NI13NOH5'N L091 ; y S1NMMOMWI79 SNOIIVIIIISVH311 a 1131NK)NNH9 NV:)11131NV VI—.. aiva ON NOSI-a V = Z WLu a - - g p� S�'aQ Z a _ Z — Z ®b o J zdy - - z;rzo =_ o-- - - - - - - - - - ~� - `-rz� - - -o'p uN - � F il° W�✓xi �� = oY mZ° Z. 4 3. usw_24-� �evw,o�°ciao w4 � �RWoo.rcx z9� _ U igoi�e� mo° t - _ �gt�p_ �e mom- __ _ rcr�pa�po�W� w o xz r3a W m sam h�xor oLLw�i °z d27, °3 J�a w ��po�oo a 3p ° 3m -max allo _ °w�_ - /zz - - go ol _ - _ - 0 om°...�m°apma°.ao�-.a o�ma mawao.ca� aaamaaam�.��_m. _a��« U m � i w - 5� gryrm�cz _ - t3 cszz ooa _ w pza�w N400° rc wF 6 Edo �o w 't loY harp - 'nmi`do aWW 'w a a4oago�4 M, �p3rw°c Ma3a�o��� _ o LL w� -o3F2q �` ��wrc° �xa_`o wra �a4mopamwaa� - - �°3 0 3 ��w5�zz�a~ z�omw amz°o agi - _6'2 - az - rc3w ��sp°z oRrc�°��-O°'x' - - wmz w3 � - __ - =�}_z�000zSsspm-zrco - -oE �.'� p3wzo rcgo" _ rc3pzz _ _ - -- moo wm"Oa 33 °oaoam>oa� . oo.zzmao ° U _ sgo!"aS 6uuaaui6u3 ;O ;uawPOdap % SVX31 NV-1d l3)I M10AIVId 3NINVZZ3W °� G IIS18HO Snd8O3 P A110 a LOVOLSVMI1sINHJ sOdNOJ'OAl93NIO L09Lwa 0110 V W 32o S1N3W3AObdWI?8 SNOIIVIIIISVH $ Wd'ox Nann3u 0x xq&,atl U Z N <N «W OV�jjC w a U m Ujnm Z =p E W V — Z — W —_ Z Z 4 4 Y S r 4 q > J �77J r i I I r I � I �i---- `I33bsaasOL �. - - --I ---- - —I - —-T— - f i � s9_ ————— -i---- ----r--- - 3 ETA: r I i I II HIMI 0 I I I I _._._-_-_ _ r ®Z — — - - I ll I Nil I ..,- .. - 'I i II II i I I I I i i I I i i i i i i I I I i i I I I i i I I i I I I i i i i i I I i I b b b b b ttom�,, sgo!"aS 6uuaaui6u3 ;O IuawPOdap (a) SVX31 SlIVi3O V Mdld`JNIW`da3 3NINVZZ3W °� G IIS18HO Snd800 to Allo a z LL ✓' _��� x w Q 4Ut9LstlmiusiNHJ sOdHOJ'OAl93NIl3NOHs'N 4094 o V o S1N3 W 3/�Obd W I?8 SN011tfllll8t/H3S N a s 1-� C1 sy $ u HUNK)HNVO Ntl:)1113WV 'ox Nann3u 0x xq&,atl V Z N `� <N « W 33rc W av m Ujnm Z =p ze � nUaLL - U Z Z > z a <zmo g� o sum ' w Ss o w 03--1 z 3awg=� 0 m ° H°3a 3noev � o Haas m oV H °g"g MIN H o "gwo a�mC� w< � QN„� wo N H V 10 iyya� uS Vm d a 5g o ffl tc aa� c �. •. aYy is i J I'���. �• L... • az 31 wi�u� __________ °w_____ HT wa ••fie I ! � " F � r a I � sroxalM �I I I i s kk I I I j� m�•I .7 � 2 I I I y I f I I I °J S4o` .I• I I s� I I I I I K . . . . . . «« > 2 ; ! & ~^ ~~sx1 , SNndDNIwaemisx =zqJ 7£q J 20 `s N3\ Jaaw �\ \ . Q J\! QNVNaIVIIIIa H2¥N3¥ : [ \ § \\ JAIL- _« : \: % ` < EEXON I , CEXOI, z r \ § \ _\ } 9 \ } ( y ^ ƒ \ : ! : e - - + . ( : * � < \ » 9 \ oNligim § 7 lu _ 5�. [Si,2 ;r ini:-El 01 SVX31 S31ON lVM3N3J ONV SlIV130 JNIW` M:l °p I1SINHS sndaoo do um g p m �A, 3 40V8L XL'!tsuyJ sndaoJ'PNe augaau45 N 4094 r o N w W S1N o 3W3/�O21dWl in q m�am 4NV NOIIVIIIISVH311 VN311V a as s3o nn�3a N.,-3a No�3U.3a rn�s�„a3 o z om 00 "� F� 3S BOLL N xoo � O N Ul E - - L o iL w o� Nlw.04, -8"_- w wao Lu aaE- � XL E _e - - a E a�C el - 39_—. - o _a'Po tom a 8 - QQQO oEQ�a ba o _ - �O _ �m — _ — ¢3��— �- �zQ — N�Q3�ow N�Nwgw aim<wa�Sw���No�o u��«aoYd� ��a__a a � �-wa aam�o aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda0 O) 4Gpeci's a o Sb'X�1 N`i]d d1001d OWdO �� co LOV8L SVX31 11SINH3 SndND3'OAl83NI13NDH5'N L09L ryp W r�i w a O z $1N3W3A021dW1 - d 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 Z _ Lu 0 _ If a ee<¢¢„�� _ '^ LU W Ve e e e o o ___ LU ❑ Y g 4 0 0 0 0 --1- O C) O �3 O O O U O ml - g w 3 1 � ®®InI Oi ss sss O i c ` mn ®„ - Ogio ® y mn 0 6 I %- -I - ------------I � ®II �CnCaQmoola�- - ol —2F C) ----------- -------------- y cc O 4i ------ I a _ Op �a I I c i i aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) cr.s sdx�l SNdld owda a10dVINd CQl— e��^ co LOV8L SVX311151NH3 SndND3'OAl83NI13NDH5'N L09L r:ry3 ryP - 1 r�i a O Z- $1N3 W3AO21d W1 a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 g - LLI _ � 27 Td— o o xo _D 10_ � DO L)OII Q �� C)D C)0I __ a to - c)o ) DO ,T Eo I)o-ME � c)� — =�oo .o L---� W L_)D L_)D o a o 0 0 0 0 �)� �)� C)D DO L_)ll1� L_)ll1 li X ��i I s L_)D L_)D )o 0 _= -)o E)o DO �� �� L)DI e �T s LL--)o r w �)o r`�)o y LU n I��-� J a L_)o E)o E)o Lr0 0 Do i� i� n i� w L_)L1 L_)1� w IT i �)1� �)1� nn nn o 1� y _ L_)ll L�)ll I- B LA o li T\ o L )ll L L o o _o 0 _)o i oo q'_)� O \ 2 § } & zw« sK«a on:G G:say D « 7k � \ LOVOL ® ' § � „_ N \ Ao�dz 0 79 Now d ma H�¥N�¥ °:° o - z / ) j} _ i_ - -^- _: § b=\�2=22\,\2.\\\2\ ui � } z 2 \� � ❑ § � � /�° �\ 10 \\ m �§ �§ aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) cr.s sdx�l SNdld owda a10dVINd CQ co LOVSLSVX31'I15INH3SndND3 DAIS 3NI13NDH5'N L09L z Z- $1N3W3AO21dW1 a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 o� d �v o ----- ---- ------- � -- z I I 1 1 I + — I I I I I i j Ii i 11 6 l% jl% pal% ��,✓��jl g _ I o s O tom_ 0 w Liu - "=aa oe E— __ _w �. sw4 g o o W F- 1 0 LJ LL LJ a t I z I I zo 1 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1 o � o — �I LL 1 I I O d I I I LL LL E_-_ rc _ __ i oo ,� o �\ 'N oY , o f < 1 1 1 F LU 0 - Z W ❑ Y e J Q — — L L I I �—T—�—T-1-7� L �L L� LL LL I `J. I I i o i i i W 3 g i E—-- 1 o T — 1 o p c 5 w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap SVX31 SNVId ON11133(MOT MI OW30 `0 g w _ 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !O AI/0 rnnn N" L0Y9L SVX31'11SIa H:)sndH00'U0193NIl3LOHS'N L09L c V S1N3W3AOMdW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea Nodal... oisu3a pro o�a_ - g z�Q_ - o g _ LLI O �009 ty - is Z W LLI O O O O O O O O O O O El 7 O O O O O L O�_________� rc - o O la I O O 0 o o� O iG°l -------------- --------------------- 1 . G a f 1 w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u-7�o �uaLu7uodap Ems*< r SVX31 SNVId °p g ��+ s w o 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !� AI/0 JNI1133 031o31d3a OW3U aaoN 1N3 a 3 �n w 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl9 3NI13LOHS'N L09L S1N3W3AOMdW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ON aaarea Nodal... I 31VOI ONoisu3a wit LLI Z o33z - - -oo - 10 W - - - Z - - -W } o o S S S LL, s s s s Z J - a W _ � II II - S S S S - S S Z S S Z S S II� 2 4 S $ S - e Z S S W - W J S S S S S ¢ II ¢ S z z _ S Z _ Z C h C o� O O « F- .. z I : ! ; 7± S�k / z 2=eHO s d o y 22 eNn93 Q2oa ,a ow Q Qa�v Na \ \ k ( \{ : •_ s N3k3Ao d mI~^ q) § ) M \!\ < , I > 79 NOIIVIIIISVH3kl VN 11V 3u ; § V�z d - -- \\\ LLI } o \ ;! z ui uj UJ , z Ll � ) ?\=\ \z= , - � \ � /} z LU � � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u-7 Jo �uaLu7uodap Eel< 1 SVX31 SNldld °p g ��+ s w o 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !� AI/0 JNI1133 031o31d3a OW3U aaoN 1N3 a 3 �n �Pty� W 0O-. -- 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl93NIl3LOHS'N L09L N y S1N3W3AOMdW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ON aaarea Nodal... I 31VOI ONoisu3a rcG aQ Gc -__-sQ z za pt Z O J W;co - - ..7 _ �poo soosa -s�_s�_ - asp _ H /J Z Z o0o G a LLI Y o 0 0 z 2 4 �w 0 LL� 0, oar ��G J ❑ O \G c IL W Y Q --O z L' L' o / � _ z S W z� o o� o o o Z W � � I W J z P 0 3 a O � a z s o o a c M 0 o � w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap Ems*• r SVX31 NVId M0013 co co g �I s 11S121HO S/JdNOS ! .(1/0 O' _= 1049L SVX31'I151i1 sndHOJ'OOl93NIl3LOH5'N L09L N o V S1N3W3A021dW1 a a q N 78 N011Vllll9VH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a 5 o _— OLu _G3G 0 W wwo"000�z W W —7 o0 o Y J uu —t O O O 0 0 0 0 o — o \ o a -----o- rc i 0 a O: �O u -------------- 0 O_ " ------------------------ 0( ho of �o i iEl a ---------- ------------- ' ------------- � o t C' O W ---------------- r e J ❑ o 0 'o aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) �Gr..s o sbx�l SNd]d d001� 010d'�Nd CQ� 40V8L SVX31'I151NH3 SndND3'OAl83NI13LDH5'N L09L z $1N3 W3AO21d W1 - a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 25 Lu a _n o� iciN J Qom~ Z LY �p LU L W a r o Q =e e e _ LU E El a IIII Q �O �1 y - _ III II m ---------- ---- Z 4 eo( LU II I _ II I II I w r u II�I IG;J II I� I II I �> o IIII — L —j IT_ ee LU I Z _ } <<o a°a Lue e e e e - � — — II` I I��la - II� � — L J a v rt �?2 J 7 tih _ yz II`I z II la z LULU \ 2 § } & sKao : G:sayK: _�� « ao < § 7 \ _SV . ' § � „_ N \ AONd e 79 NOI d ma H�¥N�¥ \\ \\ LU \ \ \\ \ } \ \ \ \ \( - - - > LU /� j z ,� \\ \{ \]{\j \\/} \\gMH \} § !§§=:==1}) CL \ LU EIP 0 \ \ \ \ «\x \� Lu 2? 2 LU ° {n LU \\ L C / \ \ 00\ aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) C cr.s sdx�l SNd]d N001� 010dd�Nd co 40V8L SVX31 USIMHD SndND3'OAl83NI13AGHS N L09L `63eoa, W a z $1N3W3AONdW1 - a 1-4Ca - r �8 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 4 oa z �z �cp WLLI Ll Z N o g a Z LU � 6- W W LU 000 0o Y LU eeee — 03 � o 3 z °o 4 I'ED:) 3 Z 0 0 LLI W J Is a LL ov CUB � ow _ o 0 „y- e m N x eu I 0 a � � z .nA" '.'- � zl 6� _ $� - -- - -- 0< w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap Ems*< SVX31 Mdld JNI1130(331031d3a g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn �/ I 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl9 3NI13LOHS'N L09L N y Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a 3,2 zsp - Sa -- 4z'= O aka Z LLI LLI rod�r>000��o J O O O O O O O O O O O o o FEE -------------- 3 I O 0. A_ � v° z �.m rn y� - --- _ 0 -------.----- --------- -- - -o O-------------------- uC -� 0 oa w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap SVX31 SMdld ONIII30(MOT UM 43OUVIN3 11SISHS S/JdNOO !0 AI/S g rn 0-. -- 1049E 5tlX31 I151i1H75fIdNOJ'O/\193NIl3LOH5'N 109E N y y, Z S1N3W3AO21dWl a a q N 78 NO11V11119VH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�saa oisu3a _ ba 3 ba 2 zst I G� - _ 11! _ � J o 0 0 0_o 0 0 0 — o o O iJ J LL o o 0 o J a m - - - - - - - ay E lia LU Q Z Oi bi bi bi Di W Y ICI Ii FA � w 0 — �F—— — - WDi b bi Cl b3 bi J ❑ ❑ ai bi Di bi bi D qF_ l9 Oz q --_ EJ � �aF a N F W � W L of 3 of 3 m 3 ei 3 Di - a3 3 of ni i, i W Saa/nuag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap SVX31 SNVld ONIII30 431O31AZI 430UVIN3 11SISHS S/JdNOO !0 AI/S g rn 0-. -- 1049E 5tlX31 I151i1H75fIdNOJ'OAl93NIl3LOH5'N 109E (V y y, Z S1N3W3AO21dWl a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�saa oisu3a 6 _ — o 0 0�o�— �o o — o�of o W ~ f Ll! ? O - o 3 OLLI _ - _ LLI l7 0 o aSo �J a� m o LU t o� O Z - ee W ve Y 0 U �~ J O O 2 O 2 Z ❑ W" a 5 O W Y w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u-7�o �uaLu7uodap SVX31 SMdld ONIII30(MOT UM 43OUVIN3 `0 g 11SISHS S/JdNOO ! AI/S rnnn L0Y9L SVX31'11SNHO sndHOO'U0193NMl OHS'N L09L CM V Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a 78 NO11V11119VH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�saa oisu3a u W o o {YL1 J S q q 9 a a I I M4- — _ W- _- _ °3 b3 57 W _ E — z 0 IV Lu � F W p UUUU f ueW ! o 28o .s O3 � bi bi � 3 � z � a 5 a3 3 a3 � z z O n o Lu El Z b3 b3 Yo 0 0 o I J Jr- O rc C� E m o 0 ELJ c as as i b o3 i a a W Y W Saa/nuag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap e1<s SVX31 SllVi34 4NV NVId=100U °p g Fy 11SISHS S/JdNOO ! AI/S rnnn L0Y9L SVX31'11SNHO sndHOO'U0193NIl3LOHS'N L09L CM V Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a N W H Z W 4 4 5� g p O 6 m z <z , w \ cT 2 § } ® zw« yr:a9DS a99: ga < § 7 \ _ « < ~SIN§\3Ao dmi~^ 79 Noi d ma H3)1¥N3H¥ ( ( ( \ ( ( ) { . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . \ } } } \\} } \} } \\\\ } \\} \\} \\}} } }LU } } \\ } \\ § } } } } }} < aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda0 O) 4pec 'di'ss o SbX�1 N d HSINI-I °Q co w is/z v snd�on ro llj �/ �? r0V8L StlX31"I151NH35lIdND3'O/\183NI13LDF15'N 4094 `63eoa, W z $1N3W3AONdW1 - a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H �d�aa��3a - 4 4 o 44 Z W \ z a \ 5 Z LLI 1 `l y ��" LiL�O" .. Oi oa � e e e O Y � a O O _� - - - - = O O o 0 o ❑ O A 1 ❑I 1 O 1 3 O u O� n y a I ii I " m ❑ El u —` ------` rr — ri F7 El 3 z 5 z a o� w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap eI<s SVX31 NV-ld HSINI3(33E)MVIN3 °p g Fy 11SISHS S/JdNOO ! AI/S rnnn LOYBL SVX31'I15Ia NO sndHOO'U0193NIl3LON5'N L09L Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q N 78 N011Vllll9VH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a ®Z II s - _ W E z H. z ❑ LLI on :p Z tRE- Ww d d d o 0 0 o p W � e e e II I S 106- - LET 11E- I - -_ --- u I I El I uol'_ 'ro s �w za 0 Np II ❑9 I - Hail i I - --- - --- I II � 10 v ID Ilo s s a Ir r I_ FFoo y z z§ u I I ii I I s� w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap e1<s SVX31 NVld HSINI3 430MVIN3 °p g Fy 11SISHS S/JdNOO ! AI/S rnnn L0Y9L SVX31'11SIa HO sndHOO'U0193NIl3LOHS'N L09L Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a 3 17-7 �o 4 z - W Z ,30 _ W osc Zuj ui 0 osoo�o Y e e O� o 10 00 i O 1. a� x z aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �—;✓odad c�vI�l O) ti oPPC S ` VI SdX�1 CQ Ny�V IU HSINU Q�JOV�N� co 10V8L SVX31USIMH3 SndND3'0A183NI13LDH5'N L09L o S1N3W3A021dW1 - a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 VN3HV r Nd1dY�539 ol c O 01 01 ol o J ❑ /// Lu ol Z W W 000 o Y 3 a 4 O g` z c a L FLI �w �w _ w w_ r a J W x= o ZLu O Lu 01 � m w g � W 5� a` x" x z� za O te' � 2 3 g c� 3 g r 1 IQ 3 - a> s` aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) h 4CQ r. s o SbX�1 SNOUVAIII 2101d:I1N1 ill(1S CO m w� lslz v snd�on ro l!� CO 10V8L StlX31"I151NHJ 5l1dND3'OA18 3NI13LDH5'N 1091 SIN3W3AONd W1 a 78 NOIIVIIII9HH321 VN3HV r , �d�aa��3a Fo ET �a L� 20 PLp p�. R �� z - ° L 0 A 10 3 77. nz nz€ o — a o m ow 'oa_ o e �e o w _ w or �r O F7 W 10 z \ Z e Lzs-tl/b W o O i 0 5° w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap � Ems*< SVX31 SNOU"313 UOIU31NI Mins °p g �+ s 11Sl2lHS S/JdNOS ! .(1/S O_`' _= 1049L SVX31'I151i1 sndHOJ'OOl93NIl3LOH5'N L09L M o y Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q m 78 N011Vllll9VH3kl VN3HV ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a Vm _3 o , Ld - a3 1: z z.H/. w_ �z�vh m w uo � aJ pC w� W =1' ° 0, s= =gym a -n Dim r W o aAI h o O O mtp o o o, c , r_ e _ r s-mc - p � - s-mr _ � - 2 o = t t Z �o Z O 9 O, a� 3 w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �uaLu7uodap � Ems*< SVX31 SNOU"313 UOIU31NI Mins °p g �+ s 11Sl2lHS S/JdNOS ! .(1/S O_`' _= 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl93NIl3LOHS'N L09L Z S1N3W3/�021dW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN3HV ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a as �3m �3m o°=x eO SOoo ® L Ft 1 `fiLF r' �m Z Z ® _ Z O O O O O O 2 0 2? 2 0 O 4. m Ahl sasses O O - s - - e5 - g C $8 m o4=r Qo � doom Qo O O � Z Zm 2 O h O aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) CQ °; s SbX�1 SNOUVAIII 2101d:I1N1 ill(1S co 40V8L StlX31"I151NH35l1dND3'OAl83Nl 13LDH5'N o SIN3W3AONdW1 a 78 NOIIVIIII9HH321 VN3HV r �d�aa��3a Ei Ei IFJ 30 — 05 z z O O w � O O W 00 w Z Z- f Z r Z-m w 0.'�, N OJ a O Z 5 z O O 2 O z w ao z ,m w r z o 5 of Wow zv� z 3°''' uois 3 z a z o oz 0 o z z m z R c o ozo 3 p= zW O Mej - I \ ! / z7± SNOU"313U m2mno aSM 2=eHO sdo y 22 \ $ \ k ( \{ : •_ i~^sN3k3Aodm\ q< ,) I§ )>79 NOIIVIIIISVH3kl VN 11V 3u ; d o --- - - z z _ LLI ^ \ \§} s-0 § =� . S . 0 / - ` - D y 7 `3 - _ /!\;Z \ /!\ � § §;; aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) h�ECQ cr.s sbxdl slidila AdWAIIiw co 40VSLSVX31"I151NH3SndND3'OAl83NI13LDH5'N L09L $1N3W3AONd W1 - a 78 14011H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 so - I \ I L------ -- \ 3 77 �p 5 GG 1 a O I I p N 3 3 a 3 z„ . . . . . . . o 9 a o'` O; \ c b u� c, IL r o o- ---- --------J — 3 \ — O_ 5� m a I I V RE O Z \\I vvvvvvvv o s 0 q °o a, W N e e >e�a aaa i Gd 4 i o= I : ! / z7± siIn3QAM oM1 11m 2=eHO sdo y 22 \ $ \ k ( \{ : •_ d i~^sN3k3Aom\ \§ ,) I§ )>79 N0llVllll9VH3kl VN 11V 3u ; Is 2 - \} - a: u : e . ! _ | x \} } 1 u 1. � Nr §> ` . . . . . . . . . . . / 10 0 ----------- \\{ } f � 10 _ (\� . . . . . . . . . . §\E\ a: , �l 71. Ef ! � � ) Lil !!: w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uaLu7uodap Ems*< 1 SVX31 S3dA1 N011liUVd HOIZ131NI g 11SISHS S/JdNOO !0 AI/S rn 00 -- 1049L SVX31'11SNH:)sndHOJ'OOl93NI13LOHS'N L09L y y, Z S1N3W3A021dW1 a a q N 78 NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V ry rvaarea rvouaa�s3a oisu3a Qpw e vgD ➢ 3o��p 4 5 3 4 i i G 5 G 4 S a - - - Ls _ __ 9W_ _LU - O - J310 r� 4 o 5 W wo C p „w o F �m d 0 3 E0 W _ - s w aaii✓as bu,uaaaibu�}o �aaco;✓oda� O) h�Ecr.s sbxHl siina]Hns dooa l- e��^ co 40VSLSVX31'I151NH3SndND3'OAl83NI13LDH5'N L09L z $1N3W3AONd W1 - a 78 NOI1H11119HH321 t1N321H Nd1dY�539 LU LU 4 s O a v LU LU z o z z ¢ _ LU 2 O O O co O o ddu, a O O O �dw a G = G - 4 O 4 Q- yp o O O p= p , O O W J G 0 W LU ------------ N 0 CC a x O c w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap � r m SVX31 Z 13A31-NVId °p g /1SISHO S/JdN00 ! AI/0 M001d NounoW3U OVAH llb'a3AO a 3 rn wx ��. == 10V8L X17lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 awIa�o4S IV l09l � y, Z S1N3W3AO21dWl a a q N dNV NO11V1111SVH321 VNINV rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnaa nouaaasaa oisu3a H 4 tuft _ost o�o �a — Z L7i.HYj�;i tl OV w 1PIER ply arc°z J �pm 3 o U _ o oil W. _ h m �a � WIN ON 'o r■W" u I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - �I �I I- - - - - - I I I I I I I I I � I � I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II - - - - - - - -4- - - --k-- I- - __ - - - II Ise~ II II II II II II II ��I �� 'II r,,d II I II II II I I II II �, �� II 0 0 w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �ua�,u7uodap co SVX31 SNVId NOIII-IOW34 DVAH 43E)MV-IN3 °j ? - ag °° w a 11Sl?JH,� S/JdNOS !� �(1/� rn Ln 3 wx == 10V8LXI,,;-47snd-:,-PM9-11114S IV 109L y, Z SIN3W3A021dW1 a dNV NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM ®z 'I - _ ��- 'S�s,. t _• 'ea - - p - Q I I I °3o I Y a- II II II S II i Z boo - 3�p uz= 'a ■��ti Nc N ann I' I' H -�' �� � per- s�� o �I■W m I I wn II Q4 I I � V III S S i 0 7,Ta7: , - I --- Th It r ----- �O t KI r-71 s � L ------ ___- 11 w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap co SVX31 SNVId NOIII�OW34 DVAH 43E)MV-IN3 °j ? - ag °° w a 11Sl?JH7 S/JdNOS !O (1/O rn w x w __ 0V8L XI Ylsuy7 sndao7'PM9 au91 o4S V 1091 �} 3 S1N3W3AOMdVMI a " dNtl NOIltl11l18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM o3z s ®Z lw 10 - w - - (z — "'a 7a 2N N U U OI I I�lO o U� O LL O O ml � O aii I \ ! z7± NVId=1oaOVn NOU11OW30 � � m 2=eHO s d_o y 22 a \ $ ) k ( \{ .� _ ,� _- _ \) § ) ILI §/i �slN3n3AJad�" § , I > aN¥Noiliiia Hk VN311 V 3u ; JH } ) ( A - : \ �z t \ j \� - ; \ ) ( \} log ? ml, MIS » _ . &:Hip 'Aa \j } \\ /\ 0«§ »# 2: l ; A( § i \\ � \\ \ � ��E\\,� _; , =s z. = ! e, « , ,. § uxa «: l : a: e ; )/: ) §#) - ® /\J §: ) ( 2\ j ® e2 : 9g; ■■99, a kaq § @§j GI ; ) \j \ \ §d ) /\) ■■�®z ]e � ]` � e c � � \ w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap co SVX31 SGN3031 4NV S1OSWAS 1VOINVH03W °j age w a 11Sl?JH7 S/JdNOS !� (1/� rn w x w __ 0V8L XJ Y1suy7 sndao7'PM9 au91 o4S V 1091 �} 3 S1N31MAO MI a " dNtl NOIltllll18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM RU p `up s y6 LU Z G S € oar W W 0Es s r N V o W a Q a LU Uuj Y F N cN, was z 0 mzz 1 11 ` a w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �ua�,u7uodap co 1 SVX31 Z 13A31-N`dld M001d OVAH llVH3AO °p g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !O AI/0 rn w x w __ 0V8L XI Y1suy7 sndao7'PM9 au91 o4S V 1091 �} 3 S1N3W3AOMdVMI a " ONtl NOIltllll18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM w o� rc.�z arc°z Jpm o U Q_�,6 .12z no u s a m m o w LL I i i I I I I I • I•;� • • � I I I I I I I I I— ——— ——— —I _ I II I II II II II II � � FA I- I L � J �' � I I I I I I I I I i I. I I I I I I I I I �li �o 1I I o� w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3 Jo �ua�,u7uodap CO 1 m SVX31 SNVId OVAH a3E)MVIN3 CO g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn � 3 wx == 10VOL X1'llsuy7 sndao7-PM9-11114S IV 109L h y, Z S1N3W3AOMdVMI a ct z. aNV NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaa... i 31VOI ON NOISMM ®z MR x ! \ - - i�ry °3♦s.e,,z,[al u a 1� - rc w w-o 81 - ■r m a - - m o w O O �e ©at • _ E"= g48 Q, c- . . Oj u L � _ z8 n �LJ m e EN" MI Qo Q I II w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap CO 1 SVX31 SNVId OVAH a3JatlIN3 CO g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rnnn lOVOL X1'llsuy7 sndao7-PM9 aw11114S IV 109L h c S1N3W3AOMdVMI a ct w - z. aNtl NOIltllll18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM 6i _ ° W w 2 N N U U O w Oo u m o _ I k _ z o„e£ /- a ga 3 P LL f � ao w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �ua�,u7uodap co 1 SVX31 NVId 300H OVAH °p g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 ! AI/0 rn wx w __ 0V8L XI Ylsuy7 sndao7'PM9 au9a o4S V 1091 h 3 y, = Z S1N3W3AOMdVMI a " dNtl NOIltllll18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM _ ga ur�ao I. " _ a U U a � o 0 clad x o a o� o� ' a w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u3�o �uar,u7uodap CO SVX31 SlIV13U UNV S31n(13HOS 1VOINVH03W CO ag °° w a 11Sl?JHO S/JdNOS !O A1/O rn 3 10V8LXJ.Y1suy7sndao7'PM9au9a1o4SIVl09l h c y, = Z S1N3W3AOMdVMI a ct z. dNtl NOIltl11l18tlH321 tlN321tl rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnea nouaaasaa i 31VOI ON NOISMM s ZC- J w = - Uw LU LLI w o - co s T a p$ z o LU 2 x z ----- LU > ❑ o ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ w �J �= o . C7 - o Epa S �11 �Z Q w? 8 J Z U Q 0x O s w� om°r o.°&o _ o Zco of D W 3Ww m3 aLL M - _ _ - LU LU LL  _ ? - oa - a0 = ZO Go ¢ NJ�< C) LLOf j,',�o In 7 Z) LU LL w K N - CD Z: �- O OJF v - r ago / X LU C LL �W a o ¢ Zs / Z: sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31-NVId bOOld °p Fy _ /1S/2H7 Snd2/0J JO AIIJ 1Td213AO JNIawnld NOIlIlOW34 ate+ 3 wx == Iopu X1"4-47 snd-D-PM9 awl"'gS N 109L h y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl Nt NOIldll8bH31 b N3bt a - rvaiaiaasa0 a W.A.. rvouaaasa0 01— ®z W rrl .p Z w3h� za z LL IIIIIIIIIIIIii�IIVI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII aaaaaa 09889229 a 10 j �LJ hLJ �a aaN� I w� I eee � i �LJ I o = w y� IIII II a .b sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31 °p /1S/2H7 Snd2/0� �� 11/S -SNVld MOO1d ONlawnld N01A-IOW3U a 3 ?+ w x == loveL X1'!;-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 h y, " S1N3w3AOadwl Nt NOIldllll8bH321 b N3bt a - rvaiaiaasaa a rvasnaa nouaaasaa oisu3a 4�F4 _�4z as � �0 3a u II II �_'eu7i,h{11 z3 V r > ao of III L II d ❑4 o o t, ❑' I L-1 II FFI --- _ o 0 a �I � oo I I o �a sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31 °p /1S/2H7 Snd2/0� �� 11/S -SNVld MOO1d ONlawn-ld NOW10W3U a 3 wx == 10V8L X1'!;-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 h y, ztZ S1N3w3AOadwl a a Q - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ 4aialaasaa ry xasnaa nouaeasaa OIS— ge -4 El = �_ — C� rLLoa �4 u emu, uu,m rca >rc.. u.¢ rcLL ao 0 0 °o 0 r U O 3 O zJL rc�� �, Oo I I ,� sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31 °p /1S/2H7 Snd2/0J JO AIIJ -SNVld MOO1d ONlawn-ld N01A-IOW3U a 3 ?+ wx == loveL X1'!;-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 h y, Z S1N3w3AOadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ rvaiaiaasaa a rvasnaa nouaaasaa oisu3a O m3 -- ❑ 2y N °z 04 o - - - o m _ 53 pss - o- zn 1 u .LLda amrc mm umm rca >rc.. 1-1 0 w Q LE ALJ LJ ❑ ❑ El o o El CA o El o (` o ❑ p IL��J a ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 1-104 iz- ❑ ❑ o 0 0 0 ° El 04 tiff L Imo❑ ~,� o� M�::�3 ❑ o� °� o 3 � OA °� �❑ ^III o � o 0 0- ° o s o z o� sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 L 13n31 °p /1S/2H7 Snd2/0� �� 11/S - N`dld MOOIJ JN18Wflld NOU11OW30 a 3 ?+ wx == lov8L X1'!;-47 s"dao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 h y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a - " 0Nt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ 4aiaiaasaa ry W.A.. nouaeasaa OIS— _ ®Z 3 3 3irc I 3m'i—aC �u➢_„o °oo� .. unrc o min a�m rcs 3rc. � rc w a w N m _ 6 w a00000 -1] A "o � ICI wF, I olml � � ` E o 0 04 sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 S31ON dN`d dN3031 JNIewn1d °p 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn � 3 wx == tore X1"4-47 sn dao7'PM9 awla o45 IN1091 h y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl Q Nt NOIldllll8bH321 bN3bt a - rvaiaiaasaa a xasnaa rvouaaasaa °isu3a N Q p 0 00 W �ma wiow w - m =8„3� > �W - - - - U k €� O N ° - - I mo fP H eoa �m Z Mo G$ o w- y - ms s y eg w Z ~O �° ooQ� o qg, Q a�. e= oee o Fp _ u - - FUrywg w f Wes- a °I�p gwi_ —£ O� a_ 'c°+ W °w Z ; pw a ."oww€og6 Z p�- o9 Z a='� Q p°��w > ° ow l$ 2 m �a 3 W a3�= €: o f _ e e e m '�P Z 41 __< ■r Z o N J ° - wz �o ° a o�Fgry a w'„e wo =a= �p_e g s y ��� =3 O w o - off-o ° arc o9z m .mow W 3��= 2m _ _ u`aa ° °j��o°p9.° d W� a �'� W osm -„� i y �m°O¢� az aq i'a6p sw �3i'u5� o=s "" w LD =Sod =' - -ads°ahw _ p =Js FU o e s a _�R: Go. ° '" °° w do K �p- Z w 9 x ° - 9 s Q °� paw• w °u°'aw �rc ga°p� Mvp. _Fm k w £< - -NG� m am_ Paz - zap a9 HE o9c �58 rg 95 k'i - -Y w �< H M= - „'3 $6 o sm :m aa= w gay =a `� as st: a°Sp r - w5 M—iN -Ell 1- - =a� £fa °°os °.° �s8€aaa 4-E-1 4 4aaw a OM, M -HY a= 5°s :8U., wa sYaE 8`sa z 3's w gg a a w mil A N a o =a H y a as � 'sw�.,a Aso a ma _ 2zo 2zo 2i 2'zoep� < 'ss £aQ mg M a LU J7 --- o - G a _ z 4 _ w s ? w w o 0 o w w - ¢ o G - J y ° � 1 # 1 ��mmmm sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31 °p a Fy o /1S/2/H.7 Snd2/0.� �� ,ll/� -N`dld MOOIJ llVH3AO JNIEiwnld 3 ?+ wx == 10V8LX1'!;-4:)sndao7'PM9 awlalo4S N 109L y, Z s1N3w3AOadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ naiaiaasaa ry xasnaa nouaaasaa oisu3a ®z LU JEl Illl�'s E Zw$m� o = LL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII L— Ik �zssssss _—— II rvIInd 8 4 4 8 II 4 a l i - 00 n� oN� II 0 o o, o � � � sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � ShX31 Z 13A31-SMdld M001d JNlawnld °p w _ 11SIMO Snd2100 JO ,11f0 rn 3 wx == 0V8L X1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ rvaiaiaasaa a xasnaa rvouaaasaam 1 31valoisu3a imp one _54z �a •.e�i.H .l9 p3 �oi� 13'x-aC �u=_no HUM- - ® llYs... 1zi 2w�ag imp H 1 HE on ul UN Ogun -a o3 aNa� W �'n LJ mom W e inn No f" a oa o BOB! ®0 0 0 LL 0 0 �Q ow N ®000 �u ii ii ihl ®000 TIo o J3 ow om Li_ u _ I, l — 1i LL s ® — j, sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 Z 13A31-SMdld a001d ONlawn1d °p 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn � 3 wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ rvaiaiaasaa1 xasnaa rvouaaasaa oisu3a ❑ - a000 0 o - _ Q 0 0 U Q K — p O U- �j J m o � � � sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � ShX31 Z 13A31-SMdld a001d JN18Wf11d °p w _ 11SI&HO Snd2100 JO ,11f0 rn 3 wx == 0V8L X1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z S1N3W3A011dW1 a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ rvaiaiaasaa1 rvasnea rvouaaasaam 1 31valoisu3a s q ®2 rM rc3 W 3 31 31 3 3 3 lu. 3 ❑3 `' + �i o oo ❑ ❑ �Zw Ing Ems w �� - oa� -� 03 a al EA C)l �oIN-- - __ wgp � � � - o� ❑31 �3 SINK u n N u n a rc =rcLL y❑ ❑ ❑ ❑�3 z 77=7�-A' J= I❑ Io El CODA LL ❑� a z4 0 -` ❑K:TA �e o ❑ ❑ _ ❑� ❑A CA p a o o 0 0 0 0 ❑ a �o wo ❑ 0 001310 0 3� ❑� o i/ f a a o zip ❑ IDA �I�' O — — ❑3 'J / ❑� Nq E(31 NONE N 031 � o z� � Flo ILL, 3 �� sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad go SVX31 6 13A31-NVId MOOIJ JNlewnld °p 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn � 3 wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl a aQm� - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ rvaiaiaasaa1 xasnaa rvouaaasaa oisu3a s� l'1 ow 3 a Y 3 w9 ca — 10. � r.on uhrc u wh aym rcu =rcLL � m � w rc� _� e 'EEEII 0 —\� ea, EL noe I� I 11 F n — o4 I OLi � �e w saa/Hoag 6uuaam6u-7�o �ua,u7uodap r m SVX31 S3ina3HaS JNliawnld CO g 11SISH0 S/JdN00 !0 AI/0 rn Iw x == IOPSLXl'llsuy7 sn da°7-PM9 aW1114S N 109L (0 y, Z S1N3lN3AOMdINl a z. a q N ct aNV N011VllllSVH321 VN311V rvaiaiaasaa ry rvasnaa IN NlS K z .=°w�oaa �0zLL ewM,- � -oN wpc fmi..""r"pli w��'»s .12,LLw=ooyw ',° We 69 dos° a°.F_= °w �°sH b o H-, € o „LLw4.s o3 ," M� �p§y��'s� _ H _ < a sps�p - a��paw" -- LL�ppaw�= ��owN<�= �a ; ��w�ymw�ao - - sews' - a°f° �VaW6e _ ao�p f ws LL a3 x s HH a$ fp �a =m= da y"= ALL°S«=� _ $_ aLL �ma8s"= 2� Qaw>pN=VLLUwyw w�'a, , ,co ='�a� ���_ F w w.m �. 'a:w a '�z�'� -tea w3" w3o�w u�i�° °z�LL 3o�w„�`<cg�LL 3ywga Wdd� z��'a �m^' �y° _ £ 'uw R•9mv £ dsya £ as-'^ oomom8 w^s °wwf�rwf'o y$ �wwuorc»; _��'"za m:s V W $ �%'z '°` " 3ypwi$zwo " s"pwea=LLB`-op� - ;Z$iF K$p�' ° ;io w33o ew aw`w;so -�� a' s=o i:o gwas °"" allo.a - uo _ y.= is �o` 'J m w _ . Mosi ` owa p3wp °!g'".p�°��. � fay`":� 'a�'�' w°ALL<''o> <>- "° ■�W ° x 2 w >= ya "'� Mmx U - -=r£ Ww_ zzwso Naw_ PF 'a o$�w= wHogowaJow o y oWW=o" _ _ '" _ §o" €g o w oWw w��"'agwga xw`g lux H. -o " = - ys� - �� ��o�ps LLaa�= H - - - x - LL - - - - - z J $ El 3 G 0 =HH __ m a m =K o w po %' LL m a x w„$m LL =p s e°= LL dew Spa _ £sw s � w€ �_ s u = - aas€=o eowp� o p< ooF =3z�= wee 1a 3. 3>w <Mp aa fg gi € w ° ° a a LU ONE x w --s-?OKQpi LLs° °M.w �=a �£� 3��wo ao �w?�w� � a� 's � w o�� a ��� �as °oaw ud$�w.� Kbowo - � f ° ` $uwaW z; LU °'£� Z - o _ w p 4 'am yo��a =m �LLw 4w= a€-."« y e _ ° ze a w �;w x "say opp °F °�F =�, ohs e�p' w - < w - ° n3F�e" =oF _�a�=" €wwzw "w -_�o o u _ f �3"3`ao p��o`ob 4'^g =`aa'� -3 - <Cg �� `-'�k�k s� Fop Qoa m � �'o £e W fjo w :3z 3 �w_ _ a3c N3a 'u2'u V - v�= rc usw FW ? w � ° Swa W $ a �o ¢�m - w po z �_ o a O S Q ❑ o O® a0 O o f] 7 a (n OJ z Q $ � « / � �» ��z I \ } = 3V± siI� 3Q9mgnmd /« � § g=azHO sdm y 22 ° : o : \\{ ` s N3w oadVMI /\ \ QNV Noin me¥H3ki VN311 V a ; ; \ / u�\ `�� \ $ )^ \( ! a. _ \^ � !} \ / . § \( \} ) , ( } } § /:j\ _ : _ 22 ■ \ \w R& «> 00 \§ J � _ \ ¥ § E ■ a. §) \ 9 B sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 SNOUVIAIb199V �VOI iO3�3 °p w o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 (Q y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a aQm� - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOI—I WN�m N _ w� _ 3= X N �I■W a _ 3 - `=� o ppaaaap paw p�appa wW N.w p p.......����pp�p�, CO =gym ol .. .. ..... Q CD a - w - LL w.wwwwwwwww www wwwww,wwww z o ----- --- p u h- o 3 n o a�aa <<<<<aa< a�< a<��a�daa<< mmm �pooa000�0000�0000��� °0000e°°°°o�0000 sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � ShX31 S�OGMS �b'ONIO3�3 °p o 11SI&HO Snd2100 JO ,11f0 rn wx == LOU X1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N LWL (Q y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ O11-930 1. 1111 ON NOI—I WN�m N Q „ .b1l,� NI ..irul� OC o i�' ���I■W ° U) Z w = T T ° - _ W o o H.Cl) ry } o LLI W wa °s oil to ys H — p PI: °4 � o o 0 0 o a��00000000 3 E L a o �p � Q pMO 0 Zr Q w �ro. w - v m ro 4 ro 1 w sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � m SVX31 Z 13A31 — NVId °p /1SI&HO S/7c/&OJ la AIIJ 2JOOld 11d213A0 lb'OIblO313 Ohal 10V8LX1'!lsu47 sndao7'PM9 au9"oySN 109l (Q y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a a Q Ns - (INV NOIIVIIIISVH321 VN311V O114aOS301. 11111 ONOISIn3a - rc92 w3? - a4 C) rc 'c JiL I/ it z _ � - I U _pro¢ mF prc Qo WF rcrc = 5��� �o CF FF �I h 1 p z �IE — — L--- Q f .I y o U W� O sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � ShX31 Z 13n315 co /1S/2H7 Snd2/0J dO AIIJ — SNVId 21001d ONUH011 OW30 � 3 rn 10V8LX1'!lsu47 sndao7'PM9 au9a1oySN 1O9l y, Z a SiN3w3noadwl Q Nt NOIldllll8bH321 b N3bt a - A� NUS- OlidaOS301. 1111 ON NOIS— t _ CID CID ®Z WH 1P I__In0I ED _ID 00 Z w� �g E:IID F: S S ley N Y gzU -x3 �` = w$ -- - - - ACID AID _ .oa DF �p D �� _ OD CD o AID � s s CID CD �-,D C,D s 5 CID CD CID CD s 5 CD CD E:D FI CD CID CID CID CD CD s s CD Q0 CID CD CD CID CID CIDj CD CID s s CID CD s s CD CID o F CD CD s s D of CD CDC o F CID CI'D CD O F EDD 00 �ID CID EDO -- CID CD o \-- —ID AID g E CD CID am- 1D l� CD CD s s r�� s 5 CD CD D FID ° CD CD s s C CDD CD CD EDO CID EDO I CID CID I-- ��� s s CD CD L [ —19 CD CD �� D �D CID AID 'J CD CD s s �1D CID s CD D ___ ---- ----� L-T CID �s CD CID s s o CID EDOElo Flo s CD CD ICID NJ s s s s g F—ID z CD CID �� AID CID CID ID sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z 13n31 /1SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ — SNVId 2JOOTd ONUH011 OW34 wx == 10V8L X1'!1su47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ONOISIn3a 03 _ a4 W — __ z _ .. ..tll Z 24 —�N W. Ll o� w O U 6 K O O O O sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z 13n31 /1SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ — SNVId 2JOOTd ONUH011 OW34 10V8L X1',;-47 sndao7'PMe au!Ia o45 N 1091 c y, Z S1N3W3AOIIdWl a a Q mm��, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ONOISIn3a w - - 02 _ _ _ Z u3 Xsm f _ 4j N- N w m 3 0 = i9 Inl ..... all.' II i ` - �N Om Orc m w o w LL Q u g K O O c�q ¢ �J F\ �J ICI \�J LLJJ _� II \ z O n O i� I�\ III OJ i z x 1.4 pf 2_ M r LLLJJJ --------------- n C---------------] II Ll --------------- I I lu n II O w C---------------] O O n O IJI (j o u OJ i sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z 13n31 a Fy o /1S/2/HO Snd2/0J dO ,ll/J SNHId b0013 2i3MOd OW34 3 rn wx ��. = = 10V8LX1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 au9aoySN l09l y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ONOISIn3a w - - ELg. i`n -IF r-rl N_. _ICU LU LIL y 115 -1�a 0 J LID �ID o ,--ID 1IID N� m ;;j1:0 ID --I - � � D w���I� w °� w E:JD 'a I 0 0 r ID ! q � � ��I m , w w o LIU g Off' I_ID ��Io q n ! e� !_,j f B 4+ 2` l_I� o'er $ � _ ; I } } = 3�± z 2q: � � , g=az s m y 22 \! - SN9a aoml m�d owgg : » k Ran s N3w oadVMl \§ § ) M \:b j \ = j»: QNV Noin me¥H3kl VN311 V a ; ; nut 2P!9@°~ MNH \ \ \ - : ^^', /Sk~ - as, o . a s > _ - , ■■kJa_ %3 ■■\ \ \ � : a +; \� ; \\\ ^ 0 [} H \ ` \ \ ilk / \. �j : `��y \ . « �y VIA. IA � � � y sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z 13n31 a Fy o /1S/2/HO Snd2/0J dO ,ll/J SNHId b00I3 2i3MOd OW34 3 rn wx ��. = = 10V8LX1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 au9a�oySN l09l y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ONOISIn3a iu3? a4 Q. D upi 77 D 7� O a 0 s_ o 0 0 4 Illy o o 04 04 z^I 0 LLLLJJJJ ZIL n ,` Ili lillliv ill il�v ill � _ a 0 _ O o� sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 NV d d00b b3MOd OW34 °p �y o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ 011-930 1. 11111 ONOISIn3a o �Q¢ Z; a o 1.4 O O O OM— - o 0 0 0 w 3 — o o Qo U. sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�oda� S h'X31 a /1S/2/HO Snd2/0J do ,ll/J 13A31 _ NVId 2i00IJ 213MOd OW3a wx == lope X "4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOI—I tlll I� ZZZZ LI � I II�II 71 NN NN 0 c, �� to lol I O o s 0 0 w �Q O Ip sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�oda� SVX31 NV d b001d 7db3A0 IVOI1 J10313 °p w o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ W 0 4t� LU M. 3 o NZGQ J rc - -- N3Jo Q vi ui — J m o w w o� Nopo o .J �---� III-- --- ICI qI- III = o �III i 0 I 3 �I I - o �I H o � o + o q o + III o 0 s 0 U! sao/nag 6uyaau,6u3�o �uauq�oda� � Sh'X31 Z 1IA7 - SNV d ?JOOTJ ONIlHOII °p w o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ = rn wx == 0V8L X1'!lsuy7 snd-D-PM9—IIN109L y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ SN—If10 ale oQaz `F I •� O \t �m_ �11 \n... Um 3z M. w a LL a mN� U wW LLm __ oz °o- 03 O HI w o o 1.1 1.1 a — i a�za�wt° II 4 9 — — I O I I wnnI�,yII 1 O NLJ �q al l - I I T T-� J I n L lw -�- - - � _ _-FF;___ sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�oda� � SVX31 Z �IA7 — SNV d 2JOOTd ONIIHOII °p w o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn �` Q3 wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a aQm� - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ 77 z m o w LL w❑ o 1-1 �o 0 ❑ o a 0 �4 y, 0 z4 9 �� sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�oda� � Sh'X31 Z �IA7 — SNV d 2JOOTd ONIIHOII °p w o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn � 3 wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OLLda1— 1. 11111 ON NOISMI 03 t — — -- 3 — — .' / z m h o w / w Ll 3 i 0 cJ 4 I Q za e �a I 0 3 a �4 sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z �3n3� — SNV�d 2JOOTJ 2JIMOd °p 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ = rn lopu X1"4-4�sndao7'PM9 au9a 045 IN1091 c y, Z S1N3W3A011dWl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOISI-1 40�- - _ po a3a4 ➢a I 0 � ®� of fi o � I y �_ — — — —o� 3 o3oa 0� ✓ _ _ w- - - a.. h Y I - UN p3 u. N r �o 1J I O ■ o J_ T I Tt N� - J�a - F- �a� o o I - „� 3: �o a � s T - 1 �¢ o' m�< poi 0 s a' s j 3- �o vd ¢a oe sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z �3n3� - SNV�d 2JOOTJ 2JIMOd °p �y o _ 11SI&HO Snd21OO JO AIIJ rn wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOI—I qOr � 4 rcs ssZ ®` xq- 43 -y4 of - 3 3 Q z3 m - - - 0 l a z ^���W � ti rc o - �¢ o c+mrc o as aw ym as px - 11 O I` O r \ O O ~ O Ll O uq �y F Y 5 �m S 17 w y� � o 3 0 0 LLq ��� N sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Z �3n3� - SNV�d 2JOOTJ 2JIMOd °p �y o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn �` d3 wx == lope X1"4-47 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z SiN3w3noadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOI—I W po a3 rc rc�° . oW LiU U \F¢-.LLod minrc �r ow w uN �U x w rc u \ `o T O K w a: ❑ L a �o ❑ I a ❑ p� o Co 04 10 o _ 8 0 N E�i10 PA 3 �a �a o w� sao,—S 6,y,—,i ,j 1, �uauq�odad ShX31 NV d d00b bJ]Wd °p 11SI&HO Snd2100 JO ,11f0 rn wx == 0V8L X1'!lsuy7 sndao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a a Q m���, - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS30 1. 1119 ON NOI—I rcsa i y ahu Ems 0 Vogl tiZtiny _ - - - 2zZy -cN zEVEa O� O O � cO O a a o 0 A] co O Im o o T 0 oq o" sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 6 1101 - Wd 900n b3MOd °p o 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn 1OV8LX1'!lsu47 sndao7'PM9 awI"o45N 1O91 p� y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a - " dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N3bt/ OlidaOS30 1. 1111 ON NOI—I sw 4 ®` _ = adgig 2w3G� Mi Ell LL �coa mu.rc � ¢tea wW LLx a� =x W ON O �` o I� OOOO � O�� I � I I II � II II c 4g I � 10 I I to 0 I �e sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad � SVX31 Sl�n(]IHOS �b'ONIO313 °p �y o _ 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn wx 20 == lopu X1"4-47 sn dao7'PM9 awla o45 N 1091 p� y, Z" SiN3w3noadwl Nt NOIldllll8bH321 b N3t a - OlidaOS301. 11111 ON NOI—I WN�m N II Ys'. o mAti ---- z azzzawor w o„rc> op z m„ w � zwwi,p wwwwww www � �dWWwwww7" www gw gw e FF4m n -------------- -_3aaaaj _______ �O _ _________ O______ _ ___ �a__=__ ______ .. IT ONO 4 >�a ou'Sz Sp >dcF'd - S 3`Ne _ ------------ w� 4wwwwwwwwwwww -- y���I�� mmmmmmmdmmm b���� 6�� mmmnndd �P o� o53e�53 o�o4,a P P = Z Z Z Z Z _ Qa d _ __ Qa ____ I \ } = 3V± NAA< gVI-INoIV7+m2 g=azHO sdm y 22 = ; : m ® `s N3w oadVMI M \:b j \ = j»: QNV Noin me¥H�VN�V u§« ���� ■■/2�. /ƒ�}�■■�©2 �a IQ T I 2 WO. sao/nag 6uyaaui6u3�o �uauq�odad Sh'X31 Slldl34 ldolblo3l3 °p 11SI&HO S/7c/&OJ JO AIIJ rn 10V8LX1'!lsu47 sn dao7'PM9 awI a"45N 1091 p� y, Z s1N3w3noadwl a - dNt/NOIl`dllll8b'H321 b'N311V 011-930 1. 11111 ON NOI—I WN�m N o o � z z we 0 �s - � Zco 0 air auk J 0_— z 033 ......33? z �3��0 K - S 3 w -- ------------ W W W x W o m_ a w H mod; N cc M ^�S8B8P0 g_ ua 7E P -� _ ~ 22zzzzzz zoazz�zzzz ¢a ::ti UzZ�z'�,rmVrmV Yiia� na zzzzz zz --' VW J pV4� e%'y ae izzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz 0 7 =. �,.�"! ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ ® <F{iii94 iZZZZZZZZZZZ - 49�Y N QiZZZZZZ'�'*$$$zzzzzzz N {vv a_x MM M, 34g gg?4 4Y3gs�J�s Z g33gayy��, v wwwwiww r O -- x4x4xa,��, www ppppp�pppaaaaaaa J>_ 99 W Qd944e9999owM M - yy.�w a43u$ZZZZZZZ'zZZZZ'zZZZ�= U 4K�S�^�`R sya64y66V4VVVrVVssUrVp m 5`��' _ o � W��� YywYyyw444444444444i1 �yJ ?�444'�, � 9444444 .1 ��° U _____ i�i i333333333333° raw